Nr dea) fe i ie
4 ’ A ; ty D a
4 re ‘Tr f 7 7
on | ,
z
7 q
re -
- "
THE ACAD
PROCEEDINGS
OF
EMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES
co
fHomas MEEHAN,
Epwarp J. Nouan, M.D.,
OF
PHILADELPHIA.
1900.
MMITTEE ON PUBLICATION :
HENRY SKINNER, M.D.,
Henry A. PInssBry, Sc.D ,
Puinie P. CaALvERT, Ph.D.
Eprtork: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.
5 A
an
ees
\
eae
i
ot
Pe
PHILADELPHIA :
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,
LOGAN SQUARE.
1901.
'T OKe
ae gh
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF "PHILADELPHIA,
February 13, 1901.
I hereby certify that printed copies of the PROCEEDINGS for 1900 have
been presented to the meetings of the Academy and mailed as follows :—
Pages 1to 48 mailed March
“e
“e
49 to 80
81 to 96
97 to 128
129 to 144
145 to 176
177 to 208
209 to 224
225 to 256
257 to 288
289 to 320
321 to 352
353 to 368
369 to 400
401 to 432
433 to 448
449 to 484
485 to 500
501 to 582
533 to 580
581 to 596
597 to 612
613 to 628
629 to 644
645 to 676
677 to 692
698 to 740
741 to 772
es
April 2, 1900;
April 13, 1900;
April 16, 1900;
April 19, 1900 ;
April 27, 1900 ;
May 15, 1900;
May 18, 1900;
June 5, 1900;
June 21, 1900;
June 30, 1900;
July 5, 1900;
July 10, 1900;
August 9, 1900;
August 14, 1900;
August 29, 1900;
September 26, 1900;
October- 81, 1900;
November 6, 1900;
November 10, 1900;
November 22, 1900;
December 11, 1900;
December 13, 1900;
December 14, 1900;
December 29, 1900;
January 28, 1901;
February 5, 1901;
February 9, 1901;
24,1900; presented March
oe
oe
27, 1900.
April 3, 1900,
April 17, 1900.
Aprii 17, 1900.
April 24, 1900.
May 1, 1900.
May 15, 1900-
May 22, 1900.
June 5, 1900.
June 26, 1900.
July 3, 1900.
July 3, 1900.
July 10, 1900.
August 14, 1900.
August 14, 1900.
September 4, 1900.
October 2, 1900.
November 6, 1900.
November 6, 1900.
November 18, 1900.
November 27, 1900.
December 11, 1900.
December 18, 1900.
December 18, 1900.
January 1, 1901.
January 29,1901.
February 5, 1901.
February 12, 1901.
EDWARD J. NOLAN,
Recording Secretary.
LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.
With reference to the several articles contributed by each.
For Verbal Communications, Announcements, ete., see General Index.
Banxs, NatHAN. Some Arachnida from Alabama, .
Boyer, CHartes S., A.M. The Biddulphoid Forms of
North American Diatomacez, . :
CHAapMAN, Henry C.,M.D. Observations upon His nae
omy of Hylobates leuciscus and Chiromys madagas-
cariensis,
CocKERELL, I. D. A. eeemtions of Nee Bées bolleeted
by Mr. H. H. Smith in Brazil, I, ee. tee
CocKERELL, T. D. A., and Witmatre Porter. A New
Crayfish from New Mexico,
Dati, Witt1AM HeEAteEy. Additions to the mraniie Tele
Shell Faunas of the Pacific Coast, especially of the
Galapagos and Cocos Islands (Plate VIII),
Fow.er, Henry W. Note on Ameiurus prosthistius,
Contributions to the Ichthyology of the Tropical Pacific
(Plates XVIII, XIX, XX), .
HARSHBERGER, JOHN W., PH.D. An oslopteal Shidy of
the New Jersey Str and Flora,
Kewuer, Ina A. Notes on Hyacinth Roots (Plate XI II),
KELLocG, VERNON L., and Sainxat I. Kuwana. Mal-
lophaga from Alaskan Birds (Plate VIT),
MacELweEeE, ALEXANDER. The Flora of the Edgehill
Ridge near Willow Grove and its Ecology, .
MeesAn, THomas. Contributions to the Life-History of
Plants, No. XIV,
ii
Moore, J. Percy.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15
the head, and has a brownish collar on the hind neck, and brown
feathers all along the wing from the bend to the extreme tertials.
The primaries are also browner than in the adult, the white on the
outer ones being restricted to the inner part of the inner web.
A specimen taken July 9 illustrates this plumage, and is just
starting to molt. Nine others, August 15 (4), August 24, Au-
gust 30 (4), illustrate the assumption of the full winter adult
plumage.
Five specimens, June 2, July 25, July 27 and August 1 (2),
are in adult nuptial plumage, with pure white heads while seventeen
others, August 1, August 14, August 15 (3), August 20 (5),
August 24, August 30 (7), August 51 are old birds in annual
molt.
One very curious specimen taken August 14 is very pale, being
much lighter than the ordinary adult. The wings also are much
lighter and there is no brown or black on any but the two outer-
most primaries, and there only on the outer web. This is an
exactly parallel case with the two white Larus barrovianus, and
is probably a very old bird, or an abnormai albinistic specimen.
Pagophila alba (Gunn.)--Ivory Gull.
One male in nuptial plumage was secured June 2, and seventeen
adults just completing the molt, August 28 (2), August 30 (2),
August —, September 1 (11), September 17.
Three young of the year agree well with Ridgway’s description
(Manual N. A. Birds), but the sides of the face, throat and top
of the head are somewhat spotted with gray. These were taken
September 7, 16 and 25.
A note on the label of a September specimen (482 2 juv.)
states that the breast and abdomen were rose-tinted.
Rhodostethia rosea (Maegil).—Ross’s Gull.
Three specimens of this rare bird were obtained: No. 501,
Sep. 9, 1897, a young male like the second plate in Murdoch’s
Report; No. 649, Sep. 23, 1897, an adult male in winter plumage,
like the first plate in the above work, but with a concealed black
collar ; and No. 1,245, June 9, 1898, an adult male in full nup-
tial plumage, bright pink below, white on the head and neck
above, and a delicate black collar encircling the neck.
14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
Sterna paradisea Briinn—Arctic Tern.
Ten adults taken June 23 (3), July 24, 27 and 31, August 14
(2), August 30, September 7, are quite uniform in plumage and
show no signs of molt whatever. This seems to render it doubtful
whether these birds molt at all before their autumnal migration.
Birds of the year are represented by a beautiful series representing
all stages from the recently hatched nestling to the fully plumaged
fall bird. The downy young (July 10) is mottled above with dull
black and buff, with two well-marked longitudinal patches of the
former on the head. The throat is dark plumbeous and the rest of
the lower surface snowy white.
Eight specimens illustrate the growth of the young bird until
the flight feathers are about half-grown and the plumage of the
back and breast about half attained, the head and throat still
remain covered with down, true feathers showing only on the ear
coverts. The throat at this period is much lighter and the down
on the belly is not so white (series secured July 26 (4), July 27,
August 21 (2).
The full-grown bird of the year is represented by six specimens,
August 14, August 30, September 7 (3), September 9. The young-
est of these has the feathers of the back broadly bordered with dull
black and buff, exactly the shades of the downy young, while
below the neck is tinged with buff.
These tints all wear away by abrasion and bleach out as the bird
grows older, and the later specimens show very indistinct plum-
beous and whitish borders.
Diomedia nigripes Aud.—Black-footed Albatross.
Eleven specimens were secured July 5 and 11, five males and six
females.
The principal variation exhibited by this series is the presence of
buft edgings to the feathers on the belly of many of the specimens,
and the pied appearance of the upper surface owing to the irregu-
lar mingling of feathers of different ages and different degrees of
bleaching. One specimen is nearly white on the lower belly and
between the legs.
Seven of the birds are molting the primaries; four of these are
progressing in the usual way, the innermost quill being renewed
first, but the others exhibit an exceptional order of molt. In Nos.
1900.1] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15
2 and 10 the second, third and fourth primaries are only partly
grown, the old feathers having been but recently cast, but the
first primary (outermost) and the six inner ones are of the old
plumage. In No. 3 the fourth, fifth and sixth feathers have been
renewed and are only half grown, but the others have not been
molted, while in No. 5 the first and second are renewed, but none
of the others. Furthermore, they are full-grown in one wing
and only partially so in the other.
Branta nigricans (Lawr.)—Black Brant.
A series of seventeen specimens.
Five breeding birds, June — (2), June 6 (2), June 5, are
brownish black, lighter than fall birds. Feathers mottled below
with pale edgings and much worn, especially on the sides. One
example seems younger than the others, and has whitish tips to
the wing coverts. It is probably a one-year-old bird. Three fall
specimens, August 24, September 17, September 20, are blue black
below with no lighter edgings. A scattering of old brownish
feathers remains on the upper parts, but the molt is apparently
over. One bird of the year, August 30, has white tips to the
wing coverts and feathers of the lower surface, while the general
coloration is grayish, and there is no white collar.
Eight downy young, July 10, are rather light plumbeous, paler
in the middle of the abdomen and nearly white on the throat,
There is a rather obscure dark breast band, and narrow black and
white ring on hind neck, while the top of the head is blackish.
Chen hyperborea (Pall.)—Lesser Snow Goose.
A male and female taken June 30 are in very worn plumage,
the tips of the primaries in the female being bleached to a light
brown, though the covered portions remain jet black.
Anser albifrons gambeli (Hartl.)—White-fronted Goose.
Two specimens were obtained. A female, June 3, is in good
plumage with a few black feathers on the lower parts. Another,
June 14, is very much worn, but otherwise similar.
Merganser serrator (Linn.)—Red-breasted Merganser.
Two males secured July 27, at Pt. Clarence, are of much in-
terest, being in the summer molting plumage.’ They are like the
3See Stone, Proc. A. NV. S., 1899, p. 467.
16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
nuptial plumage except the head and neck, which resemble the
dress of the female; crest dull brown, breast dull gray, many of
the black head feathers and pink and black breast feathers of the
nuptial plumage still remain, but are easily brushed off, being just
ready to drop. The flight feathers have not yet been molted.
Somateria v-nigra Gray—Pacific Eider.
A series of twenty-five specimens beautifully illustrates the
plumage changes of this species. The females include three adult
breeding birds, May 31 and June 3 (2), and five worn breeding
specimens, August 24, August 30 (4).
In the latter the tips of the wing feathers are bleached almost
white, while the feathers of the belly are sooty with the bars
nearly obliterated. These may possibly be new feathers as they
are much less abraded than those of the breast where the bars
remain distinct.
A number of the wing coverts and scapulars seem to be renewed
at a spring molt, as in the June birds some are full and dark while
others, side by side with them, are pale and worn. The same
difference can be detected in August specimens, where the former
feathers are slightly worn and the latter are exceedingly abraded,
only the dark central portion remaining. These feathers may, how-
ever, possibly persist through the winter from the last year’s
plumage, as indicated below.
One specimen, taken September 24, has completed the molt, and
the new wings are about half grown. 1008 26 alee 204mm. 28 20
Seo: is, ane 20; 1808. ie fc 230 31 22
Sep suned{, 1896 .~ la. es 180 24 16
aoe pedune 14 d808- . ee 178 22 19
848. 2, July 25,1898, . . .. 184 25 23
When Mr. Outram Bangs aud Dr. Merriam prepared their
excellent monographs of American Weasels, there was no good
series of Least Weasels from the far North, and it is therefore not
1900. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45
surprising that the present form was not recognized. On first
examination I took it to be P. rivosus, but a comparison with the
type which was kindly loaned by Mr. Bangs showed at once that
it belonged to a well-marked race, though evidently allied to that
form. Mr. Bangs has since compared some of the above speci-
mens with other examples of P. rixosus in his collection, and con-
firmed my views. He further states that it needs no comparison
with P. nivalis of northern Europe, though lack of specimens
leaves us uncertain as to what its relation to the Least Weasel of
Siberia may be. As no form has yet been described from the latter
country, however, no complication in nomenclature will result.
The type specimen of P. rixosus eskimo, No. 848, Coll. E. A.
Mellhenny, 2, July 25, 1898, Pt. Barrow, Alaska, is brown,
with a tinge of reddish, being intermediate between Prout’s brown
and walnut brown of Ridgway’s Nomenclature of Colors. It is
much duller than P. rivosus, which is ‘‘ burnt umber to Vandyke
brown.’’ ‘The other specimens are still duller than the type, the
extreme specimen, No. 826, being almost drab.* These are per-
haps younger individuals. P. rivosus eskimo has a shorter tail
than true P. rivosus, and rather larger feet.
The skull has the same strong sagittal ridge as P. rivosus, but is
in every way larger. The measurements in mm. are appended:
Pe ai | vi :
Oo o | o gq
a ai/42 2/3 8) os
Alesse ee liss:| ae | =
7 a S | So | ove Sa Sr
no o aby Rea | aaa, | oe my
a = am | mom | am CA &
eo fea) : | et hi= = °
= ree) |e eat ee || elt A
fl | Be lee eal ee |
3 Ce eae ta Shee eo | os
a % Ze hen) Pas =
3 & jo) o | oy i) 8
ea) a cv | a es ¥
P. rizosus (type), 2, No. |
GAD BAN GSerie = = ej se - 5 | 13.4 7.5 | 5.5 11
P. rizosus eskimo (type), | |
Q, No. 848... 29, | 15.4 | 93,8 | 8&2 |, 20 | 121
P. rixosus eskimo, a : No.
She) oo SE OOO SO ODN 35. LZ jfile Oee Oson | ce | 14-4
A specimen of this race in pure white winter pelage is in the
collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
obtained at Bethel, Alaska, by J. H. Romig.
5 Cf. Ridgway’s Nomenclature.
46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1900.
Canis occidentalis Rich.—Timber Wolf.
One skeleton (female) and one skull (male) were obtained, the
latter from some distance inland. The female measured as follows:
No. 220. 2, March, 1898. Length 1,550 mm.; tail 430; hind foot
298; ear 126; girth 852; height 765.
While I am not at all prepared to consider the relationships of
the large Wolves of North America, I append a table of measure-
ments of skulls in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences,
Philadelphia, and of the two Alaskan specimens above mentioned:
|
|
& || | sf | 82) 88) s2
go 21) el) Borla) aed
Bol & | 3. SB) es) ssl eet.
= e s 6 | 8§| 58| 8} 3
\3| 8/8 | 8 | &s|az| 78) 3
P= dean ees al | a am] | Bl ee
‘2,260 (A.N.S.), Missouri..... 200) 134 pay ail 5 |} 39} 91) 209
2,262 (A.N.S.), Pennsylvania 205| 130} 64] 53 | 42| 37] 95 | 118
2,261 (A.N.S.), Pennsylvania) 208; 122) 64} 57 44 | 42) 93 {117
2,256 (A.N.S,), Germany....| 212 | 198] 67 | 57 44) 43) 96 | 115
| |
2,253 (A.N.S.), Sweden...... 212} 126] 68} 55 41 | 41; 95 |118
2,254 (A.N.S.), Sweden...... 220) 142) 66 Se. ieee, | So PLS ee
2,266 (A.N.S.), LZ. gigas
Towns., Columbia River) 236) 151} 72 | 7 54 | 49 | 108 | 130
220 (McI.), Point Barrow...) 222| 144) 65 |65(?)| 49 | 38 | 106 | 125
297 (McI.), Point Barrow. . .| 224] 138] 63 | 65 50.) 41. | 303.)
Vulpes lagopus Linn.—Arctic Fox.
Seventeen specimens were obtained, six skins, four with skulls;
two skeletons and nine separate skulls.
Five adult specimens measured as follows in mm. :
Length. Tail. Hind Foot.
142. 2, November 1, 1897,. . . . 9938 408 126
143. co, November 1, 1897, . < . .« “948 S68" Iss
153. co’, December, 1897, . . . . 1020 408 152
SS0ld, GUNG Selous. S . a ome 926 356 175
Sols .<.June 21, 1898, :. << Jo. cee coe ghee
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47
A pup, No. 832, 3%, June 21, 1898, measures about 300 mm.
in Jength. It is of a general plumbeous color, lighter beneath with
a dark dorsal area spreading out on the flanks. The face and feet
have a number of scattered white hairs. The two summer adults
are in very ragged pelage, the female is almost entirely covered
with a thick, somewhat matted fur like coat, and here and there
all over the body are scattered long white hairs left from the win-
ter coat. The full summer hair seems to be only just appearing.
The male specimen is more advanced and the dark hairs of the
summer pelage are conspicuous. The general color of both speci-
mens is the same, though the tints of the male are brighter.
The whole head above and below and a broad dorsal band are dull
brown (between the seal and clove brown of Ridgway), this color
also spreads over the flanks and shoulders, and down the outside of
the legs to their extremities as well as on the upper surface of the
tail. The sides, belly and inside of the legs are dull, bufty white,
passing to vinaceous on the breast and along the edge of the
dorsal band. The tips of the ears are white and a number of
white hairs are scatterd over the face. The brown hairs which are
appearing in the wooly pelage of the back are tipped and ringed
with buff
The winter specimens are in pure white, very long pelage; at the
end of the tail the gray under fur is visible, but elsewhere it can
only be seen by separating the white hairs to their very bases.
Compared with a series of Arctic foxes from Greeniand, the
skulls collected by Mr. McelIlhenny show conclusively that they
belong to a different geographic race. They are larger and heavier
than the Greenland specimens, and the audital bulle are more
divergent posteriorly.
Messrs. Hamilton and Bonhote have recently (Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., April, 1898, p. 287) separated the Arctic Fox of Spitz-
bergen from that of the European continent as V. /. spitzber-
genensis, and associate with it the Greenland form. From lack of
material they were unable to decide upon the relationship of the
American continental animal, though they suggested that it would
prove identical with that of Europe.
Being without Old World material for comparison, I am equally
unable to settle the point, but from size alone I should endorse
their views.
48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1900.
The statement that both forms occur in Greenland seems very
unlikely, and I should rather suggest that the large ‘‘ Davis Strait *’
examples came from the western side of the strait. The measure-
ments of the Alaskan skulls and a series of Greenland specimens in
the Academy’s collection give the following averages:
: g wi 4 :
3 g g g
S z= ASS a ie | oS
rn us| o13S 6/3nu0 | 2 &
oD & ae |) Son | Se aa
of & rb an, | e&eo Sz) ae
i > = ro) } oe Rey - Se
o 2S foo] a RS ie erH ead [i
ra] = OF | SOx | Box | aa
K S SO | 45 | S02 | Soe | oo ~
s 9g (o) ~ ter im QO 2g o
= ° S OU ee OFS. OO) Socal Ries
I a i es esc ps, Wes =
a) Sy || -¥ es oo Fe, | a
Greenland, males...... mm} 115 672] 46: 1} 332 27 23 53 | 60
Alaskan, males........ “ POL Toe |AV soi aco 25 54 | 63
| |
Greenland, females..... ‘‘ | 100) 60 | 43 | 28 | 24 22 | 46 | 52
Alaskan, females....... N15 | 20") 45: 16334| 28 23 52) |) GE
Lynx canadensis mollipilosus subsp. noy.—Arctie Lynx.
A single male Lynx was obtained at Wainwright Inlet, Pt.
Barrow, November, 1897, which seems to be subspecifically differ-
ent from the true Lynx canadensis, and may be described as
follows:
Type No. 141. Coll. E. A. McIlhenny. Browner and less gray
than true Lynx canadensis, with a very dense, soft, woolly pelage.
Skull decidedly narrower, higher and more arched than L. eana-
densis, and much more constricted across the frontals and between
the orbits, the postorbital processes are conspicuously more slender.
Measurements.—Total length 1,040 mm.; tail vertebra 150;
hind foot 260 (approx. ).
The skull measurements compared with those of true L. cana-
densis and an intermediate specimen from British Columbia in the
collection of Mr. Outram Bangs are given in the following table :
a
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9
| |
| a | wi an wo | ; ro)
co | o o o | gq | =
ome ieee st Ay | Ss
a] S | s * gw Bla I Sq | 3 BS)
alee et x 3 6/8. S|$a5| nb] a 3
rh | 8S | mes jooelotEg! a| Ss S
| a | w isa) | o D HMma,|/=n,| = | fy =
Sy ol esi _- 2 | 6m mee Rm s
oF aa OME Pecan erties «ier ttn |e ral aS | ef ace
EI nS os OF HOH ADH r= | °
ae la 28\go8] & 3
he Pw} 3 oO 42 |\S20/\35055)| »O re eg (oe
a a g FOL i ee et ee | > |) S>
= ae | fe | oO }2 cla oo] es 0 &
I =} ° So \H 8) 6) OS oo
R [S) ao | ale) RDliS n ke =| q
a 5 | Ss oN S| io) iS) ® 5)
ies) (2) N = 4 | 4 ov & H 4
| |
L. can. mollipilosus, No. | |
141 (McI.) Alaska, mm.} 113.5 | 124, |......| 56.2 |......| 28 38 70. | 49.2 | 90.5
L. can. mollipilosus, (in- |
termediate), No.“9,059 | |
(Bangs), Brit. Columbia] 107.6 | 121.4] 90.2 | 53.6 | 54.8 | 28. 38.4 | 67.6 | 47.2 | 86.2
L.- canadensis, No. 7,259 |
(Bangs), Maine........ 105.6 | 118.8 By 55.4 60.4 | 30.8 | 38.2 | 68. 48.2 | 85.4
This is evidently a northwestern form of L. canadensis, and
extends southward to British Columbia, as the specimen above
referred to from Sumas, B. C., is much more nearly allied to it
than to true L. canadensis. Alberta specimens in Mr. Bangs’
collection, on the other hand, are nearer to L. canadensis, though
showing a slight tendency toward L. mollipilosus. I am particularly
indebted to Mr. Outram Bangs for his courtesy in examining and
comparing the Alaskan specimen, and in placing in my hands a
description and measurements of his British Columbia specimen, as
well as in loaning his fine series of Lynx skulls. |
50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
A DESCRIPTION OF MICROBDELLA BIANNULATA WITH ESPECIAL
REGARD TO THE CONSTITUTION OF THE LEECH SOMITE.
BY J. PERCY MOORE.
Perhaps the most noteworthy of a number of annelids collected
in the mountain region of North Carolina during the summer of
1898 is the little leech about to be deseribed. The form appears
to be rare, as it was met with but once. On this occasion an even
dozen were found attached in a close cluster to the axillary and
pectoral regions of a large Desmognathus nigra. As the morpho-
logical interest attaching to these leeches was at once recognized
(though unfortunately not until all had been killed), special efforts
were made to add to the supply. Notwithstanding that several
hundreds of the salamander host were examined, the examples first
collected remain unique. The locality is a mountain stream on
the Yonahlossee road, at an elevation exceeding 3,500 feet. In
about one-half or more of the specimens the gastric ceca were
distended with blood, apparently derived from the salamander on
which they were found. During life they were sluggish, and
remained huddled together in a contracted state, making but little
attempt to creep about or even to extend themselves.
Falling naturally within the limits of the Glossiphonide, this
is, I think, the smallest species of that family which has been
discovered, the length of sexually mature individuals in a half-
extended condition being only from four to five millimeters. But
of much greater interest is the, up to the present time, entirely
novel structure of the complete somites, none of which present
more than two well-defined external rings and whose internal
relations are such as to elucidate several points affecting the value
and limitations of the typical leech somite. The Chinese leech
Toriz mirus Blanchard (’98) is scarcely larger than the salaman-
der leech and approaches it very closely in the external structure
of the somites, which are biannulate dorsally and triannulate
ventrally. Nothing is yet known of its internal anatomy. A fur-
1900. ] PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 51
ther study of Torix may render unnecessary the establishment of
the following genus:
MICROBDELLA gen. nov.
The complete somites each consist externally of two annuli, a
smaller posterior, and a larger anterior, which bears the metameric
sensillz on its posterior part and the nephridiopores on its anterior
part. There are five pairs of testes, of which the last is enlarged.
Intersegmental septa are well developed between many of the
somites.
Microbdella biannulata sp. nov. Pl. VI.
Description.—The body is strongly depressed and sharp at the
margins, though less so than in many parasitic species of Glossi-
phonia, etc. The suckers, and more especially the posterior one,
are large even for a species of parasitic habit. Measurements are.
of no great value, as the proportions vary so much with the degree
of extension or contraction or according to the amount of food
contained in the stomach, but the specimen figured, which had the
exca only moderately filled, and was about two-thirds extended,
had the following measurements :
Length 6.3 mm. ~
Greatest width (XV) 2 mm.
Greatest depth (XVII) .6 mm.
Diameter of acetabulum 1.4 mm.
Of course the species may reach a larger size than that attained
by the type specimens, as among leeches sexual maturity is no
indication of full growth, but if these specimens were found in
their normal habitat this seems improbable.
The large size of the posterior sucker (PI. VI, figs. 1, 2 and 3)
is an excellent adaptation for retaining a hold on the slippery skin
of a salamander, and the region of the body to which the leeches
were found fixed is that which would afford them almost the best
protection, and from which they would be least likely to be swept
away when the host is actively swimming or when it burrows
amongst shingle and pebbles, as is the habit of its kind. The
anterior sucker is not expanded: laterally, but its posterior margin
-is largely free and mobile (figs. 2 and 3).
The small mouth is situated in the anterior part of the ventral
surface of the sucker, apparently in somite II (fig. 2, m). Al-
52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
most immediately dorsal to it, and in the posterior half of somite
III, is a conspicuous median spot of black (really dark brown
when strongly illuminated in sections) pigment in which the two
eyes are embedded close together (figs. 1 and 3, ¢). So intimately
united are they that they can be resolved only in good sections.
They have the typical structure. The male pore is between somites
XI and XII. This opening (figs. 2 and 3, %) is large and con-
spicuous and is frequently rendered still more obvious by the
partial eversion of the atrium. The much smaller female pore
(figs. 2 and 3, 2) lies in somite XII in a line with the furrow
which separates the major and minor annuli, although the furrow
itself is not usually continued so far onto the ventral surface. In
the usual position on the dorsal surface just above the acetabulum,
the rather Jarge anus is situated; it lies behind or partly within
somite XX VII (figs. 1 and 3, a).
Sixteen pairs of nephridial pores (figs. 2 and 5, np) have been
definitely located on the ventral surfaces of the corresponding
number of somites from VII to XXII inclusive. A seventeenth
pair was sought, but not found, on somite XXIII, but owing
to the proximity of this region to the acetabulum the integument is
here much wrinkled, and they might readily have been overlooked
in the several specimens examined. In the middle region of the
body the pores are distinctly visible in surface views, and in sec-
tions the entire series can be readily traced, although the vesicles
are so small that they rarely extend through more than two or
three transverse, or twice that many longitudinal sections.
Their position in the somite is of greater interest. The two pores
of each pair are separated in the example figured by a distance
which is approximately equal to one-half of the entire width of
the body, but this distance necessarily varies with the shape of
the body resulting from the greater or less distension of the gas-
tric cca. Antero-posteriorly they lie a little cephalad of the
middle of the major annulus, their position being often marked by
a very faint groove, which may extend nearly the width of the body.
The typical complete somites (figs. 1, 2 and 3) of this genus, as
previously stated, consist of two distinct annuli, but these are gen-
erally sharply defined only on the dorsal surface and even here the
furrows which separate them are much less deep than those sepa-
rating successive somites. Ventrally the interannular furrows are
1
2
Vv
oO
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
complete on a few of the anterior somites (VI to VIII, or there-
abouts) only (fig. 2). Elsewhere they are much interrupted or
extend only a little way mesiad from the margin. Not infre-
quently in longitudinal sections of contracted specimens a slight
depression indicates the presence of traces of a faint furrow sug-
gestive of incipient subdivision of the major annulus. This may
occur not on the ventral side only, as noted above, but also dor-
sally, and always anterior to the line of sensille. The complete
somites are, however, always strictly biannulate above and in most
cases practically uniannulate below.
The metameric sensillz (figs. 1 and 2) are rather small, and their
arrangement could be worked out only partially in surface views of
alcoholic specimens; the gaps were completed after the study of
sections. In figs. 1 and 3, the rows of small circles, which do not
accurately indicate the relative sizes of the several sense organs,
show the typical distribution as finally determined. On fig. 2
those sensillz only are shown which were seen in a single surface
view, and they are represented as too large. They were found
in sections in corresponding positions of other somites. but were not
plotted. The dorsal median and inner lateral series are the best
developed and, in fact, the sensillze of these rows are the only ones
which certainly have the typical structure, the others very fre-
quently lacking the clear vitreous cells. It is worthy of comment
in connection with Whitman's suggestion of the homology of these
vitreous cells with epidermal glands that cells of the latter charac-
ter are frequently associated with these smaller sensille. The six
dorsal sensillz occur constantly in all of the material examined,
but the marginal organs are sometimes missing from one or more
of the middle somites, and constantly so from somites I, II and
III, and from two or three cf the preanal somites, at least they
could not be detected in sections. Of the small and inconspicu-
ous ventral sensillz, but two series were found on each side, whose
position suggests the median and outer lateral. They are not
entirely constant, even on the middle body region, one or more not
infrequently being absent from a somite. The twelve sensille of
-each somite form a ring, the two halves of which are widely sepa-
rated by a median interspace which is somewhat wider ventrally
than dorsally. This ring encircles the major annulus half-way
between the nephridiopores and the posterior margin of the annu-
54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1900.
lus. There are nineteen (Nos. V to XXIII inclusive) complete
somites of the character just described, except, of course, that
the first two and apparently the last lack nephridiopores.
Somites of a simpler character are found at both the anterior
and posterior ends of the animal. At the anterior end they are
related to the sucker (figs. 1 and 3). Somite V, the first of the
biannulate ones, is much crowded ventrally by the posterior mar-
gin of the sucker, which is constituted of somite IV. The sub-
division of the latter somite into rings is evident on the dorsal
aspect only, where the shallow furrow fades and disappears a short
distance from the median line, and is very faint at the margins.
The line of sensillee is placed much closer to the middle of the
whole somite than is the case in the biunnulate somites and the
marginal pair is absent. In somite III all trace of subdivision into
rings is wanting, the inner and outer lateral sensille lie exactly
along the middle of the one simple ring, while the median pair
have risen to the importance of eyes, which have moved to the
posterior margin of the somite. Somite II is also a simple undi-
vided ring, as much narrower than III as the latter is narrower
than IV. Its anterior bounding furrow is so shallow as to sepa-
rate it only imperfectly from the prostomium. But two pairs of
distinct sensillee remain on this somite, being those of the inner
lateral and median series.
On the prostomium (figs. 1 and 2) anterior to somite II is found
a pair of median dorsal sensillee which are the only ones which
can certainly be referred to the segmental series. This region has,
therefore, been designated as somite I, a value which was first
determined for it by Apathy (’88), and later, and on better
grounds, by Whitman (’92). Other sense organs there are which
appear suspiciously like still additional segmental organs placed
anterior to those last described and sometimes separated from them
by the faintest of transverse grooves. The possibility of an addi-
tional rudimentary somite in this region is suggested by these
appearances, and is somewhat strengthened by indications that the
brain contains four more lobes or capsules than are necessary to
satisfy the requirements of the number of somites counted. In
the absence of decisive evidence, these somewhat uncertain indica-
tions have been disregarded for the present, and in the tentative
enumeration of the metameres here adopted, the system of Whit-
or
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5
man (’92), based as it is on a careful and exhaustive analysis of
the nervous system of Glossiphonia, has been followed. If the
material were available for a similarly exhaustive study of Microb-
della, the number of preocular somites might be augmented. The
question of the constitution of this region must, I think, be re-
‘garded as still open. Although recent work has been tending
toward the establishment of a typical number of segments for all
leeches a great many genera still remain to be examined with
requisite attention to the details. It is quite possible that leeches
may vary, as all other segmented animals vary. New somites may
have been added within the history of the group, just as new annul
are added when the needs of greater mobility require. On the
other hand, it is even more probable that the process of reduction
of the number of somites below that found in primitive annelids
may have continued after the establishment of the Hirudinean type,
and have progressed further in some forms than in others.
The first departure from the biannulate type of somite at the
posterior end occurs at somite XXIV, in which two rings can be
detected only at the margins (figs. 1 and 3). The dorsal sensillz
are all present. Somite XXV is commonly a simple ring, but in
the example figured (fig. 1) presented an excellent example of the
spiral variation of segmentation. On the left margin a small par-
tial annulus appears anterior to the larger one, while on the right
side the latter is alone present. A very interesting circumstance
concerns the position of the sensillz on this somite. On the left
side they are placed nearer to the anterior than to the posterior
margin of the larger annulus, while on the normal somites, in which
the relative position of the two rings is reversed, the sensille lie
toward the posterior margin of the annulus. The next two
somites are represented by simple rings, of which the first, con-
stituting somite X X VI, is united ventrally to XXV, while XX VII
is similarly coalesced with the postanal somites. Somite XX VII
bounds the anus in front and may be more or less cut into by it.
The anus is succeeded by two rings which are separated from
each other and from somite X XVII only dorsally. As both bear
metameric sensille they must represent somites XXVIII and
XXIX. A portion of this last-mentioned somite combined with
five entire somites constitute the posterior sucker. These somites
are not distinguished externally, but their number was determined
56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
by the number of ganglia in the posterior mass. Leaving out of
account the possible rudimentary anterior somite the whole num-
ber counted is 34, a number which was first determined accurately
by Whitman (’92), and is now generally attributed to all leeches.
Structural features of interest are not confined to the exterior.
but some important characters are presented by the internal ana-
tomy. In the first place, the intersegmental septa, which, as a
_ result of the reduction of the cclome, are so much modified and
shifted in most leeches, are clearly represented by strong trans-
verse sheets of vertical muscle fibres corresponding, except toward
the ends of the worm, exactly with the external segmentation.
Some of the septa are shown diagrammatically in figs. 4 and 5, s,
where they are seen to begin on the ventral side exactly at the
intersegmenta) furrows, though dorsally they tend to shift their
attachments with the muscular and integumentary layers slightly
forward to the smaller annulus of the preceding somite. Except
where they are interrupted by the passage of organs continuing
from somite to somite, the alimentary canal, principal blood yes-
sels, longitudinal sinuses, genital ducts and nephridia, these septa
are complete. ©The ccelome has been reduced as usual and the
various organs are packed around with the usual parenchymatous
tissues, glands, etc., but there are very few dorso-ventral muscle
fibres except in relation to the posterior sucker. The dorso-ven-
tral musculature of the middle region of the body is almost en-
tirely represented by these septa, which have retained a simple
structure and a primitive arrangement almost as definite and regu-
lar as in the Oligocheta.
Unfortunately no fresh material was available for a complete
study of the nervous system by the more refined neurological
methods. But by dissection, after maceration, of the preserved
material, I succeeded in isolating in two examples almost the entire
central nervous system, with the exception of a part of the pos-
terior ganglionic aggregation. From these preparations and from
sections the general features were determined and are represented
on a small scale in fig. 5. The similarity to what is known of
the nervous systems of other leeches is sufficiently evident. The
anterior complex is composed of at least six and not improbably
of seven neuromeres. In this region but six neuromeres were found
by Whitman (’92) in Glossiphonia and other leeches, and by
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. i
Bristol (98) in Herpobdella. The determination of the exact
number in Microbdella is uncertain, but is based upon a count of
the number of neuromeric lobes or capsules after Whitman’s
method. In each of the two dissections a few of these were dis-
placed or broken, but by comparing them with each other and
with sections the whole number appeared to be four greater than
in either of the genera mentioned above. ‘The distribution of
the nerves of this region could not be worked out. However, I
hope to be able later to state the exact number of metameres in
Microbdella.
The seventh neuromere (still following Whitman’s system of
enumeration ) lies very close to the subcesophageal ganglionic mass.
Then follow in the ventra] chain sixteen more widely separated
ganglia arranged along a partially double nerve cord in the usual
manner. Each of these ganglia lies principally in the major, but
also partly in the minor annulus of itssomite. Those from XXIV
posteriorly become more and more closely crowded, the neuromeres
XXVIII to XXIX being especially intimately associated and prac-
tically part of the posterior complex, which is made up of very
closely packed neuromeres ending as in other leeches with No.
ROOMY, (fig: 5.)
Typical neuromeres of two complete somites (XIT and XIIT)
are represented in figure 8. The six groups of nerve cells, each
contained in a delicate nucleated capsule, so characteristic of the
leech neuromere, are present. Four of these are arranged in pairs
on the sides of the cord and the remaining two placed tandem on
its ventral surface. Two nerve roots arise on each side from be-
tween the paired capsules and rather toward its ventral surface.
They are bound closely together in a common sheath, so that they
appear as a single nerve, on the surface of which lies a large
(Leydig’s?) cell. After traversing the ventral sinus, and on
entering the body walls, the two nerves completely unite, a second
large cell being present at this point. From the place of union
three nerve trunks arise, of which the anterior and larger (fig. 8,
» 1) supplies the ventral portion of the larger annulus. It divides
into an anterior and a posterior branch and I see no evidence what-
ever that these extend beyond the limits of the annulus in which
they originate, but they were not traced to their end organs. A
second branch (fig. 8, v 2) supplies the ventral part of the smaller
58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
annulus. The third (fig. 8, d) arises from the dorsal surface of
the enlargement formed by the union of the two roots. 1t passes
dorsad through the parenchyma, and without doubt corresponds
with the dorsal branch of the third nerve of Glossiphonia. * In
dissections it was frequently broken off short, but in some cases was
sufficiently well preserved to show that it splits into a number of
branches after proceeding a considerable distance as a single trunk.
In sections this main nerve could be traced upward as far as the
dorsal longitudinal muscles among which it was lost.
In some respects the arrangement of the nerves of Microbdella
resembles that of Herpobdella (Bristol, ’98) more closely than
Glossiphoniau. _ The attempt to point out homologies without
having traced these nerves to their final distribution is no doubt
open to criticism, but a comparison of the nerve trunks in the two
cases is almost as convincing as though this had been done. There
is little reason for doubting that the two nerve roots of Microbdella
correspond to the two trunks of Herpobdella. The anterior nerve
of the former corresponds with the anterior nerve of the latter,
the one which supplies the ventral surface of the first ring of its
own somite together with the fourth and fifth rings of the preced-
ing somite. But Bristol has shown that this nerve is the homo-
logue of the first and second nerves of the neuromere of Glosso-
phonia, which agrees with the subdivision of the anterior nerve of
Microbdella into two branches. The posterior nerve of Herpob-
della is essentially like that of Glossiphonia ; it gives off branches
to the ventral surface of the second ring of the somite in Glossi-
phonia, or to its homologue, the second and third rings of Herpob-
della. In both genera this nerve also gives off a dorsal branch
which is equivalent to the dorsal nerve of Microbdella. Every
important element of the neuromere of Glossiphonia and Herpob-
della is, therefore, represented in Microbdella.
The male reproductive organs (figs. 4 and 5) consist of five
pairs of testes (t 1-5), of which the fifth is much larger than the
others, and lies partly in somite XX, but chiefly in XIX. The
remaining four are situated beneath as many gastric czeca in somites
XV to XVIII. The majority of species of Glossiphonide have
six pairs of testes, which are commonly described as_ being
situated in somites XIII to XVIII, and although there is some
discrepancy in position it may be suggested that the number preva-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 59
lent in the family may have arisen by the subdivision of the fifth
pair in Microbdella, or by a similar process affecting the anterior
pair of an ancestral form. The primitive condition may be repre-
sented by the elongated saccular testes of Archwobdella (Kowa-
levsky, ’962 ), of which there is a single pair, by the subsequent
subdivision of which the five or six pairs of the Glossiphonide may
have been derived.’ Still further subdivision would lead to the
nine or ten pairs of Hirudo, the ten to twelve pairs of Hamopis
and finally to the numerous small testes of the Herpobdellide,
which are so beautifully arranged to meet the structural condi-
tions to which they must accommodate themselves. Increase in the
number of testes is an accompaniment of progressive development
in at least one series of leeches and is associated with increasing
length of body and many correlated changes in the sperm ducts.
Another feature of the testes of Microbdella is the unusually
large size, though this is not unique, of the sperm funnels (figs. 6
and 7). They are connected with the anterior, dorsal, mesial part
of the wall of each testis and consist of cells of relatively large
size. In vertical section they appear to be more or less columnar,
but when cut tangentially are seen to be really flattened, some-
wnat plate-like cells set on edge and arranged concentrically around
the mouth of the funnel. The marginal cells of the funnel pass
somewhat abruptly into continuity with the excessively flattened
epithelium of the testes which exhibits ciliated elevations at points
corresponding to the positions of the nuclei. Toward the centre of
the funnel the cells become higher, first cubical and then elevated
and compressed, then again cubical as they pass through the
mouth into the neck and finally change into the flattened epi-
thelium of the vas efferens (fig. 6, ve). The free surfaces of all
of the funnel cells are ciliated. On the more prominent parts of
the funnel this ciliated area is continuous, but in the narrow neck
becomes first interrupted by naked spaces and then reduced to
small isolated patches of larger cilia. This latter condition be-
comes more emphasized within the vas efferens, where a small
bunch of cilia arises on each cell opposite its nucleus. The vasa
1 The posterior part of the testes has already become lobed and partly sub-
divided, so that the actual primitive condition has to this extent been lost.
In this and some other features of its organization Archwobdella approaches
the Herpobdellide.
60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
efferentia (fig. 5, ve) pass vertically dorsad close to the basal part
of the anterior surfaces of the gastric cca, and in close contact
with the posterior faces of the septa which limit their respective
somites anteriorly. They unite above in a common vas deferens
for each side. Unlike the vasa efferentia, the common sperm ducts
(vasa differentia) are lined by a simple flattened non-ciliate epi-
thelium. Their course is a perfectly straight one, without tortu-
osity or modification of any kind, just along the inner surface of
the longitudinal muscular layer and exactly over the line of sperm
funnels, as far forward as somite XII.
The vasa differentia finally terminate in the conspicuous sperm
sacs (figs. 4 and 5, ss), which are modified enlargements of the
sperm ducts, their walls being characterized by a strongly developed
muscular layer and a thin lining epithelium. They have the form
of a dilated tube folded into S-shape, and occupy somites XI and
XII on each side of the csophagus. The sperm sacs are
not succeeded by narrow tubes (ducti ejaculatorii) of consid-
erable length as in Glossiphonia, but open immediately through
narrow constrictions into glandular sacs (figs. 4 and 5, pg). The
latter rise vertically upward from the ventral ends of the sperm
sacs, and after bending somewhat sharply caudad, become con-
stricted and open into the glandular horns of the atrium (figs. 4
and 5, at). These horns are the terminations of the paired
sperm ducts, and have a structure very similar to the section of
the ducts which immediately precedes them. Each has a very
‘narrow lumen and thick glandular walls. They may be consid-
ered as together constituting the prostates. The median atrium
¢at) which receives the openings of the sperm ducts, is a thin-
walled muscular globoid sac, capable of being everted through the
male pore—its external opening. The sperm sacs are packed full
of mature spermatozoa in all of the specimens examined.
There is nothing especially noteworthy about the ovaries, which,
within their sacs, are closely approximated and form together a
massive organ lying between the nerve cord, alimentary canal and
series of testes. They extend from somite XII to somite XVIII,
and at the anterior end diverge from each other and form a ring
through which passes the nerve cord, ventral to which they unite
at the common ovarian pore (figs. 4 and 5, ov).
The alimentary canal is nearly like that of other small Glossi-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61
phonids. The protrusible pharynx (figs. 4 and 5, ph) extends” to
LX, extensible esophagus (w) to XIII, and the stomach thence to
XIX, where it joins the intestine (7). A pair of nearly solid
elongated glands are appended to the cesophagus in X (figs. 4 and
5, g). There are seven pairs of gastric czeca, of. which the first
six are small and simple and the seventh much. larger and saccu-
lated. They arise from the stomach within the major annuli of
the seven somites from XIII to XIX. The first (¢ 7) bends
cephalad somewhat sharply into somite XII, the next five are
confined by the septa within the limits of the somites in which
they arise, but they bend caudad more or less into the minor
annuli and usually terminate in a bulbous enlargement ( ¢ 4).
The seventh and last pair are continued through five somites,
developing sacculations in each (¢ 7); corresponding enlargements
also appear on the intestine.
Besides the position of the nephridiopores, which is described
above, the only point concerning the nephridia which is worthy of
comment relates to the funnels. These are very simple in struc-
ture, being composed of a single large cell. The vesicles into
which they empty are formed of a small number of rather large
cells. The funnels lie opposite to the outer ends of the cca,
‘toward their posterior dorsal surfaces, where they open into a sinus
which corresponds to the complex which Oka (’94) has described
in this region of Glossiphonia dorsal and mesiad to the lateral
longitudinal sinus. They lie wholly within the minor annuli
(fig. 5, f’).
Microbdella appears to be one of those leeches in which fertiliza-
‘tion is accomplished by the hypodermic injection of spermatozoa, a
process which has been so nearly demonstrated by Whitman
(792 ) for Placobdella plana. The evidence for this is found in
the presence of spermatozoa in the sinuses and internal tissues of
the body. The nephridial funnels and funnel vesicles are almost
always gorged with spermatozoa which have been taken through
the nephrostomata from the surrounding sinus. In several cases
spermatozoa were found within the ovarian sacs, either aggregated
in large masses or scattered among the ova. The presence of
compact masses of spermatozoa in the ovaries suggests that fertili-
zation may also be accomplished by the entrance of spermatophores
directly through the ovipores. The species is protandric.
62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900°
‘ There is nothing striking or distinctive about the color of this
species. The body is translucent and speckled with scattered green
and brown pigment cells, the general effect of which is to give the
animal a pale olive green color.
The Leech Somite.—The facts contained in the foregoing descrip-
tion seem to me to point conclusively to a necessity for some modi-
fication of current views regarding the constitution of the typical
leech somite. Most text-books of zodlogy agree in stating of
leeches that external and internal metamerism do not correspond.
Except in so far as this means that the somites are externally
divided into rings which have no internal counterparts (a condition
which is also met with in many Oligocheta and Polycheta, in
which there is said to be agreement between internal and exter-
nal segmentation), this is not true of Microbdella, for in this leech
the metamerism of the exterior does correspond most exactly with
the arrangement of the internal organs in typical somites.
Let us reéxamine a typical somite. Externally its boundaries
are indicated by deep furrows which extend all around the body.
Between these intersegmental furrows the body wall is divided
into two distinct rings, which are only faintly, and in most cases
partially, indicated on the ventral surface. The first ring is the
larger and bears the metamerie sensille posteriorly and the neph-
ridiopores anteriorly. Internally well-developed dissepiments cor-
respond with the bounding furrows exactly on the ventral side
and nearly so on the dorsal. Each somite contains a ganglion of
the ventral chain from which arise nerves distributed solely within
the limits of that somite. There is complete agreement between
the neuromeres and external segmentation. In some of the seg-
ments the ducts of the testes are in contact with the anterior
septa, ceca of the alimentary canal occupy just the distance
between the two septa and nephridial funnels open within the
limits of one somite to pass into tubules which perforate the
following septum and open on the anterior part of the succeeding
somite. The external segmentation does, therefore, agree with
all of the principal internal systems in which metamerism is ex-
pressed.
If, adopting the current definition of a leech somite, we similarly
examine the organization of any leech which has been fully
described— Gilossiphonia, for example, as being one of the most
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63
simple and best. known—the chief discrepancy is found to exist
between the arrangement of the nervous system and the groups of
rings which indicate the somites externally. The two anterior
rings of each somite are innervated by its own neuromere, and
its third by the immediately succeeding neuromere, or, as Whitman
C92) has stated it, the peripheral nerves of typical somites
“‘innervate three successive rings, the first and second of their
own segment and the third of the preceding segment. The dis-
tribution is thus triannulate and dimeric.’’ The body walls
have, so to speak, slipped one ring backward on the nervous sys-
tem or the nervous system one ring forward on the body walls.
Can it be possible that there is such a fundamental difference
between two genera of leeches of the same family as would exist
if both of the above interpretations are correct, and if not, which
of the two interpretations must be accepted ? An attempt to reply
to these questions necessitates a close comparison between typical
somites of the two genera. The most striking external difference
is that the somite of Glossiphonia is triannujate, while that of
Microbdella is only biannulate. As each has one ring bearing
metameric sensillz, the difference appears to be that Microbdella
has one less ring lacking segmental sense organs than has G/sssi-
phonia. There are no known external marks which constantly
belong to the latter rings throughout the different genera, but the
comparison of the nerve supply already given shows that the
second annulus of Microbdel/a finds its counterpart in the ring of
Glossiphonia which succeeds the sensilliferous one, for in the
former genus there is no ring which receives its nerve supply from
the succeeding neuromere, while the nerves which supply the
second annulus in the two genera have been shown to be homo-
logous.
The sensillze-bearing annuli of the two genera under comparison
resemble each other, in addition to the presence of the sense
organs, in containing the nerve ganglion and nephridiopores,’ and
according to the accepted interpretation in being the most anterior
of their somites. Without further examination it might therefore
be concluded that these rings are homologous, that the biannulate
? The description of Clepsine hollensis Whitman is mainly being fol-
lowed. In some other allied species the nephridiopores are on the boundary
between this and the preceding annulus.
64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
somite is equivalent to the first and second rings of the triannulate
type, that the posterior ring of the latter is unrepresented in the
former, and that the want of a nerve supply from the succeeding
ganglion is correlated with its absence. But the sensills-bearing
annulus of Microbdella is not in all respects like that of Glossi-
phonia. In the first place itis much larger than its fellow-annulus
in the somite, while in Glossiphonia the annuli are of equal size or
the sensillze-bearing one somewhat smaller than its mates. It has
been repeatedly shown by Whitman and Apathy and by many
others in a great variety of leeches that all the annuli of a given
species of leech are not equivalent, that a single annulus toward
the end of the body may represent two or more annuli of a somite
in the middle region. Such annuli almost invariably indicate
their greater value by a larger size as compared with those adjacent.
This fact alone should make it evident that the sensille-bearing
annulus of Microbdella comprehends more than that of Gossi-
phonia. This additional part cannot be the middle annulus of
Glossiphonia, for this has already been shown to have its exact
counterpart, both in position and nerve supply, in the minor
annulus of Microbdella. Just as certainly does the posterior posi-
tion of the sensillze indicate a greater value for the part of the ring
in front than behind them and lead us to look for the missing
member in a more anterior position, and consequently within the
preceding somite of (Glossiphonia. Comparison of the nerve
supply locates it in the third annulus, for it will be remembered
that the anterior part of the larger annulus of Mierobdella is
supplied by a nerve homologous with the one which in Glossi-
phonia reaches into the preceding annulus. The major annulus of
Miecrobdella is equivalent, therefore, to the sensillee-bearing annulus
plus the one which precedes it in Glossiphonia; the first is repre-
sented approximately by that portion of the major annulus which
bears the sensillze and lies caudad of the nephridiopores and the
second by the cephalic portion. Occasionally a very faint groove
partially marks the boundary line.
If the limits of the somites of leeches have been hitherto cor-
rectly defined then Microbdella is a leech in which every somite
throughout almost its entire length has obviously given up its pos-
terior third to the following somite and absorbed the corresponding
third of the preceding somite, a suggestion which is so improbable
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 65
that it might almost be repudiated without examination. But the
fact that the entire bodily organization, and especially the distri-
bution of the nerves, point to the external metamerism of Microb-
della as fundamental is sufficient to dispel any lingering suspicion
with which we might be led to regard an animal which is very
small and parasitic, and therefore a likely subject for degenera-
tion. On the other hand, the lack of alignment between the
neuromeres and external segments as hitherto determined argues
forcibly against the current view. The interpretation of the
structure of Microbdella shows, therefore, that the sensillse-bearing
annulus is the middle and not the first of the triannulate and
quinqueannulate somites, and that we must look for agreement
between the distribution of the nerves and the external segmenta-
tion in all leeches.* That the neuromeres cannot be an absolute
criterion of the limits of all of the somites has, of course, been
shown by Whitman for Glossiphonia (’92), in which the peripheral
nerves of the anterior neuromeres shift and unite in such a man-
ner as to obscure their segmental value. But this fact does not
lessen their utility for determining the typical somites.
Since the above conclusions were reached about eighteen months
ago, I have examined many genera and species in order to apply this
new interpretation to their external segmentation, and in search of
corroborative evidence. The latter has been ample; but the details
are too voluminous for statement here and now. ‘That the new
standard of enumeration accords better with the facts and explains
away some of the difficulties now found in all families of leeches is
evident from the following general statements. The increasing sim-
plicity of the somites from the middle toward the ends of the body
becomes more gradual and regular; adjacent somites differ from
one another by seldom more than one ring, whereas under the
current system there are sudden jumps from five to three to one,
ete. Moreover the individual somites almost invariably repeat
the condition of the entire extremity in which they are located;
their distal ends present (especially when the whole number of
annuli is less than the typical number for the species) a less devel-
3 After this paper had been written and presented for publication, Castle
(Abstract of papers read at the New Haven meeting of the Morphological
Society, Science, February 2, 1900, p. 175) announced his arrival at pre-
cisely the same conclusion. It is a real pleasure to be able to furnish such
complete confirmation of results as carefully worked out as were Castle’s.
5
66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
oped condition than their proximal. The necessity for splitting
rings—dividing the halves between two contiguous somites—practi-
cally disappears, for union of the rings of neighboring somites
consisting of more than a single annulus each, is exceedingly rare,
if indeed it ever occurs; division into somites is far more funda-
mental than divisicn into rings, which have no primary metameric
significance, and is never, or very rarely, obscured by the latter.
The shifting of the sensille back and forth on the ring which bears
them, as the balance of growth is thrown, with the splitting off of
new rings, first on one side, then on the other, takes place exactly
as it should if the present view is true, while it is inexplicable
upon that hitherto accepted, in fact, contradictory of it. The
same is true of many of the cases of spiral annulation and partial
annulation which have been studied; and none have been found to
favor the current view, while opposing the one here upheld. Very
curiously the left side of somite XXV of fig. 1, representing the
only important variation met with among the twelve examples of
this species, illustrates the last two statements. If the sensillz-
bearing annulus be really the first of all leeches, why does the
partial ring appear anterior to it, and why do the sensille of that
side move forward? If the sensille belong primarily to the
middle of the somite, the insertion of an anterior ring is per-
fectly natural und the change in position of the sensille the re-
sult of a readjustment of the ring to the new balance of growth.
The differences in the location of the nephridiopores in different
genera and families is a difficulty which others have recognized and
tried to explain as a result of shifting or the disappearance of
annuli. Upon the view here held the nephridiopores always fall
within the same region of the somite and have shifted back and
forth only within limits which might have been expected. The
change in the position of the septa during ontogeny appears to be
confirmatory, but this evidence is still rather obscure and unsatis-
factory. A better explanation of the position of the intermus-
cular nerve rings described by Bristol in Herpobdella seems to be
afforded.
But one‘ serious objection to the application of this neuromeric
* It has not been thought necessary to regard Blanchard’s (’98) determi-
nation of the large double annulus of Zoriz as the posterior one, as an objec-
tion. This conclusion was arrived at without any knowledge of the
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67
standard has been met with. In certain genera of leeches both sex-
pores would fall within the limits of somite XII, whereas under
the current system the male pore is in XI and the female in XII.
This condition occurs very rarely outside of the family Herpob-
dellide, in which the sex pures are peculiarly liable to variation
both between species and among individuals of the same species.
Six out of seven North American species have them separated by
two rings. In European species they are from two to five rings
apart. In the genus Orobdella of Japan, Oka (’95) has described
a variable number of rings as intervening, but the distance amounts
to more than afullsomite. Still more remarkable are the individual
variations, among which it is not uncommon to find the two sperm-
ducts, instead of opening together, with distinct apertures sepa-
rated by one or even two full rings. These facts and others indi-
cate that the pores are shifting their positions and it is along this
line that a solution of the difficulty is being sought.
It is a matter of some morphological importance to find a
standard by which the leech somite may be correctly delimited,
and the present writer’s chief interest is connected with the possi-
bility which now exists for the first time, of making a detailed
comparison between the Hirudinean and Oligochzte somites, a
comparison which, it is believed, will do much to bring the two
groups closer together and to weaken the position which is still
adhered to by some eminent authorities that the Hirudinea were
Platyhelminthine in origin. How the general theory of metamer-
ism will be affected has not yet been considered.
The adoption of this standard will also necessitate the modifica-
tion of the generic formule which were proposed in my paper on
‘* Leeches of the National Museum’’ (’98). The theoretical for-
mula may remain the same for leeches with three annuli and over,
but the discovery of a more primitive biannulate form destroys
some of its significance, and the annuli which undergo most elab-
oration must now be designated as a 7 and a 3 instead of a 2 and
position of the nephridiopores or sensillz or other intrinsic data for the
determination of the limits of the somite. It is an assumption from the
accepted theory and practice. When Yoriz is studied by means of sections
it seems very probable that the nephridiopores will be found in the anterior
half and the sensillz on the posterior half of the double annulus. Should
this surmise prove to be incorrect, Zorix will probably present a serious
obstacle to the acceptance of the conclusions suggested by the structure of
Microbdella.
68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
a 3, while a 2, which becomes the symbol for the middle sensillz-
bearing annulus, remains relatively stable.
The number of annuli into which typical somites are divided,
together with the number and degree of departures from this type
in a given form of leech have been much used in classification.
Whitman and Apathy especially have considered these characters
as of great phylogenetic significance. But the fundamental con-
ceptions of these two zodlogists regarding the meaning of the facts
belonging to the first-mentioned class are diametrically opposed.
Up to now leeches have been known whose complete somites con-
tained from three (two dorsally in Torix) to fourteen (twelve
according to Apathy’s count) annuli. Apathy (’88) believes that
the latter is the primitive number and that all other types have
been derived from this by a process of absorption and suppression
of those rings which have lost their functional importance in the
evolution of genera from a purely parasitic form to forms which
have become adapted to a variety of environments. Whitman
(90* and elsewhere) considers the triannulate type as the primi-
tive one from which the multiannulate somites of the Gnathob-
dellida are derived by a process of progressive fission and multipli-
cation of rings. The latter view seems to be most in accord with
the facts of embryology and comparative anatomy and has been
supported by several zodlogists, including the present writer.
It is well known that typical complete somites are absent from
the end regions of nearly all leeches, where they are represented
by somites which contain a smaller number of rings. Whitman,
Apathy, and I believe all other modern writers on the Hirudinea
are agreed that such somites, when of less than three rings, are the
result of a process of reduction, that uniannulate or biannulate
somites occurring in a typically triannulate leech have been derived
from the latter type of somite by a process which is essentially oue
of phylogenetic concrescence—a shrinking in size of the affected
rings, together with a smoothing out of the furrows which geneti-
cally separate them. The favorable argument seems to be derived
largely from analogy to other groups of segmented animals and it
must be admitted has seemed to explain the facts known up to the
present time. Whitman, who is the author of this hypothesis, has
formulated it as follows:
‘« All somites with less than three rings are abbreviated, and
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69
all with more than three have been increased by the division of
one or two of the three primary rings. I have collected consider-
able evidence, which cannot be given here, to show that in the
evolution of Hirudo, it was the second and third rings that under-
went division, while the first remained undivided’’ (’92, p. 392).
Probably the authors of the opinions that the triannulate or
multiannulate somites represent the primitive types would admit
the probability of the occurrence of a uniannulate ancestor some-
where in the remote history of the Hirudinea, but evidently no
such form was looked for within the Jimits of the group. Blanch-
ard (98), to whose activity in systematic studies we owe the dis-
covery of so many important generic types of leeches, describes
the typical somite of Toriz-as biannulate with one ring subdivided
into two on the ventral surface. This type of somite he regards
as more primitive than that of Glossinhonia, and prophesies the
discovery of a uniannulate leech, a prophecy which Microbdella
so nearly fulfils. The discovery of a truly biannulate leech sheds
new light on the subject, and it seems very doubtful if Prof.
Whitman himself would explain this condition as a process of
abbreviation affecting all of the somites of the body, and most of
them in a perfectly similar manner and to an equal degree. The
variation shown in the somite X XV of fig. 1 affords, however, one
little bit of evidence for such a contention, for it is indeed very
curious that the only distinct attempt toward the separation of
annulus a 7 should occur in a somite which is in other respects of
simpler structure than the type. I have no explanation or excuse
to offer for this bit of wilfulness upon the part of my material. °
The crucial question is really which is the most primitive in struc-
ture, Glossiphonia or Microbdella. If the former shows evidence
in its general organization of standing nearer to the ancestral
Hirudinean stock, then the biannulate somite has probably been
derived by abbreviation of the triannulate. If Microbdella proves
to be the more generalized, the converse is probably true. In the
general description reason has been given for believing that the
latter is true. The evidence is found chiefly in the exact agree-
ment between the metameres as expressed internally and externally
® There is evidence that this and some similar variations may be the re-
sult of a conflict between immediate mechanical factors and hereditary
influences.
70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
by the different systems of organs, and in the structure and arrange-
ment of the dissepiments, testes and nephridia. The few special-
ized characters are unimportant and easily explained. It is there-
fore concluded that Microbdella approaches nearer to and throws
light upon the characters of a primitive ancestral leech which
phylogenetically preceded the Glossiphonide, ete. The triannulate
somite of the latter has, therefore, been derived from a biannulate
somite. The derivation of the multiannulate from the triannulate
type is but the continuation of the general process of elaboration
begun earlier, and which affords a means of maintaining the flexi-
bility of the body as it increases in length.
The structure of Acanthobdella (Kowalevsky, ’96°), which is
a true annectant type between Hirudinea and Oligocheta, seems
to present a difficulty, as this leech appears to have quinqueannu-
late somites, but the discussion of this remarkable form can profit-
ably be postponed until the publication of Kowalevsky’s final
paper, which has not, I believe, yet appeared.
Microbdella also furnishes some data which seem to make it
sufficiently clear that in the development of the triannulate from
the uniannulate somite (if such a type actually existed), the latter
first became enlarged posterior to the segmental sense organs, a
posterior ring was then split oft which became the third (a 3).
The anterior part of the then biannulate somite grew and a furrow
was formed approximately in the plane of the nephridiopores, thus
producing the first ring (a 7) and leaving the sensille on the
second (a 2). Some direct evidence of an embryological nature,
and a considerable amount of collateral evidence derived from
comparative anatomy and relating chiefly to the relative positions
of the internal organs ina number of genera has been collected
in support of this view, but cannot be given here.
The conclusion arrived at that the triannulate has been reached
through the biannulate somite leads to one further consideration.
Are the uni- and biannulate somites which are so generally found
toward the ends of the body in nearly, if not quite, all leeches the
product of abbreviation as now universally admitted ? The answer
is in large part a corollary from the above conclusion, but the
very fact of the occurrence of one or several biannulate somites*
Such somites are not usually apparent by the current manner of
counting, as the larger rings have very often been interpreted as indicating
fusions of contiguous parts of neighboring somites.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. ral
having all of the essential characteristics of the typical somite of
Microbdella in both the anterior and posterior ends of nearly all
leeches is in itself very significant. The argument then is the
same as that adopted by Whitman (’92) to show that the trian-
nulate somites of the Hirudinide are <<‘ type somites’’ and not
‘* abbreviated somites.’’ It is therefore believed that the smaller
number of rings embraced by the somites toward the ends of a leech’s
body is not due to their having been reduced from the condition
of complete somites, but that most of them represent phylogenetic
stages of development arrested or still in progress toward the com-
plete type. We may therefore read one part, and this no doubt
much garbled, of the story of a leech’s ancestry in the records of
its somites from the extremities toward the middle of its body.
There are, of course, other versions of this story which are recorded
elsewhere. It is not meant to be implied that the retrograde process
of abbreviation has never occurred in the differentiation of the genera
of leeches, as some almost certain cases of this are known, but it is
believed that they are infrequent and that the process has not
played anything like the important part which has been attributed
to it. Nor must it be supposed that a Jeech which presents a large
number of incomplete somites is regarded as necessarily primitive,
for it is recognized that specialization of somites may take place,
and has taken place, in other ways than by an increase in the
number of rings, for example, by a great development of segmen-
tal sense organs, as in the Hirudinide.
The difference (in respect to the number of component rings)
between somites of the middle and terminal regions of a leech’s
body is believed to have arisen phylogenetically by a process which is
more accurately described as one of centrifugal expansion and
elaboration rather than ‘‘ centripetal abbreviation.’’ The somites of
the middle region probably first increased in size and multiplied their
annuli and in this region the process has advanced the farthest.
From this centre the change has extended toward the ends, but
with gradually diminishing effect. The terminal somites, already
Specialized in other directions, might be positively lowered in
efficiency by any increase in length.
72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
List oF PArers CITED.
Apathy, Stefan. ’88. Analyse ‘der ausseren Korperform der
Hirudineen. Mittheil. zool. Sta. Neapel, viii (1888), 155-232.
Blanchard, R. ’98. Noveau type d’Hirudinée (Torix mirus).
Bull. Scient. France et Belgique. xxviii (1898), 539-544.
Bristol, Charles L. ’98. The Metamerism of Nephelis. Jour.
Morph., xv (1898), 17-72.
Kowalevsky, A. ’°96%. Etude sur l’anatomie de |’ Archzobdella |
Esmontii de O. Grimm. Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersbourg,
v (1896), 331-335. Comm. prélim.
Kowalevsky, A. ’96>. Etude sur l’anatomie de ]’ Acanthobdella
peledina. Comm. prélim. Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Peters-
bourg, v (1896), 265-274.
Moore, J. Percy. ’98. The Leeches of the U. S. National
Museum. Pro. U. S. Nat. Mus., xxi (1898), 545-563.
Oka, (Pennsylvania:
pe 23 aaeecOn wads: «16° ) ‘Ohio;
4g 244 Sais Ib “West: Virginia.
Cs 253 “22 14 #=“ Virginia. This specimen has a
double parietal tooth.
oe 274 poet 16 “ Kentucky.
ig 28 Geer rs 1G iy So Virginia:
a oa) eC c
Polygyra chilhoweensis Lewis.
Gr. diam. 313 lesser 26} alt. 21 mm. Miry Ridge. Tenn.
ms 314 Gen VOT] 20 “ =“ The Balsams.”’
ee 33 e 28i 6S 18h ‘© Braden Mt., Campbell county.
rs 33 Boo, fe ela ey Miry-
ig 35 “ 30 “ 21 « ‘Toothed. Campbell couuty.
«354 30 99 Cade’ :
OS oe oe 99 ce ce ade’s.
ae 36+ ae 31 ce 90 “é “ce ce
ee” 365 pale = Olle 18" Cadels:
4 365 sc 32S 24h «= Unaka Mountains.
ma 373 se 32S 224 ** Campbell county.
ea 38 oo 4a ss Toothed. Cade’s.
ts 39 #83). OAL ys « Miry.
a 397 “ ~633)Ci«SSS:s 248 ** = Unaka Mountains.
~ 42 “* 353 ** 265 «** = Bald Mountain, 6,000 feet, Blount
county, Tenn.
This last giant is in the Lewis collection, and Dr. Lewis says: ‘‘ Cubic di-
mensions 9.65 of H. diodonta of the size of Say’s type.’’ I think the alti-
tude given for Bald Mountain, 6,000 feet, isa mistake.—G. H. C.
120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
Polygyra albolabris (Say).
_ Cade’s Cove, at ‘‘ Roe’s Flat’’ and ‘‘ Laurel Creek ’’ (Ferriss
and Clapp), Blount county, Tenn. South of the Little Tennessee,
in Graham county, N. C., Ferriss reports the species from Tuskee-
gee” Mountain (at the head of Yellow creek), Yellow creek, and
the Cheoah river.
We did not find albolabris on the mountains and it probably
does not ascend over 2,500 feet, if so high as that, in this region,
being confined to the coves.
The specimens from Cade’s Cove are heavy, solid shells, 32 to
35 mm. diam., of beautiful texture, the microscopic sculpture
being sharply developed. Many of them blush with a distinet
rose tint above, the base pale yellow. The white peristome is
strongly developed.
I have been disposed to refer these shells to the variety major,
the typical form of which occurs in Georgia and western extra-
peninsular Florida; but the dividing line between albolabris and
major is at best an exceedingly indistinct one, and we may perhaps
be nearer the truth if we consider the shells of this region as a
transition between a/bolabris and major. A specimen from John-
son City, in the valley of East Tennessee, measures 38 mm. diam.
Polygyra exoleta (Binn.).
Cade’s Cove, abundant; Glen Cove, Unaka Mountains, N. C.;
Tallassee ford, Caringer, Tenn.; well-developed shells of the nor-
mal form. It was not found by us on the mountains, but in the
coves, and apparently does not ascend much above 2,000 feet.
‘¢ The Cade’s Cove shells vary in color, some having a very dark
spire shading to nearly white on the base, while others are either
uniform dark or light.”’—G. H. C.
Polygyra ferrissii Pils.
This beautiful species can never become common, so rugged
and remote are its mountain haunts. To the north and northwest
of the summit of Clingman’s Dome the slope is steep, frequently
precipitous, and covered with a talus of great blocks of rock, deeply
carpeted with sphagnum and shaded by great balsam firs." Like
the other mountains of this ridge, Clingman seems to be a mono-
10 Besides the balsam fir or ‘‘she balsam,’’ Abies fraseri, the Picea rubens
Sargent is mingled with it in the Clingman forest. J am indebted to Mr.
Thomas Meehan for the identifications, based on cones and foliage.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121
cline, the massive conglomerate beds dipping steeply to the south
or southeast. This results in a rocky talus on the north or north-
west slopes, from disintegration of the faulted or eroded edges of
the strata, while the other slope is less rugged. Mossy trunks lie
in every direction, making progress slow and difficult.
It is on the wet and bare under surfaces of blocks resting
free from the ground that Ferriss’ Mesodon lives. Kneeling or
lying at length on the wet moss, and peering or crawling into these
black crevices, we found the snails on the rock roofs of the cavities,
but only in small numbers. Candles were occasionally of use.
A few specimens were taken among the rank herbage covering
the ground near the summit of the ridge, where they live with
Japp’s variety of Polygyra andrewse.
Besides this locality near the summit of Clingman, a few speci-
mens were taken from a similar station about one and a half miles
down the west end of the mountain on the Tennessee side, prob-
ably near the 4,000 foot contour. This spot was reached by a
desperate climb in the bed of a leaping brook, through a dense
laurel thicket, the way led by the indomitable Ferriss. This
locality is a jolly good place for hard work, but a poor one for
snails.
Ferriss and Sargent found P. ferrissii on Andrews Bald, which
is really but a spur of the Clingman mass.
Another spot at which P. ferrissii has been taken is on ‘‘ Miry
Ridge on the western slope, from a quarter to a half mile below
the point where the ridge leaves the boundary range. The situa-
tion is very similar to that described above for Clingman, except
that mauy of the fallen stones are smaller and the bulk of the
collecting was done by ‘ quarrying.’ On the southern side of
the main range Ferriss found a few specimens in 1898. These
two localities are so close together that they may be considered as
practically the same.’’—G. H. C.
Along the great ridge ramifying southward from Siler’s Bald,
Ferriss and Sargent found P. ferrissii at Welch Bald. This peak
rises to 5,000 feet, and is connected with Miry Ridge and Clingman
by the 4,000 foot contour.
P. ferrissii does not show much variation so far as known. Fer-
riss found a single albino, a lovely light-green shell, which he gave
to the Academy, and Sargent found two light-colored shells, one
122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
of which was albino, in 1899. Of the specimens taken on Cling-
man, the Jargest measures 234, the smallest 19 mm. diam.
Polygyra palliata Say.
Taken by Ferriss at Laurel creek, Cade’s Cove. It is appar-
ently wanting in the mountains along the interstate boundary, but
reappeared in the Little Tennessee region on Chamber’s creek, and
at its mouth, on Bob’s Bald (Stratton Bald), at Glen Cove,
Unakas, and Tallassee ford, Monroe county, Tenn. Mr. Clapp ob-
serves that the southern specimens are less hairy than the northern.
Polygyra appressa perigrapta Pils.
Tuckaleechee Cove; Cade’s Cove; Eagle Creek, Thunderhead,
about 4,000 feet; Block House, ‘‘ The Balsams,’’ west end of
Clingman, about 6,000 feet; Welch Bald creek and Chamber's
creek, to the Little Tennessee. Everywhere well-developed,
typical specimens. South of the Little Tennessee, Ferriss tuok
specimens on Tuskeegee creek, Cheoah creek, Bob’s Bald and in
Glen Cove. We found P. appressa sculptior Chadw. on the bluffs
of the Tennessee, opposite Knoxville.
Polygyra clarkii (Lea).
Cade’s Cove. Fine specimens were taken about 1,000 feet below
the summit of Thunderhead, on the North Carolina side, though
it is far from common. ‘The largest and smallest shells measure:
Alt. 103, diam. 14 mm.; alt. .10, diam. 15} mm. Clingman’s
Dome and Andrews Bald ; Welch Bald branch of Chamber’s
creek; and south of the Little Tennessee on Tuskeegee and
Cheoah creeks, in Glen Cove, and at Tallassee ford of the Little
Tennessee.
‘¢ Ferriss and I found this species on Miry Ridge in 1898, at
about 4,000 to 4,500 feet. Decidedly scarce. Largest alt. 12,
diam. 15% mm. Largest from Thunderhead, just below Spencer's
Cabin, alt. 104, diam. 154 mm. Largest from Cade’s Cove, alt.
11, diam. 15 mm.’’—G. H. C.
Polygyra thyroides (Say).
We did not find this species along the Tennessee-North Caro-
lina boundary, but Ferriss found it in North Carolina, at Welch
Bald, and on the Little Tennessee at mouth of Chamber’s creek,
and at Tallassee Ford. I picked up a specimen at Porter’s
Academy, Blount county, Tennessee.
e* At
s
o
Py
4
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123
Polygyra andrewse (W. G. Binney).
This species was originally described from the thin, small, green-
ish horn-colored form occurring on the upper 2,000 feet of Roan
Mountain. This form is in reality a local race of a species widely
spread along the mountain ridge between Tennessee and North
Carolina, and eastward, probably throughout the mountains, ex-
tending into Georgia. Just what its westward limit may be is
uncertain; but apparently it does not invade the valley of eastern
Tennessee watered by the Holston, Nolichucky and Tennessee
rivers. In Blount county, Tenn., we did not find it below about
2,000 feet, first encountering the species on the slopes of (ade’s
Cove. Whether it occurs at lower levels, or in the isolated Chil-
howee ridge, remains to be seen, as no exploration has been made.
It is obviously not a species of the Cumberland elevation, in the
proper restriction of that term.
Typical P. andrewse will, of course, be restricted to the small
Roan Mountain race, first described and well represented by Mr.
Binney’s figures (Man. Amer. Land Shells, fig. 321). For the
larger, more solid, yellowish-brown or slightly greenish form, with
wider lip and a more or less distinct prominence (hardly a tooth)
on the columella, the varietal name normalis may be used, the
types being from Cade’s Cove, Blount county, Tern.
The typical P. andrewse is not known to occur in the Great
Smoky Mountains.
P. andrews normalis 0. var.
This is the form occurring throughout the Great Smokies, in the
coves and on the mountain sides, up in some places to 4,500 feet,
as at the southern end of Miry Ridge, or even higher, at the west-
ern end of Clingman’s Dome. Specimens with a parietal tooth are
very rare, and have only a small or indistinct tooth. No example
of var. normalis with a band is known. Our collecting gave the
following data:
Cade’s Cove. The snails live on densely wooded mountain sides
in the subordinate coves on the Thunderhead side at an elevation
of about 2,000-2,500 feet. We found them crawling on the
ground, and especially on logs or sticks. The lip is broad; none
show a parietal tooth, and none are banded or dark colored.
Largest of a series of seventy-five, 344 mm. diam.; smallest, 29
124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
mm.; average of the entire lot 314 mm. Seventy-five per cent.
of the shells measure 31-33 mm. diam.
Eagle creek, on the South Carolina side of Thunderhead, from
about 3,500 to 4,000 feet. Station similar to Cade’s Cove, but
sometimes crawling up trees four to six feet. The shells are simi-
lar to the preceding lot, but there are apparently more very pale
or albino specimens among them. Largest of a series of nineteen,
334 mm. diam. ; smallest, 29 mm.; average of the lot, 51 mm.
diam. Two-thirds of the shells are 31-32 mm. diam.
Proctor’s Knob, on the Tennessee-North Carolina boundary, west
of Miry Ridge; alt. about 5,000 feet. The shells taken are solid
and large, measuring 32, 33, 33, 34, 35 mm., diam.; average
334 mm. :
South end of Miry Ridge, 4,500-5,000 feet altitude, on the
boundary trail. Sixteen specimeus, two with a very slight trace
of a parietal tooth. A few show a slight channel at the upper ter-
mination of the outer lip. They occurred on logs of a former
camp. Largest specimens, 33 mm. diam.; smallest, 30 mm.;
average of the lot, 32 mm. diam. The shells are more solid
than at Eagle creek or Cade’s Cove.
‘‘ Miry Ridge, in Tennessee. In 1898 Ferriss and I followed
out the ridge a few hundred yards and then down the western
angle probably 2,000 feet. (According to the ‘ Knoxville
sheet’ Miry is 5,000 feet high where it leaves the boundary. )
We collected normalis all the way down, but found it most plenti-
ful on top. It was a very wet season and the snails were all over
the ground and weeds and even on the trees several feet above
the ground. My largest from Miry is 36} mm. diam.; smallest,
314 mm. diam. Many of the shells were very globose, two meas-
uring, alt. 274, diam. 32 mm., and alt. 28, diam. 344 mm.,
respectively. One shell, 833 mm. diam., has a strong parietal
tooth, and two others have faint teeth.’’—G. H. C.
Western end of Clingman’s Dome, at about 5,600-5,800 feet.
Specimens of the large variety (normalis) are rare here, only
two being found by me, to nineteen of the small variety (see
below), during a long search. These measure 32 and 33 mm.,
are rather solid, toothless, without a groove at the upper insertion
of the lip, and quite similar to specimens from Miry Ridge.
Clapp writes of the specimens from this locality: ‘‘ Shells from
Ss ey PNR ae
Ph By lie eee erent hh Ny a a Pe I i 8 ee
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125
‘The Balsams’ are large and very heavy, largest 353 mm..
smallest 30 mm. diam.’’ As at the second Miry Ridge iocality, it
occurs here with the var. altivaga, but only sparingly.
It was taken also at Andrews Bald and on Chamber’s creek
by Ferriss. South of the Little Tennessee, Ferriss took specimens
on Tuskeegee creek and Yellow creek, Cheoah river and in Glen
Cove, one of the heads of Slick Rock creek. In the Unaka
Mountains, not far from Citico creek, the shells are large and
solid, toothless or with the slight trace of a parietal tooth, lip not
grooved at its junction above. Diam. 33-364 mm. A series
would probably show them to be perceptibly larger as well as more
solid than the Miry Ridge shells, which excel those of other locali-
ties mentioned above.
P. andrewse altivaga n. var.
This is the form of the higher mvuntain tops. It is character-
ized by the small size, globose contour, compact coiling of the
whorls which scarcely exceed five in number; the striation being
very fine and delicate; parietal wali unarmed or with a small
acute tooth; lip flat and rather wide, the internal rib interrupted
near the upper termination, leaving a slight channel at the angle
of junction, more or less obvious in different specimens. Shell
thinner in adults than in adults of var. normalis ; colors typically
darker and richer, but varying to pale with a dark band above
the periphery. Types from near the summit of Clingman’s
Dome, with-P. ferrissii.
Mr. Clapp first directed attention to this form, which he and Mr.
Ferriss took at the summit of Thunderhead and at Miry Ridge in
1898. While there is no sharply defined single character sepa-
rating it from the ordinary form of P. andrewse normalis, yet
among some hundreds of specimens of P. andrewse I have exam-
ined I find it easy to distinguish this form, which is by all odds
the handsomest of the varieties of P. andrewse. The following
details relate to special localities :
Clingman Dome, near the summit, 6,500 feet elevation. On
herbage and moss on the ground, shaded by balsams. ‘The shells
are often dented while alive, and mostly appear to complete their
growth in two seasons, the second period of growth beginning of
a lighter color and slightly coarser texture than the preceding
growth. Of thirty-two specimens the largest has a diameter of
126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
28, the smallest 24 mm., eighty per cent. being from 25 to 27
mm., the average of the lot is 26 mm. Thirty per cent. are more
or less distinctly banded. Mr. Clapp writes of the specimens
taken by him that ‘‘ out of thirty-six shells, nineteen are dark
and seventeen banded, some of the latter with only the peripheral
band, others with an additional subsutural band. Largest 29
mm., smallest 244 mm. diam. West of ‘ Double Springs’ I got
one specimen 314 mm. diam., alt. 24 mm ’”’
Andrews Bald, south of Clingman Dome, and connected with
it by a high ridge, alt. about 5,800 feet. Forms entirely like that
on Clingman were found here by Ferriss.
West end of Clingman, between 5,500 and 6,000 feet, Shells
similar to those from top of Clingman, but usually paler colored.
Fewer specimens are banded, one with two distinct bands; and a
few specimens show a minute but sharply defined parietal tooth,
quite near the upper end of the lip. The largest of nineteen
examples is 28 mm., the smallest 244 mm. diam.; average of the
lot 26 mm.
Miry Ridge. ‘‘ In the same locality as ferrissii, and either under
the rocks or in the moss overhanging the edges of the rocks, on
the western angle of the ridge. I think the Miry Ridge shells
collected last year are more typical than those from Clingman as
they are more mature and heavier. Out of fifteen Miry Ridge
specimens in my collection, six have the parietal tooth strong, three
have it faint and six are toothless. These shells also show the
channel much better than these from Clingman on account of the
lip being fully formed. Of the fifteen shells, three are dark, six
are light (we did not get this color variety on Clingman), two
have a peripheral band, one has a faint line between the band and
the suture, and three are what Ferriss calls ‘ half and half ’—that
is, the band extends from the periphery to the suture. Largest
Miry shell diam. 30, alt. 214 mm.; smallest, diam. 26, alt. 184
mm.’’—G. H. C.
The specimens vary from the pale greenish-yellow tint, occasion-
ally with a band above, to a dark reddish-brown color, similar
to the Clingman form. The largest of twelve specimens is 284,
the smallest 25 mm. diam.; average of the lot 27 mm. diam.
Thunderhead, at the summit, in a sparse growth of scrub
beeches, under bunches of moss on the trunks. The shells ar
a Baas eae eee
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127
pale green or tinted with red, frequently with a reddish band, and
sometimes having an indistinct band at the suture. The largest of
six shells measures 254 mm., the smallest 224 mm. ; average of the
lot 24 mm. Mr. Clapp found nine shells, which measure,
“Largest 26 mm., smallest 23 mm.; average of Jot 244 mm.
One is dark red, four light, three with a single band, and one dark
above, lighter beneath. One has a faint parietal tooth.”’
The shells inhabit a grove of beeches at the edge of the
“‘bald.’? The trees are dwarfed by the exposed situation, and
look, as one approaches the grove, like an old country orchard.
The shells differ from those of Clingman in being smaller on the
average and paler colored. The form is that of the Clingman
_ altivaga.
Polygyra wheatleyi (Bld.).
A characteristic and widespread species in this region. It is
allied to P. ferrissii rather than to the species with which it has
hitherto been grouped. The specimens vary considerably in size,
and in presence or absence of the parietal tooth, the variations
being mainly local rather than indiscriminate.
Specimens from Cade’s Cove (2,000 feet) and Thunderhead (up
to 5,300 feet) are of good size, 13 to 164 (rarely 18) mm diam.,
moderately solid, with very broad lip and a well-developed pari-
etal tooth when mature. Similar specimens occur on Block House
Mountain (south of Thunderhead), diam. 16 to 17 mm.
Ferriss found some beautiful greenish-white albino specimens in
Cade’s Cove.
Mirv Ridge. ‘‘ Quite common in 1898, and intermediate be-
tween the Thunderhead and Clingman forms, the lip being narrow
and the parietal tooth small. Smallest of five, 14 mm. ; largest,
15} mm. diam. Found down the western slope, from 4,000 to
4,500 feet."—G. H. C.
On Clingman Dome the shells are all small, diam. 124 to 14
mm., thin, without a parietal tooth, the aperture more rounded, and
the lip less flattened. This seems quite a well-marked local form.
It occurred from our camp near the western end to the summit.
On Welch Bald the shells are like those from Cade’s, diam.
144-16 mm. Ferriss took it also along Chainber’s creek.
South of the Little Tennessee, specimens were taken by Ferriss
128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
on Tuskeegee Mountain (north of Tuskeegee creek), where they
are remarkably small, diam. 12-124 mm., but the lip is wide and
a parietal tooth developed in fully adult shells. They are not
like the form from Clingman. At Bob’s Bald, near Mt. Hayo, in
Graham county, N. C., the shells are very large, 20-23 mm.
diam., the parietal tooth present but small. On Hangover Lead,
four miles east of Mt. Hayo, they are 124-13 mm., and all den-
tate. Mt. Hayo, 16-17 mm., dentate. At Tallassee ford of the
Little Tennessee river, the specimens are like those from Cade’s
Cove. It occurs also in Glen Cove.
Polygyra christyi (Bld.).
Roes Cove and Rowan’s in Cade’s; one specimen taken on
Clingman’s Dome. South of the Little Tennessee, Ferriss and
Sargent found it on Tuskeegee creek and Cheoah river.
Subgenus STENOTREMA.
The various interrelations of the Stenotrema species have been
discussed in more or less detail by Bland, Wetherby and Binney.
Probably the primary division of the group should be based upon
the epidermal sculpture, the first five species of the Catalogue
Amer. L. Shells—spinosa, labrosa, edgariana, edvardsi and bar-
bigera, to which depilata should be added—having no erect hairs
whatever above, but short curved epidermal laminz, running with
the growth-lines; while stenotrema, hirsuta and the rest have either
erect hairs above or are nude. Species of the first division are
more or less carinated or angular at the periphery, at least in front
of the aperture; those of the second division usually are rounded,
though sometimes subangular.
This division of the group separates depilata from P. stenotrema,
of which it has hitherto been considered a variety; and as there
are several other characters of importance sundering the two, it
will be better to treat depilata as a distinct species. The distin-
guishing characters of depilata and stenotrema, and the varieties of
the latter, are shown in the following key:
a.—Surface with short processes parallel with the growth-lines
above, but no erect hairs anywhere; parietal lamella slighter
and straighter than in stenotrema, the inner end not bending
in to meet the basal lip, outer end not passing under the
basal lip, when viewed from below; no callous ridge between
OD el ERLE I EO LOE.
&
4
2
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129
the lamella and the peripheral termination of the outer lip ;
space between lamella and lip wider than in stenotrema ;
basal lip with a shallow median notch, but no notch or
tooth on the outer are of the lip; fulerum quite small;
spire high; periphery angular; surface hairless, with faint
spiral striz and -a@ silken lustre below.
P. depilata Pils.
a’.—Surface without laminar processes above, bearing erect hairs or
none; parietal lamella very strong, crescentic, its inner end *
curving in and terminating at the axis close to the inner
end of the basal lip; outer end also strongly incurved.
P. stenotrema (Fer.), Pfr.
b.—Surface densely thoigh shortly hirsute or beset with the
sears of hairs, both above and below.
c.—Outer lip with a deep notch for the reception of the
outer end of the deeply incurved parietal lamella, a
distinct tooth outside of the notch; fulerum long ;
form depressed; pale colored. 6 X 10mm. Wood-
ville, Jackson county, Ala.
P. stenotrema exodon Pils.™
e’.—Outer lip less notched and less distinctly or not
toothed; fulerum decidedly shorter; form more
globose, more elevated, and usually dark colored.
Typical stenotrema.
b’.—Surface without hairs or their scars; other characters of
typical stenotrema; 64 X 10 mm. Nashville, Belle-
vue and Johnson City, Tenn.
P. stenotrema nuda, n. var,
Polygyra depilata Pilsbry.
This species was first found by Mrs. Andrews. It is not closely
allied to P. stenotrema, with which I formerly associated it, but to
P. edvardsi. It is known from high up in ‘‘ Sugar Cove,’’ on the
Thunderhead side of Cade’s Cove (one specimen); near the sum-
mit of Thunderhead, where all our party took specimens, and
The names globosa (Nautilus vi, p. 77) and subglobosa (Catalogue,
p- 14) are to be suppressed. Both are purely nomina nuda. As not a
word of definition has been published, and as they are quite inapplicable
to the depressed variety here defined from Woodville, Ala., no good purpose
would be served by their perpetuation. Both typical stenotrema and var.
exodon were collected at Woodville by Mr. H. E. Sargent.
9
130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
where Mrs. Andrews first found it, and Clingman Dome, near the
summit. ‘‘ Ferriss and I found it on Miry Ridge in 1898, same
locality as P. ferrissii. Occasionally on trees in moss.’’—G. H. C.
It also occurs on Andrews Bald, a spur of Clingman, in Swain
county, N. C., and south of the Little Tennessee river in the
northeastern Unaka Mountains, on Stratton Bald (Sargent). In
the specimens from this peak, collected not far from the 5,000-
foot contour, the notch in the basal lip is shallower and wider
from the obsolescence of the callus between it and the axis. a
It lives in wet moss and on rocks; not around logs, like our
northern Stenotremes.
In size it varies but little, the extremes being 94-104 mm.
diam. The conic spire is lower in some individuals, there being
sometimes as much as 1 mm. variation in height in specimens of
the same diameter. The silky sheen of the surface seems invari-
able. Some albino specimens from Thunderhead are light green.
Polygyra edvardsi magnifumosa 2. var.
Shell small, dark brown and lustreless, often with some golden
streaks or spots; the periphery angular in front; whorls 4} to 53; the
upper surface distinctly wrinkle-striate, not hairy but when unworn
showing short cuticular lamin (like those on P. spinosa); lower
surface smooth, showing fine, slight spiral striz, and sometimes
very short hairs or hair-scars. Aperture much as in P. steno-
trema, the parietal lamella well developed, curving downwards at
both ends, a callous ridge running from it to the peripheral inser-
tion of the outer lip; notch of the basal lip median, of moderate
size; no tooth developed on the callus within the outer lip. Alt.
4.7 to 5, diam. 7 to 74 mm.
Brannon’s and Chestnut Flats, in Cade’s Cove, Blount county,
Tenn. (one specimen an albino); Welch Bald, on the Forney
Ridge (one specimen), and Welch Bald branch of Chamber’s
creek (nineteen specimens); Chamber’s creek (four), all in Swain
county, N. C. Also south of the Little Tennessee river, in Graham
county, N. C., on Tuskeegee creek (three specimens), and on the
Cheoah river, near the confluence of Yellow creek (thirty-one
specimens). ‘‘ Bob’s Bald’’ (three specimens). Clay county,
N. C.; at Hayesville (forty-three specimens).
In all, 105 specimens from some eight localities, the extreme
é
=
:
q
;
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151
points about forty miles apart. Its vertical range is from about
4,500 feet on Welch Bald toa little below 2,600 feet at Hayesville,
Chamber's creek, Cheoah river, ete.
Despite the varying localities, the specimens are remarkably
uniform in character. The largest specimen was taken on Cham-
ber’s creek, measuring 5.7 mm. alt.,.8.8 mm. diam.; otherwise
typical. The peculiar sculpture of the upper surface, resembling
that of P. spinosa, depilata, edvardsi, ete., and wholly unlike P.
stenotrema or P. hirsuta, amply distinguish it from the latter
species. Compared with P. edvardsi, described from West Vir-
ginia, the var. magnifumosa differs in the following features: the
parietal lamina is higher, stronger and more sinuous, with a
stronger callus between it and the upper end of the peristome;
the lip notch is deeper and wider, and the periphery is less
angular.
P. edvardsi was collected at Burnside, Pulaski county, Ky., by
Messrs. Ferriss and Sargent, the specimens differing from the
West Virginians in the well-developed lip notch.
P. barbigera (Redf.).
A single half-grown shell from Hayesville, Clay county, N. C.,
was taken by Mr. Sargent; and while the peristome is still sharp
and simple, the shaggy cuticle, fringed at the sutures, indicates
this rare species.
Polygyra stenotrema (‘Fer.’ Pir.).
Practically typical specimens occur throughout the region, but
in some localities, noted below, huge fellows larger than ever have
been recorded were found by Mr. Ferriss. The localities are:
Tuckaleechee Cove, and Cade’s Cove, including the dependent
“«Sugar Cove;’? Thunderhead, the specimens being very densely
hirsute above and below, 9-11 mm. diam., and have an extremely
small notch in the basal lip.
Chamber’s creek, Swain county, N. C. Diam. varying from
8.7 to 10 mm. Densely hirsute, the notch very small in two,
quite large in three specimens, the latter smaller. Another lot
from same locality consists of eight very large, densely hirsute
specimens, normal in form, varying from 734 X 11 to 8.2 X 12.3
mm., whorls 54 to 6. Some of these shells are the largest I have
seen of the species.
132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
Tuskeegee creek, Graham county, N. C., small specimens, diam.
9 and 10 mm., the form typical
Tallassee ford of the Little Tennessee river, Monroe county,
Tenn. Several large, globose shells, 114-12 mm. diam., and
some decidedly smaller, 84-10 mm. diam.
Yellow creek, Mt. Hayo, Stratton Bald and Glen Cove, Graham
county, and Hayeaviile, Clay county, are other North Carolina
localities where Ferriss or Sargent took specimens.
Polygyra hirsuta pilula n. var.
Smaller than typical hirsuta, with more elevated spire; whorls
nearly 5, the last with well-rounded periphery, surface beset with
rather long curved hairs. Parietal tooth sinuous, connected with
the peripherai end of the outer lip by a callous ridge. Basal lip
3-toothed, the median notch much deeper than in hirsuta, with
raised edges, the outer tooth small. Alt. 44, diam. 6 mm.
The smallest specimens measure, alt. 4, diam. 54 mm.
Thunderhead Mountain, from near the summit to Cade’s Cove.
This form is not only smaller and more globular than P. hirsuta,
but the armature of the basal lip is different. The median notch
is much deeper, and instead of being a mere notch in a straight
calloused edge, it appears as a deep sinus between two wide,
irregular teeth.
This form seems to be confined to the Great Smoky Mountains.
It was first found in June, 1895, by Mrs. George Andrews.
Subsequently Messrs. Ferriss and Clapp collected specimens; and
the party of five collected it in 1899. We found it in ‘‘ Sugar
Cove,’’ ‘‘ Lead Cove,’’ ‘‘ Rowan’s’’ and Laurel creek in Cade’s
Cove, and on Thunderhead, near the middle summit, among the
rocks where Gastrodonta lamellidens was found. Sargent found it
on Welch Bald, and Ferriss took specimens on Tuskeegee creek,
below the Little Tennessee river, in Graham county, N. C. It
apparently does not descend below 2,000 feet above the sea.
This variety must not be confused with a small form of the
species which occurs in the mountains of Pennsylvania, Maryland
and Virginia, which is more depressed than var. pi/ula, and has
not the peculiar basal lip described above. In the West, Michi-
gan, Illinois, Iowa, ete., a’‘form decidedly larger than that of the
Middle States occurs, still retaining the normal shape of the basal
lip.
or
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135
In the region of Roan Mountain, ascending to about 5,000 feet,
P. hirsuta is represented by another well-marked subspecies, P. h.
altispira Pils. This form is large, diam. 9, alt. 7 mm., with
high, conoidal spire, and broad, deep labial notch. It occurs also
in the Black Mountains, N. C. (Hemphill), and in its area ap-
parently replaces the true P. hirsuta, as the subspecies pilula does
in the Great Smokies. It has the habits of P. depilata, accord-
ing to Wetherby, living in damp moss, not under logs and sticks,
like the lowland P. hirsuta.
Polygyra monodon cincta (Lewis).
Found very sparingly at Chamber’s creek Church, on Yellow
creek, Cheoah river, in Glen Cove, and at Tallassee ford of the
Little Tennessee river. The specimens are nearly typical of the
variety, which has more striking peculiarities of form than of color.
In the James Lewis collection there are specimens from Hayesville,
N.C. It was found to be a very rare shell by Ferriss.
PUPIDA.
Bifidaria contracta (Say).
“Sugar Cove’’ and Laurel creek, in Cade’s Cove (Ferriss,
Clapp and Walker); Thunderhead (Clapp, one specimen). It
is rare in the mountains.
Vertigo bollesiana Morse.
Cade’s Cove (Ferriss and Clapp); ‘‘ Tuskeegee Mountains,’’
between Yellow creek and Tuskeegee creek (Ferriss). Very rare
in the mountains, and apparently quite typical.
Strobilops labyrinthicus strebeli (Pfr.).
Cade’s Cove (Clapp et al.) ; Tuskeegee creek (Ferriss).
ACHATINIDA.
Cochlicopa lubrica (Mull.).
*‘ Sugar Cove’’ in Cade’s Cove, Blount county, Tenn., and
“* Ramp Cove,’’ between the headwaters of Tuskeegee and Yel-
low creeks (Sargent). Very rare in the mountains, a single speci-
men found at each of the two localities.
CIRCINARIIDZ.
Circinaria concava (Say).
Cade’s Cove ; Thunderhead ; Clingman’s Dome, to near the
summit; Welch Bald; Chamber’s creek. South of the Little
134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Tennessee it was taken by Ferriss on Tuskeegee and Yellow creeks,
Cheoah river, in Glen Cove, and at Tallassee ford.
After his visit to the mountains in 1898, Mr. Clapp called my
attention to the fact that there are two forms of this species in the
Smokies, a larger and a smaller. This, however, seems to be a
case of wide range of individual variation in size. Thus, of five
adult specimens taken in the lily patch near the summit of Cling-
man, the largest is 154 mm. diam., with 54 whorls, the smallest
12} mm. diam., with 44 whorls. Two others are 13? and 14}
mm. in diam.
A. larger series taken on Thunderhead, in the Eagle Creek
region, N. C., between 3,500 and 4,500 feet, contains larger shells,
the measurements of four being 183, 164, 15 and slightly under
14mm. ‘There seems but little variation in the specimens from
Cade’s Cove, adults measuring about 16 mm. diam. Of course
only specimens with the peristome completely developed are consid-
ered. Mr. Clapp’s note follows: ;
‘¢ Largest from Cade’s 184, smallest 134 mm. diam. Largest
from Thunderhead, 205 mm., with 5 whorls; smallest, 14 mm.,
with 44 whorls. The small shells have a proportionately wider
umbilicus. It may be merely an optical illusion, but the last
whorl of the small shells appears to be subangular around the
umbilicus. A specimen from Philadelphia, Loudon county,
Tenn., in the Lewis collection, measures 22} mm. diam.’’
ZONITIDZ.
Omphalina fuliginosa polita Pils.
Fine specimens up to 28 mm. diam. occur in Cade’s Cove.
Those from Thunderhead, near the summit, are not so large, diam.
25-26 mm. Mr. Ferriss took it also at Chamber’s Church, at
the mouth of Chamber’s creek, Swain county, N. C. In 1898
Clapp collected specimens along the bluffs of Little river, in
Tuckaleechee Cove. They are much smaller than the Great Smoky
shells, the largest being only 20 mm. in diam.
Omphalina levigata (‘ Raf.’ Beck).
Mesomphix levigata Raf., Beck, Index Molluscorum, p. 7, 1837.
Helix levigata Fér., Pfr., et auct., not Helix levigata Pennant, 1777.
The name of this species has been long preoccupied as a Helix,
but I propose to avoid the obloquy of changing it by dating it
el
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135
from Beck, who really first defined the species by a reference to
Férussac’s figures, and whose publication was anterior to that of
Pfeiffer, who has generally been cited as authority for the name.
The synonomy has been ably discussed by Mr. W. G. Binney,
who, however, does not credit Beck with the name. The type
locality is ‘*‘ Kentucky.’’
Not uncommon in Cade’s Cove, attaining 20 mm. diam. Those
from high on Thunderhead are rather smaller; the color being
decidedly green. Mr. Clapp took one specimen on the west end
of Clingman. Mr. Ferriss took duskier specimens on the Cheoah
river, Graham county, N. C.
Two notable varieties occur near the Little Tennessee river.
0. levigata perlevis n. v.
Whorls more convex beneath than in typical /evigata, the last
whorl much smoother above, not rib-striate, its width at the aper-
ture (measured above) less than one-third the diameter of the
shell. Aperture rounded-lunate, almost as high as wide. Alt.
93, diam. 17 mm. This is from Tallassee ford of the Little Ten-
nessee river, Monroe county, Tenn.
Omphalina levigata latior n. v.
Broad and depressed, more broadly excavated around the umbili-
cus than the typical form, the last whorl wider, its width at aper-
ture (measured above) one-third the diameter of the shell, and
far smoother than in lJevigata, being wrinkled irregularly, but
without the close, deeply cut and subregular rib-strize of the
typical form of that species. Aperture oval-lunate, far wider than
high. Color yellowish green. Alt. 153, diam. 24 mm., or as
large as 14 X 27 mm.
Tallassee ford, Little Tennessee river, Monroe county, Tenn. ;
also Chamber’s creek Church, at junction of Chamber’s creek with
the Little Tennessee river.
A large, flattened and very green form, in which the rib-striz
are obsolete on the last whorl, and the aperture decidedly oval.
In O. 7. perlevis the base is more convex around the umbilicus,
the mouth much more nearly round, and the last whorl narrower.
QO. 1. latior has an elegant microscopic sculpture, which gives the
upper surface a somewhat silky lustre.
136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Omphalina subplana (Biuney).
In this species the apex and inner whorls are striated, as in O.
levigata, not smooth as in inornata. Splendidly developed speci-
mens occur in the Smokies; the largest taken by myself in Cade’s
Cove measuring 214 mm. diam. On the flanks of Thunderhead
equally large specimens occur nearly to the summit, one in Clapp’s
collection measuring 234 mm. diam. A clear green albino is
among those collected there. As on Roan Mountain, it lives with
Vitrinizonites, but is not rare. The shells are hard to clean,
scarcely ever ‘‘ pulling ”’ well.
It occurs, but rarely, on Clingman’s Dome. Ferriss took speci-
mens on Block House Mountain and Welch Bald, and south of the
Little Tennessee river on Tuskeegee creek, Cheoah river, Mt.
Hayo and in Glen Cove.
Omphalina andrewse Pilsbry.
A very characteristic shell of the Great Smokies in Blount
county, replacing here the O. inornata of the Cumberland Plateau.
The largest taken by myself in Cade’s Cove is 16 mm. diam.,
but Clapp took one 17} mm. diam. On Thunderhead, near the
summit (about 5,400 feet), they are smaller, diam 12 mm.. and
rather thinner. Specimens with a dark band above the periphery
occasionally occur. It is one of the most beautiful shells of the
region. Specimens were taken by Clapp on Miry Ridge, in
1898, diam. of the largest 17 mm. Also collected by Ferriss on
Block House, Clingman’s, Welch Bald, Welch Bald branch,
Chamber’s creek, and south of the Little Tennessee river on Tus-
keegee creek, Cheoah river, Mt. Hayo, in Glen Cove, and at
Tallassee ford. It therefore seems generally distributed in the
Great Smokies and northeastern Unakas.
0. andrewse montivaga Pils.
This form seems to show no intergradation with andrewse, and
is chiefly notable for the prolonged form of the aperture. The
largest taken in Cade’s Cove measures 19 mm. diam., and it is
usually over 17. They are smaller, 15 to 17 mm., near the sum-
mit of Thunderhead. Mr. Ferriss took specimens on Welch Bald
and Chamber’s creek, and south of the Little Tennessee on Cheoah
river. Clapp took it in 1898 on Miry Ridge, diam. 18% mm.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157
Vitrinizonites latissimus (Lewis).
Slopes on south side of Cade’s Cove, about 2,000-2,500 feet
elevation; near summit of Thunderhead, lurking in deep moss
covering the damp rocks; Block House Mountain, just south of
Thunderhead; Clingman’s Dome, not far from the summit, in
moss, on the Polygyra ferrissii and P. andrewse altivaga ground;
Welch Bald; and below the Little Tennessee, Ferriss took one
specimen on Stratton Bald, in the northeastern part of the Unaka
range.
The species is ubiquitous in the Great Smokies everywhere above
2,000 feet, though not found in great numbers, and restricted to
moist places where moss carpets the rocks or logs. These conditions
are met on the lower levels where the mountain slopes are densely
shaded, but on the cloud-touched heights not much shade is
necessary.
The shell of V. datissimus is often deficient in calcareous stiffening
in the region near the axis behind the columella, and it is more or
less shrunken or dented there. This is a significant feature, show-
ing that Vitrinizonites is varying toward the condition of shell we
find in Cryptostrakon, Peltella, Gotis and some forms of Gira-
sia,” in all of which decalcification has affected the same region of
the shell. The following form, however, shows more impartial
decalcification, or, to be more exact, want of calcification.
Vitrinizonites latissimus uvidermis, n. var.
Near the summit of Thunderhead and Clingman’s Dome, in the
wet moss covering the rocks, there lives a form of Vitrinizonites
of about the size of /atissimus, but almost wholly lacking any cal-
careous layer of the shell. The cuticular test is more or less dented
and distorted in the living snails; and when ‘‘ cleaned’’ the shell
collapses like wet paper, unless stuffed with cotton. The surface
is usually less brilliant than in V. /atissimus, and the last half-
turn of the suture deviates somewhat more tangentially. The color
varies from as light as the ordinary V. latissimus of the region to
a very dusky, even blackish, shade. These ‘‘ grape-skin Vitrini-
zonites,’? as we called them, live with the normal form, but are
apparently always easily distinguished as above indicated. “to. 80°, 7 7
60> to 70°, 1 6
5HO° “0 60", 4 2
27 30
The arguments in favor of the fault seem to locate it at the
north foot of the South Valley Hill.** By Prof. Lesley’s theory
it must be sufficiently profound to uplift the schists from a position
beneath the North Valley Hill rocks, and by that of Dr. Frazer
to uplift some two miles of schists. What becomes of it eastward
and westward ? Near King of Prussia the straight southerly line
of the limestone ends, the hydromica curves gently southeast, form-
ing two promontories, the limestone following, forming, as it were,
a bay extending more than a mile south of a line in prolongation
of the north foot of the hill in Chester county.
At McFarland’s mills, where the Gulf creek flows northward
through the hydromica schist hill, the margin resumes its east-
northeast direction to the Schuylkill, still bordering as before the
hydromica schist hill, which has narrowed to less than half a mile.
A fault, to satisfy the conditions, would be of incredible shape.**”
Mr. Hall’s view that the hydromica schists are synclinal over the
limestone was controverted by Prof. Lesley :"”
188 “
But not only do we find the limestone, but also accompanying it
the sandstone, in scattered outcrops and very thin, it is true, but
with its peculiar and definite characteristics.
It is true we meet with one difficulty: to the eastward the sand-
stone is southeast of the limestone and close to it; to the westward,
to the northwest of it with an area of schists between. Exposures
are not good and no explanation at present appears.
It will be noticed that in southwest Chester county that the sand-
334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900-.
stone, while at somewhat varying distances from the limestone, is
much closer to it if regarded as underlying. If so regarded we
have here five successive outcrops of limestone underlaid by sand-
stone within five miles, all dipping nearly alike. The explanation
of this must be by abler hands than mine. Repetition by close
folding is not likely with dips so regular and gentle; of faults there
is no evidence.
2. The Age of the Mica Schists.
A. Can they be clearly distinguished from the hydromica schists?
As already stated, there is no difficulty in tracing a line with
gentle curves northwest of which are hydromica schists only, while
to the southeast are the mica schists. That the hydromica schists
widen westward and attain a width of twelve or thirteen miles on
the Octorara’ is not the fact, unless no distinction be made
between the soft smooth nacreous and unctuous schists of the South
Valley Hill and the hard rough mica schists well exposed on all
the creeks from east of the Brandywine to west of the Octorara.
The following table of dips in the two rocks is instructive:
Distance
Apart of
Measured
Locality of Dip Mica Dip Hydro- Locality Outcrops,
Mica Schist. Schist. mica Schist. Hydromica. Miles.
West Consho- \ S. 289 E. 74° 8. 15° E. 859° West Consho- 0.2
hocken, S. 20° E.+90° hocken, At
Near Water
Works, Bae | S. 230. 70° 8. 100 E.990 Creek South gy
Road, Radnor, Ss ,
W. of Greene ft Kirk
Hill Station, | 8. 230 E. 60° §. 100 £.1990 §:‘f Kirkland = 9
W. Goshen, J Station.
Wrangle S. H. KOR BNO 8 ANCE 5 [mile N. W. of
ree ian? } S. 250K, 50° 8. 40° E. +90 WrangleSH. 10
MeMinn'sMill, ) 8S. 25° E. 45° Half mile N. 0.5
E. Bradford, f S. 30° E. 60° +90° of McMinn’s,
) §. 350, 459
Jey S. 70° E. 259 « ago 85° North of Haw-
Hawley’s Mill, SO a) ee Eee ray 0.1
j S. 45° E. 65°
Broad Run, \ 8. 15° S. 40° E. 70° Broad Run, 1.
West” “Branolt ) (6. 200 8. 500 ong saceegisabrentie ide ae
S. 10° W. 200 peo of creek, =
near Modena,
Buck Run N. of 2 35 Buck Run N. of 0.1
8. 259 E. 35° =. 50° E. 80° Hosslinifin:
Newlin Sta.,
10 Ct, p. 14.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335
B. The Relation of the Mica Schists to the Sandstone. We
find mica schists both above the Cambrian sandstone, between it
and the limestone, and also above the limestone, so that we have
at least three horizons. Those below the sandstone are best seen
near London Grove, Chester county; those above it, at the south
foot of the North Valley Hill from Caln Meeting-house westward to
the Octorara; those above the limestone at the Poorhouse quarry,
Chester county, and at the quarries of the Avondale Lime and
Stone Co., west of Avondale, Chester county, Pa. Those near the
sandstone are sandy, not very micaceous and not garnetiferous,
these above the limestone much more micaceous, frequently quite
garnetiferous, in both cases conformable almost without doubt; but
there is much variety, and between visible outcrops of the sandstone
and limestone are large areas apparently wholly of mica schists, which
are usually to be seen only as abundant fragments in the soil, but
occasionally in extensive outcrops, and which cannot with cer-
tainty be placed above or below the limestone. These frequently
contain garnets and occasionally staurolite and kyanite.
While in some cases these minerals may be due to contact
metamorphism, as, for instance, in the vicinity of the soapstone
quarry on the Schuylkill, in most of the region plutonic rocks are
absent from the garnetiferous schists. In Cream Valley and
westward the garnet and staurolite-bearing schists are near the
Conshohocken diabase dyke, but where its contacts can be ubserved,
as on the Schuylkill, in West Conshohocken and at the Gulf, the
adjacent hydromica schist and limestone appear to be unchanged.
The exposures suffice only to prove that much of the mica schist is
of the age of the sandstone or more recent. In Chester county,
at least, there appears to be no evidence whatever that any of the
mica schists are older than the lower Cambrian. The same is true
of the schists northwest of the ancient gneiss (Cream Valley and
westward ).
The schists of the valley between the forks of the ancient gneiss
in Newtown, Edgemont, Willistown, Westtown etc., can be traced
continuously into the sandstone and limestone region of Chester
county without essential change. Similar schists are found on the
southerly side as well as the northerly of the gneiss. On the
southerly side they are very sandy, resembling those adjacent to
the sandstone, but further south and especially eastward they are
336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
highly garnetiferous, like those of Chester county associated with
the limestones. The schists may be traced northeastward until at
Glenside and in Huntingdon Valley, Montgomery county, we find
them apparently overlying the sandstone and limestone.’* Mr.
Hall placed the sandstone and limestone in the upper Cambrian or
lower Silurian and contended that these schists cannot be below the
Hudson river group,” but the limestone being recognized as Cam-
brian, there seems no reason to doubt the adjacent schists being of
that age.
3. Are the hard gneisses of southern Delaware and Chester
county of the same age as those of the Buck Ridge, or more
recent ?
My reasons for thinking they are more recent are:
A. The lithological difference which has already been discussed.
This would have been of little weight in districts widely separated,
but here we have a hill of gneiss of similar lithological character
fifty miles long and at times five miles broad, and with another belt
of similar rock stratigraphically connected to the northeastward,
while the gneisses and gabbros of southern Delaware county, only
one to three miles distant southward, are lithologically very different
and maintain this difference throughout their whole extent.
B. These gneisses can be traced eastwardly among the schists,
the gneisses diminishing, the schist increasing, until they are
reduced to narrow beds interbedded (or interlaminated) in the
schists.
192 Charles E. Hall, C®, p. 62.
193 (5p, 9,
1% Dr. Frazer, in an argument against Mr. Hall’s views (Proc. Am. Philos.
Soc., December 15, 1882, p. 517), says: ‘‘ There are small tongues and iso-
lated patches of Laurentian rocks occurring in the midst of these southern
schists. One comes into Chester county from the east in lasttown and
Tredyffrin townships and another occupies a small area near West Chester.
These patches are bordered on all their sides by these schists with no
intervening rocks. The bordering rocks therefore cannot belong to a group
above the Potsdam and the Lower Silurian limestone.”’
This does not agree with my observations. The ancient gneiss does come
into Chester county from the east as stated, but it is about five miles wide
at its entrance into Chester county, and the tongue which underlies West
Chester is from one to three miles wide and extends west of the Brandywine,
continuous and frequently exposed. I have been over the area carefully and
have been able to find no isolated patches surrounded by schists. It is true,
however, that between the ancient gneiss and the schists the sandstone and
Loko 5 do not occur, but they do occur in the schists close to the contact
ine.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337
4, What light can be thrown upon the age of the schists and
gneisses embraced in Prof. Rogers’ first and second groups at the
Schuylkill and extending thence northeastward and southwestward ?
The advance of geological science has taught that schistosity,
formerly thought to be evidence of stratification, may be due sim-
ply to dynamic and metamorphic agencies, and that one frequent
result of such alteration, when not carried to an extreme, is the
formation, from a more massive rock, of augengneiss or gneiss
containing eyes or lenses of quartz, feldspar or other mineral
having a more or less drawn-out appearance. This is very common
in this region.
The remarks of Mr. Charles R. Keyes'® in regard to the Mary-
land Piedmont plateau are most pertinent: ‘‘ From all appear-
ances the gneiss area was originally largely granitic, but through
the agency of the enormous orographic pressure has been squeezed
into its present gneissic condition.’’
If we concede that this granite was penetrated by dykes or sheets
of basic rocks, the abundant hornblende schists may be readily
accounted for. In the ancient gneiss some of the dykes are now
hornblende schist, though retaining their clear dyke form with
sharp contacts. The exposures in or near Concord seem to indi-
cate that such intrusions exist.
But we certainly have in the region clastics, besides the Cam-
brian sandstone proper. It and the schists accompanying it and
conformable with it, together with the limestone and the schists
overlying it, are certainly of sedimentary origin. But in Brooks’
quarry, Radnor, the rocks between the sandstone and the lime-
stone are distinctly gneissic and apparently porphyritic, though
many layers are schistose. Here pebbles of the ancient gneiss
clearly attest the action of water. These are among the rocks
which can be traced westward and southward around the ancient
gneiss, and then eastward across the Brandywine and into Delaware
county.
But the sandy mica schists and garnetiferous schists, accompanied
by the sandstone as far as the southwesterly border of Delaware
county, can themselves be traced almost continuously further east-
ward, the breaks of continuity being not great, until they come
1% Bull. Geol. Soc. Am., II, 321.
22
338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
again into contact with the typical sandstone and the limestone in
Montgomery county.
But there are also hard gneissic rocks, both hornblendic and
feldspathic, almost. always more or less schistose and dipping with
the adjacent schists.
Would not the conditions be satisfied by a theory that after the
deposition of the sediments they were deeply buried, penetrated
by intrusions of granite and basic eruptives, subjected to intense
dynamic action, of which the record is left in the plications and
close foldings, sheared and faulted, until almost all trace of the
original rocks is Jost, and a general schistose structure more or less
parallel to the strike of the ancient gneiss was developed ?
A change in the direction of the compressing force would ac-
count for the remarkable change of dip observed east and west of
the vicinity of Darby creek.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339
Marcu 6.
Mr. CHarves Morris in the Chair.
Fifteen persons present.
Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
‘‘ Contributions to the Life-History of Plants. No. XIV.’’
By Thomas Meehan.
‘The Biddulphoid Forms of North American Diatomacez,”’
by Charles 8. Boyer, A.M.
The deaths of F. L. Harvey, a member, and of Hans Bruno
Geinitz and William A. Hammond, M.D., correspondents, were
announced.
Joan W. HArsHBERGER, PH.D., made a communication on
the history of botany in Philadelphia. (No abstract. )
Dr. Pilsbry withdrew a paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on some Southern
Mexican Shells,’’ presented for publication December 26, 1899.
Marca 13.
The President, SamureL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on Ameiurus prosthistius,’’ by Henry
W. Fowler, was presented for publication.
Marcu 20.
Mr. CHarues Morris in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.
The death of Stephen P. M. Tasker, a member, was announced.
Mr. FrRAnK J. KEELEY made a communication on the motion
of diatoms. (No abstract. )
340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Marcu 27.
The President, SamueL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Twenty-one persons present.
Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
‘« Preliminary Notes on the Rate of Growth and on the Devel-
opment of Instincts in Spiders,’’ by Annie Bel] Sargent.
‘« New South American Land Snails,’ by Henry A. Pilsbry.
‘¢ Subterranean Waters,’’ by Charles Morris.
A resolution was adopted approving of a modification of the
deed of trust of the HayprEN GroLocicAL MEMORIAL Funp,
whereby a gold medal will hereafter be awarded every three years,
instead of, as heretofore, a bronze medal and the surplus interest
of the fund annually.
John W. Harshberger, Ph.D., and John H. Converse were
elected members.
The following were ordered to be printed:
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341
CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF PLANTS. No. XIV.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN,
I.. Funer As AGENTS IN CROSS-FERTILIZATION.
My studies have convinced me that in the main all plants that
do not depend on insects for fertilization never fail to produce
seeds abundantly. The fact that any individual plant is prolific
indicates self-fertilization. Composite, as a rule, seed abundantly.
Hermaphrodite disk flowers rarely miss perfecting seed; and cover-
ing them by gauze to protect from insect visitors shows the full
potency of own-pollen. Even when the ray florets are pistillate,
the chances of receiving pollen from their own disk flowers are
great, and this is not cross-fertilization. In short, the rule in
Composite is that they are arranged for self-fertilization.
In Gray’s Synoptical Flora we read, under Vernonia: ‘‘ There
are spontaneous hybrids between such very different species as
V. Arkansana and V. Baldwinti, V. fasciculata and V. Baldwinii,
and even between V. Baldwinit and V. Lindheimeri!’’ Knowing
how apt botanists are to attribute any striking variation to hybrid-
ism, ignoring for the time being the well known fact that the
innate power of the plant is fully equal to such phenomena, Dr.
Gray’s statement seems liable to a different interpretation.
In the Meehan nurseries are large quantities of V. Baldwinii
and V. Arkansana growing side by side. Adjoining were a few
plants of V. Jamesii. Desiring to increase the quantity, the seeds
were saved and sown by the foreman in charge of the herbaceous
department. Hundreds of these flowered in the summer of 1889.
To our surprise there were not a dozen specimens of the genuine
V. Jamesii; the rest were either intermediate between the two
species named, or, where exactly the species, without any evidence
that they had ever sprung from the Jamesii plants. I could not
understand it. It seemed a blow to my deduction about close
fertilization in Compositze.
It so happened that I had been watching for several years past
342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
the influence of root-fungus on species of Liatris, as well as on
Vernonia Jamesii, when the original plants were brought from the
West. They would grow well the first year, but there would
scarcely be one left after three years. The effect on the plants
was to induce a more branching habit. Even the spicate species
would become paniculate. This was especially so with Vernonia
Jamesii, though these plants were never wholly destroyed, as
the Liatris would be. A plant selected for special observation
in 1889 showed brownish-red blotches on the stems as_ they
pushed up in spring, which the practiced eye of the gardener would
attribute to fungus agency. Later in the season some of these
were sent to the eminent mycologist, Mr. J. B. Ellis, of New-
field, N. J. He could detect nothing satisfactory, and advised
that specimens should be secured just before frost, when the spore-
bearing organs might be formed. There was a gradual enlargement.
of the stem upward, and indeed the upper portion became almost
fasciate, and the branching particularly abundant, just as we often
see in some species of Solidago or in Erigeron Canadensis in the
autumn. ‘This was sent to Prof. Byron D. Halsted, of the New
Jersey Agricultural Experiment Station at New Brunswick, who
also could find no indications of fungus, but simply enlarged tissue
such as is usually represented in an insect gall. That it is a
development in some unknown way from the operation of the root
fungus is clear from the watching of the plant-growth through its
whole term.
It was after the discovery of the certain hybridity of the seed-
lings. above described that a careful examination of the flowers
of V. Jamesii was made. It was found that the normally white
anthers had turned brown, and had perfected no pollen. The
pistils only were perfect. A small bee, identified for me by Mr. Wil-
liam J. Fox, the well-known entomologist, as Halictus parallelus,
was an active visitor, its thighs loaded with the clear white pollen
from the other species. All this confirms Dr. Gray’s suggestion
of the hybrid origin of the forms he finds spontaneous; but the
probability is that this is not due to any specific arrangement for
cross-fertilization, but the consequence of some accidental derange-
ment of the anthers in some one of the species, which gives the
opportunity for the reception of pollen by any given plant from
some of its neighbors.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343
II. MorpeHouocy or Twin AND TRIUNE PEACHES.
There are under cultivation double-flowered peaches of several
varieties. The stamens have mostly been transmuted to petals,
but a few continue polleniferous around the pistil, which remains
in its normal perfect form. There is nothing, therefore, to inter-
fere with fruit bearing, and peaches are often found on these
double-blossomed trees.
The singular feature of these cases is that the fruits are usually
borne in sets of two or three. What we might term the carpellary
suture in the peach fruit is on the interior line, with a slightly
recurved apex. Any cursory observer might be pardoned for sup-
posing that the peach had returned to the pluricarpellary condi-
tion, which we are taught is the original plan. Four out of five
of the primary carpels are supposed to be atrophied in the forma-
tion of the single-stoned peach.
This note has been prepared because this supposed pluricarpel-
lary condition is so commonly used as an illustration of the develop-
ment under special conditions of organs usually arrested. The
author had conceived this position to be sound, and yet was unable
to satisfy himself in regard to any physiological law by which the
condition could be brought about. The conversion of stamens to
petals is a retrograde movement—a movement that could scarcely
aid in the acceleration of development in parts usually dormant.
A new opportunity for observation shows that the condition
arises from the union in an early stage of two or three distinct
gyneeciums, and not
from the unusual de-
velopment of carpels
in the one’gyneecium.
The illustration
shows the bases of .~
distinct gynophores Fie. 1. Fie. 2.
(fig. 1), while the full-face view (fig. 2) shows how the suture of
one carpel ‘had grown into the carpel of the other by the simple
coiling of the spiral faintly outlined at the base in the other drawing.
The double flower in these peaches is the result of the arresta-
tion of normal parts, and this arrestation has extended to the axis
on which the flower-buds are borne. These buds have thus been
drawn so closely together that they have met in a very early stage
of their development, and the carpels of the distinct blossoms
344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
become united. It is not the result of a multiplication of normal
parts, but a union of distinct individuals.
III. GaLronta CANDICANS—SELF-FERTILIZATION AND GROWTH-
ENERGY.
- Noting from the abundance of seed vessels on this plant that it
was a self-fertilizer, I set myself to observe it closely with some
specially interesting results.
In all plants growth is rhythmic, not continuous. In this case
the pauses are of unusual length, while the advances, between the
rests, are proportionately rapid. The flower-stalk jis strong and
very leafy. Some of the leaves are in verticils of three. Then
follow two, alternately disposed and widely separated, followed
by three arranged in a verticil. This is the rule throughout the
whole growth. The time occupied in forming the verticil seemed as
long as in constructing the interval, but the foundation for this
arrangement occurs in an early stage of development, and could
not be positively determined.
In a later stage of approaching anthesis, the rhythmic inter-
vals are still more infrequent. The pedicel curves near the apex,
and the flower-bud is drooping. At the curve there is a rest
of two weeks, when the flower, which by this time has gone
through all its functional purposes, starts on to an ultimate erect
position. This renewal of motion in the curve seems to be rapid,
but unfortunately a record of the time occupied was omitted. It
was, however, discovered that the motion was in the form of a
straightening and upward curving of the pedicel, and not by any
spiral movement. It may be here observed that the method
employed to note these motions and their directions, is by the use
of small pins inserted in the stems at or near the points under
observation. Most species of plants have their special hours and
methods of opening, and it depends on the growth-rhythms
whether the various functions operate simultaneously or each set
of organs are functional at different times. The corolla occasion-
ally expands before the stamens finish their growth, and not infre-
quently the pollen is not ejected till some time afterwards. In
some, as in Antirrhinum and other Scrophulariaceze, the pollen
is ejected in advance of opening. In many kinds of flowers the
stigma is not receptive till long after opening, while in other
cases this period is reached simultaneously with other functional
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 345
activity. In the case of Galtonia my observations have usually
commenced at sunrise, but by that time the perianth has ex-
panded, the two series of stamens have perfected their growth and
discharged the pollen on the stigma that the anthers closely cover,
the pollen evidently actively at work. Only once was I able to
see the pollen in process of ejectment from the anther-cells. These
are horny, resembling miniature mussel shells. The pollen was being
forced out from the lower portion of the anther-septum, before
dehiscence, in the form of small sections of silken thread.
Though seeing this remarkable phenomenon but on one occasion,
it is probably the normal manner, judging from the fact that the
pollen collected on the thighs of the honey bees, that had been
at work before the rising of the sun and the beginning of my task,
was of a rough and stringy character.
The observations sustain my points : that fertility is mainly de-
pendent on self-fertilization, and that form is governed by varying
rhythmic movements of growth-energy.
TV. Evorution in WALNUTS AND HICKORIES.
From time to time during past years reports have been received
of curious hybrids between the black walnut, Juglans nigra, and
the butternut, or between the black walnut and the English walnut,
Juglans regia. Specimens have now come to hand through the
courtesy of Mr. H. G. Shelby, of Burlington, Iowa. The popu-
lar impression that a hickory ( Carya) was growing out of the husk
Gnvolucre) of the black walnut might well be par-
doned, as indeed might those botanists who see hybrid-
ization in any serious departure from the normal form.
The departure can, however, be readily ex-
plained under well known morphological laws,
and it furnishes us at the same time with
some direct evidence in regard to the morphologi-
cal conception of the structure of the fruit and its en-
velopes that has hitherto been but theoretical. Though p fe : eee
seemingly of a single piece, so uniform in structure that Juglans ni-
the husk of the walnuts—the black walnut and butter- eae
nut especially—has to be separated from the nut by half devel-
heavy blows, morphology teaches us that it is pri- ee cas
marily composed of several bracts that have become terior series
wholly consolidated, and that it is really the analogue Saree
346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
of the involucre of the hazel-nut, or the cup of the acorn. In
the specimen before us the husk has been but partially developed,
and. is seen to be composed of two leaflets. It has the ordinary
rough exterior of the walnut husk. From the interior proceeds
what appears to be-a hickory nut with something of the flattened
sharp-ribbed form that characterizes the shell-
bark series, Carya alba. It is, however, still
green and papery, divided into four parts at
the apex, reminding one somewhat of the in-
volucre of the bitternut, Carya amara. After
soaking well the parts in water, we find that
these two layers, though apparently united,
Fic. 2.—Another 4re easily separable, and the inner layer, of
specimen, less de- which the four-cleft apex of the abnormal
velpped- walnut is the continuation, remains as a cov-
ering to the true nut-shell. If the husk be removed hastily,
we have the ordinary rugose character of the nut, but when
it is carefully separated the lower layer remains as a shining
brown pellicle, obliterating the usual roughness, and presenting the
nut to us as smooth as a nut of an ordinary
hickory. The conclusion derived from the study
is that the fruit of the walnut is made up from
an indefinite number of floral bracts, and that
the different species, or even genera of the walnut
Fia. 3, — family, differ from each other mainly in the vary-
Cross section of ing power of consolidating and transforming these
B mut. bracts.
The disturbance reaches the carpels. The section of the nut,
showing a tricarpellary structure, is especially interesting.
It is not necessary to call in hybridism to account for the phe-
nomena. They are explainable under the theory of varying
degrees of growth-energy as advocated by the author.
V. Evo.iutrron By GROWTH-ENERGY—ILEX OPACA AND CorR-
NUS FLORIDA.
In a general view of vegetation, there seems no escape from the
hypothesis of evolution. In the study of the individual plant, we
know to a certainty that every organ, from the seed-leaves to the
various parts of the fruit, is simply modified leaf-blade. This is
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 347
the foundation of the doctrine of morphology. In this study of
the individual we frequently note missing links, as, for instance, a
less number of floral organs than we know might have been, the
absence of leaves or buds in positions they might have occupied,
or suppressions, or, indeed, productions in other instances. When
we compare one species, genus or family with another, we may
note the same law prevailing. We conclude that acceleration
or retardation of growth—the union or the separation of parts
involved in the structure of plants—are the chief foundations of
the great variety we see.
How this manner of development is brought about is the great
question yet unsolved. At times it seems that the whole character
of the future individual should be moulded by protoplasmic
action in the primordial cell. The most powerful microscope
reveals to us nothing of the oak in one cell or of the elm in an-
other, but from the invisible activities of the cell contents the final
results are unerringly evolved. All this seems so logical as to
account for the whole character of the individual plant. But
when we make a broad study of the individuals of a group we
know as species, we see so many differences that we have to con-
clude there must have been intervention somewhere. We see in
the Rocky Mountains of Colorado what must have been originally
the same species of pine, fir and spruce as are found at lower ele-
vations on the Pacific slope. The only difference is a sturdy dense
growth, and a general compactness of all the parts, which enable
them the better to resist the cutting winds at a low temperature
that are so destructive to the weaker branches of conifers during
the winter season. We have no difficulty in deciding that this
arrestation of development has been the result of environment—
that is to say, the elevation of the land on which their ancestors
grew. And yet, for the many ages that the Pacific forms and the
Colorado forms have been under such widely different conditions,
there is no difference except in this general arrestation of luxuriant
growth. Again we are disappointed. Environment does not
wholly satisfy us. It may induce slight geographical variations.
That is all. Much greater local differences can be shown in which
external conditions can have had no part. For instance, in vari-
ous parts of Florida a large proportion of the holly trees, Ilex
opaca, have saliciform foliage. Of the many thousands of leaves
348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
on a single tree there may not be one that has the margins ‘‘ undu-
late, with spiny teeth.’’ Not unfrequently the leaves are from
two to three inches long, with here and there one with a spiny
tooth to show its relationship. Only for the occasional tooth an
expert in classification would with good reason regard it as a dis-
tinct species. At any rate, seeing these for the first time as I did,
‘“‘a remarkable geographical form’’ is the mental comment.
But at length we note as many or more trees with leaves as spiny
as any manual of botany would describe them. Geography can
have little place here, and we have to conclude, as of other agents
in variation, that it cannot be a material power in effecting change.
My thought has been, as my papers to the Academy in past
years indicate, that we have to look to growth-energy in connec-
tion with the rhythmic nature of the growth-waves for the true
solution of the theory of evolution. My purpose in this paper
is to illustrate this by a comparison of two species of dogwood,
Cornus florida, of America, and Cornus Mas, of the Old World.
The characters of branches and leaves are similar, the lead-
ing difference being in the greater production of twiggy branches,
the absence of the large white involucre, and the pedunculate
fruit that characterizes the European form. When the au-
tumn season of rest has arrived and flower-buds for next spring
formed, we find in each instance that two pairs of leaves have
been changed to scales covering the embryonic head of flowers.
A slight difference now occurs. The growth-energy in Cornus
florida was expended in elongating the axis below the flower-head,
forming a few bracts along its course, and then resting ; in Cornus
Mas it rests at once at the base of the flower, and then proceeds to
elongate the pedicels of the flower within the bud. Vertical and
horizontal sections of the buds show this clearly. When the
rhythmic growth is renewed in spring the energy is directed in the
same line. The bud scales enlarge slightly, but continue as small
green ‘‘ involucres’’ below the flower-buds ; the energy is toward
the pedicels. The flowers elongate, and we have finally the pedi-
cellate fruits. In Cornus florida the energy is sufficient only to
cause the expansion of the flowers, and the red fruit finally
appears as a conglomerate head, the mass of the foree being spent
on the four winter scales, which are projected to appear as four
large white structures simulating bracts.
1900.1] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349 |
We may look to the direction and degree of energy, in connec-
tion with rhythmic growth, as the leading factor in evolution. It
explains facts otherwise unaccountable. In two plants of dande-
lion, growing side by side, one may have leaves so deeply laciniate
that little but midrib and nerves are seen, while the other have
broadly lanceolate leaves, almost entire. To compensate for this,
one may have tall strong flower-stems, the other short and weak
ones. The growth-force has simply been exerted in different Jines,
or may have been weak from the start.
Evolution, directed by varying degrees of growth-energy, recon-
ciles many conflicting hypotheses. Granting, what must be true,
that the machinery for the production of energy is all constructed
by or in connection with the protoplasm in the primary cell; and
that this is fed, as the plant grows, by food at its command,
results must depend on the strength of this machinery. It must
affect the plants variously, and indeed their several parts. The
machinery at a given point may suddenly become defective, though
not in a vital point; and the energy, obstructed in one direction, is
diverted to another channel and we have the ‘‘ sporting branch,’’
as florists term these changes. These cells in the ‘‘ sport,’’ with the
new energy imparted to them, have the same power of heredity
as the original cells. In the willow-leaved hollies, the energy
arranged for in the original particles of protoplasm have been kept
intact through the whole growth process. Above all it explains
what otherwise seems a mystery, the existence of the same species
in widely separated localities. There is no necessity for presup-
posing that all traveled from one central home. If in one locality
the powers of the protoplasm in the primary cell of Ilex opaca is
so nicely balanced that it may give us willow-leaved forms, there is
no reason why they may not all do that in time, and the prickly-
leaved form gradually die out. A block of hollies hundreds of
miles apart might follow a similar course. We may, in fact, pic-
ture to ourselves large areas varying in a few generations by very
slight changes in the mechanical arrangement of the protoplasmic
particles, forming the general energy-producing machinery in the
primordial cell.
VI. Cypress KNEES--THEIR NATURE AND ORIGIN.
While in Florida for a few weeks in the winter season, when
ordinary botanical attractions are rare, I took the opportunity of
350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
reviewing my conclusions in regard to the nature and origin of the
so-called knees of the Cypress tree, Taxodium distichum. During
two weeks’ travel these trees occupied my chief attention. It is
no exaggeration to say that thousands of trees in various localities
and under different conditions were under close observation. I
believe them to be simply root-excrescences, of no more service
in the life-economy of the plant, than are the excrescences that
often abound on the weeping willow, or on other trees. Indeed,
they are not uncommon on the roots of trees. As I saw on this
occasion, they abound on the roots of the water oak, Quercus
aquatica, in this case taking on a hemispherical though eften de-
pressed form.
The exerescences were not always present ; indeed, trees free
from this condition were in the majority. In one case near Green
Cove Springs, I found a group of many hundreds of trees that
had been left standing after the great monarchs had been cut
away, that had none whatever in the whole group ; nor were there
any evidences around the old stumps that there had been any
borne by them. In a group of several hundred trees evidently
under fifty years old, none were supposed to have any; but on
looking carefully over them I found ten that bore them pro-
fusely, some of the excrescences protruding over a foot above the
ground.
The base of the main trunks of those trees that bear these ex-
crescences are usually hollow, as are the excrescences themselves.
In the block that had no execrescences about them the old trunks
appeared to have been wholly sound. Though satisfied that there
was no ground for the prevalent beliefs that the excrescences were
for the purposes of affording air to the roots, for collecting surface
food, or were abortive suckers—were, in fact, excrescences of no
value to the plant—I failed to understand why they should be
hollow, any more than the excrescences in other trees.
Since my return the clue seems to be furnished by a paper in
the Eleventh Annual Report (1900) of the Missouri Botanic Garden,
just issued. The author, Hermann von Schrenk, deals with
‘a disease of the Taxodium known as peckiness.’’ In this case
the wood of the trunk is eaten out in vertical holes, leaving a
clear line of demarcation between the part destroyed and the part
uninjured. The mycelium of a fungus is always found in con-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301
nection with it, and is without doubt the cause. No fruiting
organs have yet been found, and therefore the name of the fungus
cannot be determined. I have examined specimens of these
“« knees ’’’ in the collection of the Academy. A large one is toa
great extent hollow, but a portion of the outer wood several inches
thick is still left. The ‘‘ pecky’’ holes described by Mr. Schrenk
are in this wood, and it is quite clear that the cavity is formed by
decay induced by the fungus. The smaller one, about eight
inches high, had the wood in a gnarled and twisted condition, but
so far with no evidence of decay through fungus operations.
The conclusion is that the so-called cypress ‘‘ knees’’ are mere
excrescences, probably in this case superinduced by fungus action,
and that the trees that show no evidences of producing these
excrescences are probably free from fungus attacks. It is not to
be supposed that every tree in a group, or any considerable num-
ber of trees, would be equally infested by the parasite.
352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900
NOTE ON AMEIURUS PROSTHISTIUS.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.
Ameiurus prosthistius Cope.
Amiurus prosthistius Cope, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1883, 132.
Ameiurus erebennus Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U. 8. Nat. Mus.,
No. 47, I, 1896, 139 (part).
Upon a recent examination of the typical and other specimens
of the present species I have arrived at the conclusion that Amiu-
rus prosthistius of Cope is specifically distinct from Amiuwrus
erebennus of Jordan.’ The material at hand, consisting of seven-
teen specimens from the collection of the late Prof. E. D. Cope,
is in excellent preservation and is at present the property of this
Academy. As four specimens, Nos. 20,546, 20,547, 20,548 and
20,549, are typical, I have selected No. 20,546 as the type, as
it is the first one mentioned in the description, and also from the
fact that it had a smal] label in Prof. Cope’s handwriting placed
in the branchial aperture which reads, ‘‘ Amiurus prosthistius Cope
type.”’ All of the specimens mentioned were collected in the
Batsto river, N. J., June 15, 1883, by Prof. Cope. Other speci-
mens collected by him are Nos. 20,927, 20,928, 20,929, 20,930,
20,931, 20,932, 20,933, 20,934 and 20,935 from Pool Tolsoms,
and Nos. 20,616, 20,617 and 20,618, also from pools at the head
of the Egg Harbor river, N. J.
The form of the body is much as in Ameiurus natalis (Le Sueur).
Head longer than broad, convexly flattened above, the upper
profile line nearly straight to the origin of the D., though the
region directly before the D. is swollen on each side. The snout
is blunt, obtuse, with the upper lip projecting slightly beyond the
lower. The lips are moderately thick, fleshy and generally papil-
lose. Nares situated laterally and anteriorly, the anterior pair
abvut an eye diameter from the posterior pair and near the edge of
the snout. The posterior nares are slightly more distant from each
other than the anterior pair, but not so distant from each other as
? Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., X, 1877, 85, Pl. xiii, Figs. 19 and 20.
Es
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303
the eyes, and the aperture is larger than that of the anterior pair.
The nasal barbels, which originate directly in front of the pos-
terior nares, are not as long as the head, but in younger examples
are much longer than in the adults. The maxillary barbels are
the longest and reach to the origin of the D. in the young, but
do not extend much, if any, beyond the head in the aduits. The
tips of the outer mental barbels do not reach as far posteriorly as
those of the maxillary, though they reach beyond the base of the
P. in the young, and to its base in the adults. The inner mental
barbels are not as long as the outer at any age. Mouth broad
and somewhat semi-lunar, and furnished with bands of teeth of
about equal width. In the type a system of minute pores extends
along the lower edge of the mandibles, and this is also discernible
in other specimens. The gill-membranes are broad, not over-
lapping, and the angle formed at the isthmus would be equilateral.
Gill-rakers short and of moderate number. The eye is lateral
and superior, anterior to the centre of the length of the head, and
of a very deeply elliptical shape. The posterior and lower mar-
gins of the operculum form a small fleshy gill-flap. The occipital
process does not reach the interspinal bones, and the bridge of
bone is thus incomplete. The origin of the P. is anterior to the
posterior opercular margin, and the tip of the spine extends, when
depressed, to or beyond the origin of the D. The P. spine with
or without several shallow indistinct denticulations on its outer
edge near the tip, the inner edge is strongly serrated, and most of
the rays of the fin are longer than the spine. Humeral process
only slightly rugese and extending slightly beyond the middle of
the P. spine. The tip of the P. fin reaches the last D. ray in the
vertical and the origin uf the A., or very near it, in the young,
though in the adults it falls cunsiderably short. The A. en-
croaches on the V. for at least a third of its length in the young,
though very little in the adults. Posterior margin of the base of
the Adipose fin nearer to the tip of the caudal than the tip of the
D. spine in the adults, but about median in position in the young.
Upper rudimentary caudal rays developed and extending ante-
riorly at least to below the tip of the Adipose fin. Color of the
body blackish-brown, darkest above, belly to the origin of the A.
whitish. The terminal portions of the fins are blackish and the
bases of the P. and V. lighter. In all of these examples the nasal
23
304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
and maxillary barbels are blackish colored like the prevailing
body-color, though the latter are somewhat paler on their terminal
portions, and all of the mental harbels are distinctly of the same
whitish color as the belly and lower anterior surface of the body.
The lower lip is also margined narrowly with brownish. The fin
formule and measurements are as follows (the latter in milli-
meters) in the typical specimens:
Radit (rss Le 4, fiuioes, Sab. 6h eae
Sith SueAL (counting muslirneate: oe! V2 . SY. Sane ae
Oa - Clubs, I8 1 &-Loeme
RERMOSS WNT gine, 8 8 8 8
Length of D. spine, AL of 444-15) 4a
of £6 (Pigpines ho 6 lo Bae! (. wi 200 OLE) Gee
Longest D. ray, MM ik lw) 2608 2 eee
PSAP Spar ate. eer ork | Mt le Bolen, WEE ea AS
i WN erga, Cen, Sah Wee Oe. EE 4 ed ee
othe AAG Pray Aa eh 2 Gi. ao 9230626) Gas
Head without opercular ap, soy, 2 944 (46> 7 ae
Depth wr body; -: Vie sl ah a) Be obS oe Se EE
Between outer edges of P. spines, 35 389 42 48
Humeral process, pp Soo ee LM Oe ee
Postocular part of head,. 9. 6.) . 0. .925) ©3009 2a
Length of eye;. ... Ht RES Biel. 6 6 6 6
Tip of snout to origin of De 3 > Ft etk6e0) 0. hei
Interorbital spacey < ).295 4 So Sm 2D 2b) eee
Posterior internasal ‘region; . 9... . 916 16» ae
Least depth of caudal peduncle,.. . . . 23 28 21 24
Baseor as. Ae Ok eer’, Gh ie eee 49. 55 +638 &6
Totals lengthy 6. (ital he we PA , OOS Ee
The fin formule and measurements of the remaining specimens
(the latter also in millimeters) range as follows:
Radi: or Ms, Gwe oo wow HON IRE ARR S I, 6
ee 8 AS (counting manic) se Vea 20?) 26a
O86 QO NUS ene Be MU NES OES ine ty TR ee I, 8
5, (Nis VER: PEE aca filtade 8
Length ‘of .D. spine; 4 he Maes: on A
$F re Pempiaes Gs) es hl BG. os
Longest Dittray, ri... - 1G) eRe ei 0) a
—_
(Jo
feo) (Ding e* Greist he Uy aL” eee ee Ye
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309
Reamer ee «10 tor 16
nay! SER, eg wae 5) A a
Head without opercular Aap ie Ta Ba Oe erties
Wegmyamipady, . . . . . . . . « .. (eirea) 16 to 27
Between outer edgesof P. spine, . . . . . . . I15to 25
Humeral process, .. Wa ee ee a. OOO) RO
Postocular part of end We Ot) gee a ere asd 3 oh LOY OO
Length of eye, . . Yee a es Soto, Oo
Tip of snout to origin of D., ie Re alae dots DA tON «AD
iteroebil space, «. . . .+. «. »« » « - « Pto 17
Pegetermbermasalrepion,-~ . . |. . . . . . 6to 12
Least depth of caudal peduncle, . . . . . . . QYto 17
EGRET lk tle we 8 DE tor 3S
Total leneth, hee 83 to 142
As Prof. Cope has wratended, hig species proves to be closely
allied to Amiurus natalis (Le Sueur), of which it may be found
to be a subspecies, but at present it seems advisable to consider it
distinct. Amiurus erebennus of Jordan is certainly different, as
the caudal of that species is stated as being short and truncated ;
in the figure it is represented with somewhat acute tips and with
the posterior margin a little emarginated; all the barbels are said to
be black, the A. with 22 to 24 rays and the occipital process only
little free behind. Ameiurus prosthistius is easily distinguishable
as the shape of the caudal is altogether different, the upper rudi-
mentary rays greatly exceed the development of the lower, the
caudal itself is rounded, not at all truncate, emarginate or pointed,
the inferior barbels are all whitish like the lower anterior surface
of the body, and the A. has as many as 28 rays. Inall the smaller
examples examined, all possessed at least 26 A. rays, except one of
which I am doubtful that has 25?, while the majority had 27.
356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW BEES COLLECTED BY MR. H. H. SMITH
IN BRAZIL.—I.
BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.
Genus AUGOCHLORA Smith, 1853 (sens. lat.).
Series I. Hind spur of hind tibia of 2 pectinate (subg. AUGOCHLO-
ROPSIS CkKI1L., etc.).
A. Larger species, length over 8 mm.
I. Teeth of hind spur of hind tibiz three, large, more or less
broad even to the tips.
(i) Femora and tibiz ferruginous.
Megalopta idalia Smith, 1593. '
2. Length 12 mm. Head and thorax shining brassy or yel-
lowish green, with faint coppery tints; metathorax, abdomen and
legs ferruginous, the apical half of the abdomen above fuscous.
Antenne ferruginous, scape long; ocelli large; face narrow, eyes
large, subreniform, space between the orbital margin and lateral
ocellus much less than the diameter of the ocellus; front with dense,
more or less confluent, small punctures; clypeus and supraclypeal
area (which is quite convex) with large scattered punctures; lower
margin of elypeus and sides of face broadly, and the Jabrum, pale
ferruginous; process of labrum large but low and rounded, a little
depressed in the middle; mandibles dark ferruginous, blackish at
their bidentate tips. Pubescence of thorax wholly pale, scanty and
short, like a fine mould; mesothorax with numerous but very shal-
low punctures of two sizes; scutellum with very minute punctures,
and a few larger ones interspersed; basal area of metathorax
feebly enclosed, finely roughened, with a few longitudinal ridges at
the extreme sides; pubescence of legs wholly pale, tinged with
golden; tegule pale ferruginous; wings hyaline, slightly yellowish,
nervures and stigma pale ferruginous, subcostal nervure black;
second submarginal cell very small; second recurrent nervure
joming third submarginal cell near the beginning of its apical
fourth; abdomen broad and convex, sericeous with scattered indis-
tinct punctures on its apical half; dorsal surface bare, apex and
ventral surface with abundant pale golden hair.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357
Hab.—Chapada, October. One specimen. Differs from typi-
eal Megalopta in the much longer third submarginal cell, with the
second recurrent nervure entering it considerably before its end
also by the first recurrent joining the second submarginal cell at its
-end.
(ii) Femora and tibiz green.
Augochlora spinole nD. Sp.
2. Length 11 mm., stoutly built, bright green; head and thorax
yellowish green, with coppery tints, abdomen a bluer green, with
bluish tints in certain lights; legs green, the tarsi, and hind tibiz
behind, very dark brown. Antenne black, flagellum less than
twice the length of the long scape; eyes rather small, subreniform ;
face broad, ocelli ordinary, distance between lateral ocelli and eyes
equal to at least four times the diameter of an ocellus; vertex
strongly coppery; front roughened with small, very close punc-
tures; a short, low keel between the antennz; clypeus with rather
numerous punctures, its anterior part blue-black edged with pink,
these colors extending as a narrow tongue upwards in the middle
line; mandibles black, scimitar-shaped, the blunt inner tooth a con-
siderable distance from the end; mesothorax strongly suffused with
coppery red, microscopically tessellate and closely punctured with
punctures of two sizes; scutellum shining, with punctures of two
sizes; basal area of metathorax minutely roughened, not enclosed;
tubercles with a dense short fringe of white hair; pubescence of
legs all pale, more or less yellowish; tegule green at base, other-
wise ferruginous; wings rather dusky, nervures and stigma dark
ferruginous; compared with M. idalia the marginal cell is much
shorter, the second submarginal larger, and the third higher in
proportion to its length; abdomen with moderately dense small
punctures, marking the insertion of the hairs; second and follow-
ing segments with some inconspicuous short black hairs ; hind
margins of third and fourth segments white-pruinose; apex with
short biack hair, slightly mixed with pale; extreme sides of abdo-
men with shining pale hair.
Hab.—Chapada, April. One specimen.
Augochlora berenice Smith, 1879.
Hab. —Corumbi, April. One 2. Uruguay (Smith).
The Corumbd4 specimen is about 9 mm. long, and the basal area
358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
of the metathorax is not enclosed by a ridge; still, it accords so
well with the description of berenice that it must be assumed to be
identical until a comparison with the type proves otherwise. The
punctures of the mesothorax are extremely strong and dense.
The distance between the lateral ocelli and the eyes is equal to
about 24 times the diameter of an ocellus. The process of the
labrum is deeply bifid.
II. Teeth of hind spur of hind tibia four or more, pointed.
(4) Seutellum with Jarge punctures, sparse at sides of middle.
a. Abdomen black.
Augochlora polychroa n. sp.
2. Length about 11 mm., general build of an Andrena. Face
brilliant coppery red, vertex green; mesothorax dull green, with a
slight coppery-red lustre; scutellum, postscutellum and base of
metathorax shining brassy green, with a coppery lustre; pleura
greenish black; abdomen dull black; legs black. Antenne black,
flagellum about twice the length of scape; ocelli ordinary, dis-
tance between lateral ocellus and eye about three times the diame-
ter of an ocellus; front very closely and strongly punctured; cly-
peus strongly punctured, a broad black triangle on its anterior
margin; mandibles piceous, the tooth on inner margin very short;
mesothorax and pleura very strongly and closely punctured; base of
metathorax microscopically tessellate, shining, with a beautiful
purple iridescence in certain lights, not enclosed; sides of meta-
thorax white-hoary; pubescence of legs shining grayish; tegule
piceous, a little green in front; wings smoky, nervures and stigma
piceous, stigma quite small; abdomen microscopically tessellate,
well punctured, but the punctures shallow, very slightly hairy,
hair at apex black, at sides beneath white.
Hab.—Santarem; one specimen. The coloration is partly as in
A. hebescens, but the present species is easily separated by the
black abdomen, color of pubescence of legs, ete.
b. Abdomen green, or cupreous-green.
a. Vertex and mesothorax green.
§. Abdomen with a coppery lustre.
Augochlora smithiana 0. sp.
2. Length 124 mm., stoutly built. Brilliant yellowish-green,
the abdomen with a strong coppery lustre. Pubescence short and
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. BOD
scanty, pale mixed with black on face, vertex, mesothorax and
abdomen except the first segment. Face broad; clypeus and
extreme sides of face coppery; front extremely closely punctured;
clypeus and supraclypeal area sparsely punctured; antennz black,
scape punctured; sides of anterior margin of prothorax strongly
angulate; mesothorax very strongly and closely punctured, it and
the scutellum often tinged with coppery red; base of metathorax
granular, the extreme base with short and vague longitudinal
ridges; femora and tibiz green, tibiz tufted with black hair api-
cally; tarsi piceous, with pale hair; tegule fulvotestaceous, green
at extreme base; wings smoky, nervures and stigma dark testaceous;
abdomen green with a coppery lustre, punctured, the hind margins
of the segments with a very narrow and even fulvous fringe;
fifth segment and apex covered with black hair, sides of apical
segment with little silvery patches; ventral surface with pale hair,
For the o’, see below.
Hab.—Chapada, March and April; 12 specimens. The species
is named after its dicoverer.
Var. a. Basal portion of metathorax longitudinally plicate, the
plicze distinct and covering its surface.
Hab.—Chapada, September. One specimen.
$$. Abdomen with a purple-blue lustre.
Augochlora heterochroa n. sp»
~ 2. Length 10 mm.; blue-green, with beautiful purple reflec-
tions on the metathorax and abdomen; extreme sides of face, and
edge of the black anterior margin of clypeus, coppery. Femora
and tibiz olive green, tarsi dark reddish brown. Antenne black;
face broad, front extremely closely punctured, clypeus sparsely
punctured in the middle; maxillary palpi with the last joint slen-
der, longer than the penultimate one; thorax with fairly abundant
woolly-looking white hair; mesothorax extremely closely punc-
tured; scutellum, between the punctures, microscopically tessellate;
base of metathorax with numerous longitudinal ridges; pubescence
of legs pale with a brownish tinge; tegule rufotestaceous, with a
green patch at base in front; wings faintly smoky toward the
apex; nervures and stigma dark testaceous; abdomen white-hoary,
with small punctures at the insertion of the hairs ; the middle
(purple) portions of the segments after the first with more or less
short black hair, the apical (green) margins with very short white
360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
hair; apex with black hair, sides beneath with white hair. For
the 6’, see below.
Hab.—Chapada, March, October. Two specimens.
Var. a. Longitudinal plicee of base of metathorax feeble or
absent. |
Hab.—Chapada, April, September, October. Four specimens.
The sculpture of the base of the metathorax is usually consid-
ered of specific value, but in this and the last species it is certainly
variable.
&. Vertex and mesothorax cupreous.
Augochlora goeldii n. sp.
2. Length 103 mm. Differs from A. smithiana by the smaller
thorax, the angles of the prothorax in front much less prominent
and less acute; the face, vertex and mesothorax coppery red, the
other parts of the head and thorax yellowish-green with coppery
tints, nowhere blue-green; middle tibise more slender; abdomen
blue-green, hind margin of second segment, and of third more or
less, steel-blue ; narrow hair-fringes white instead of fulvous.
Hair of apical segment black; base of metathorax granular;
antennz black; punctures of mesothorax of two sizes.
Hab.—Chapada, one specimen. I thought at first this might
be an extreme variety of A. smithiana, but there are so many
differences that I can only treat it as a distinet species.
(i) Secutellum with punctures of two sizes, the small ones the
more numerous.
a. Abdomen crimson.
Augochlora wallacei n. sp.
. Length nearly 9 mm. Head and thorax bluish-green, abdo-
men shining crimson. To the naked eye this is exactly like A.
subignita from Mexico, except that the wings are a little more
smoky. ‘The lens reveals the following differences: Lateral angles
of prothorax more produced; scutellum shiny, with the punctures
conspicuously of two sizes (in subignita the scutellum is granular
and closely punctured all over); punctures of second abdominal
segment very distinct, resembling those of the first, but not quite
so strong. Antenne black, flagellum pruinose with very short
yellowish-gray pubescence. Process of labrum bifid. Basal en-
closure of metathorax plicate, surrounded by an obtuse but con-
spicuous microscopically tessellate rim.
a ea
ae
As
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361
Hab.—Chapada, March, April, December. Five specimens.
Dedicated to A. R. Wallace.
b. Abdomen green.
a, A transverse groove behind the ocelli; margins of abdominal
segments black.*
Augochlora chapadz n. sp.
2. Length 10 to 11 mm.; blue-green with purple tints, some
specimens much bluer than others. Face broad only just above
the antenne, the eyes being deeply emarginate; antennz black,
1 Tt will be useful to give a separate table of the species of Augochlora
having the hind margins of the abdominal segments black. The new
species will be found described in detail further on. A. labrosa Say, from
Mexico, cannot be included because of the inadequate description, though
it probably may be recognized when specimens come to hand (see Canad.
Entom., 1897, p. 68). There is only one species (A. chapade) in the fol-
lowing table known to belong to Augochloropsis :
Punctures of mesothorax extremely large (Chapada), foriana, Ckll., 2, ¢.
Punctures of mesothorax small and close, . : ‘
1. Margin of clypeus, labrum and mandibles yellow
graminea (Fabr.) Smith,
Mandibles dark ; clypeus usually without yellow (apically m margined
with yellow in binghami). 2
. Smali, 6 mm. long, wings rufohyaline, base of metathorax with radiating
plice, and surrounded by a shining ridge ; head and thorax brassy
green, , urania, Smith, 2 °
Larger, 7 mm. ; long at least, and ‘of thes se the smaller species (Zhering?.
cerulior and feronia) with the enclosure of the metathorax not
wo
bounded by a shining ridge, . : 2
3. Punetures of scutellum large ; blue- green " species with purple tints, 4
Punctures of scutellum of two sizes, small and large (not described in
feronia); ventral surface of abdomen without a tooth, : ; 6
Punctures of scutellum extremely dense, not of two sizes ; abdomen with
a sub-basal ventral tooth (Corumba) . : mulleri, Ckll., ©
4. Abdomen black, tinged with green and blue ; apical joint of antenna
normal (Mexico), : : townsendi, Ckll., %
Abdomen brilliantly colored, green to purple, : ; : : 5
5. Base of metathorax with regular radiating DHGE ; apical joint of antenna
normal (Pedra Branca, Bolivia), belti, CkI1. . Oo; perangusta, Ckll., 3
Base of metathorax labyrinthine with irregular vermiform ridges ; apical
joint of antenna hooked (Mexico), : : binghami, CkIL., Ss
6. Larger, about 10 mm. long; base of metathorax with fine vermiform
ridges, . : chapade, Ckll.,
Smaller, 7 to 8 mm. long ; base of metathorax with longitudinal ee: 3
hind spur of hind tibia in © simple or merely ciliate (not pectinate), 7
7. Punctures of mesothorax extremely close ; greener species ; wings strongly
smoky ; legs with green only on hind Coxe (Santarem),
theringt, Ckll., o
Punctures of mesothorax not nearly so close ; bluer species; wings
almost clear ; green of legs confined to cox and anterior femora
(Corumba ) ; cerulior, Ckll., ©
Differs from cerulior by the "pubescence of the legs being black ; from
theringi by the wings being only faintly clouded: at apex,
feronia, Smith.
362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
scape dull, with short black bristles; front extremely densely punc-
tured; clypeus with large shallow punctures, its anterior edge
broadly black; mandibles only faintly rufescent at the ends;
process of labrum entire; pubescence of cheeks white, of lower
parts of face white with a little black intermixed, of front and
vertex black, of mesothorax and scutellum black, of postscutellum
black in front and white behind, of metathorax white, of legs
pale (a dense white floecus on hind femora), of hind tarsi fuscous,
of hind tibiz fuscous in front and white behind, of abdomen pale,
with some black on the second and following dorsal segments, of
apex of abdomen dirty grayish; mesothorax dullish, densely punc-
tured, rather sparsely on disc; scutellum with well-separated
punctures, conspicuously of two sizes; base of metathorax with
oblique wavy ridges; tegule dark reddish-brown, green at
extreme base; wings slightly smoky, with a yellowish tinge; ner-
vures and stigma dark brown, the latter rather reddish; legs dark
brown, the femora and tibiz in front green; abdomen with very
close strong punctures, green with purple tints, apical margins of
segments broadly black.
Hab.—Chapada, March, April, December; Corumba, April
(with label h. 1.); Maruru, April. Five specimens.
8. No transverse groove behind the ocelli; margins of abdom-
inal segments green.
Augochlora brasiliana n. sp.
2. Length 8+ to 10$mm.; bluish-green, the abdomen with tints
of purple-blue ; occasionally the head and thorax are yellowish-
green, with coppery tints. Face rather broad, emargination of
eyes shallow; antenne black; front closely punctured; clypeus
with semilunar punctures, a dark purple or purple-black triangular
area on its anterior margin; process of labrum deeply bifid ; pubes-
cence of cheeks white, of face yellowish-white, some bjack hairs
on front and vertex, of mesothorax and scutellum black with a
little pale intermixed, of pleura, postscutellum and metathorax
dull white with a brownish tint, of legs brownish-white and rather
abundant, of abdomen brownish-white, with inconspicuous black
hairs on the second and following dorsal segments, of apex of
abdomen brownish-gray to blackish, but never altogether black;
mesothorax minutely granular, the punctures extremely dense at
the sides, but in the middle well separated, some larger than others;
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363
scutellum with punctures of two sizes, but the smaller ones not
very small; base of metathorax microscopically tessellate, not
plicate nor enclosed; legs dark brown, femora, and tarsi in front,
green; tegulee reddish-testaceous, green at base; wings yellowish-
hyaline, nervures and stigma dull testaceous; abdomen with only
small punctures marking the insertion of the hairs, dorsal seg-
ments shot with brilliant purple, hind margins of first two segments
very shortly and regularly ciliate with yellowish-white hair, apical
margins of third and fourth segments broadly pruinose; ventral
surface more or less tinged with green.
Hab.—Corumba, February, April, two marked ‘‘ lowland;’’
Chapada, December; Pedra Branca (Bolivia), April. Fifteen
specimens. This differs from the description of A. paphia Smith,
by its somewhat larger size, flagellum not testaceous beneath,
margins of abdominal segments green instead of purple, the purple
color being on the middle and anterior portions of the segments.
It is just possible that paphia is one of the forms of this variable
species, but the probabilities are against it.
There is also a specimen of brasiliana marked Uacarizal, Feb-
ruary.
Gili) Seutellum with large close punctures all over.
a. Abdomen coppery, clothed with short fulvous hair, the seg-
ments also with narrow even fulvous fringes.
Augochlora vesta Smith, var. cupreola n. var.
2. Length 8 to 9 mm.; yellowish-green, abdomen brassy green,
tinged with coppery-red, or even entirely coppery-red except the
extreme base. Differs from the description of vesta by the rather
larger size, flagellum hardly or not testaceous beneath toward the
apex, pubescence of legs very pale fulvous, instead of ‘‘ dark
fuscous,’’ abdomen usually more or less green, and with only
small, though distinct, punctures marking the insertion of the
hairs. Apex of abdomen black; base of metathorax not enclosed
by a shining rim, variably roughened, but without distinct plice;
punctures of mesothorax and front strong and as dense as is possi-
ble; anterior margin of clypeus with a semilunar black area,
usually narrowly edged with crimson; process of labrum bipartite.
For the o, see below.
Hab.—Chapada, February, March, April, September, October,
December; Corumba, April, one only; Maruru, April, two; San
364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
tarem, three. Twenty-three specimens in all. A. vesta was
described from Columbia. and it is quite likely that it is a distinct
species from cupreola, though closely allied. The specimens of
cupreola from the basins of the Amazon (Santarem) and the Para-
guay (Corumbé, ete.) do not seem to differ.
A. pandora differs from cupreola by having the metathoracic
enclosure bounded by a distinct elevated margin, and the flagellum
fulvous beneath. A. acidalia differs in the same respects.
b. Abdomen green.
Augochlora calypso Smith, 1879.
?. Process of labrum bipartite; base of metathorax longitu-
dinally plicate, with a raised rim.
Hab.—Two from Santarem, the type locality. Also two
closely allied species, or subspecies, separable as follows:
Wings strongly smoky ; ridge of metathoracic enclosure not
marked by a groove; hair-fringe at apex of first abdomi-
nal segment entire; extreme sides of face deep blue vary-
ing to bluish-green. (Santarem) . . calypso, s. sir.
Wings clear or almost.
Ridge of metathoracic enclosure marked by a groove; ex-
treme sides of face coppery; hair-fringe at apex of first
abdominal segment broadly interrupted in the middle.
(Chapada, February).
calypso subsp. cupreotincta, n. subsp.
Ridge of metathoracic enclosure not marked by a groove;
extreme sides of face coppery; hair-fringe at apex of
first abdominal segment entire; head smaller, and face
more narrowed below than in the other two forms. (Rio
de Janeiro, November).
calypso subsp. eucalypso, n. subsp.
All three agree in having the pubescence of the abdomen light
fulvous, the mandibles with a green spot near base, the flagellum
testaceous beneath at apex, and the ventral surface of the abdo-
men green, or mostly so.
Augochlora monochroa 0. sp.
2. Length 8 to 9 mm. Brilliant bluish-green, the abdomen
varying from green to almost entirely purple, always very shiny.
No coppery tints, except sometimes on the margin of the large
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365
black elypeal patch. Coxe, femora and tibize green, hind tarsi
more or less green at base; tarsi otherwise piceous, the small
joints deep ferruginous; pubescence of legs pale fulvous, becoming
golden on tarsi, of face and cheeks pale, some black on vertex, of
mesothorax black and pale mixed, of postscutellum and sides of
metathorax pale and rather long, of apex of abdomen brown-black
with a coppery lustre. Base of metathorax rugose, with vague
plicze. Process of labrum bifid. This is very similar indeed to A.
heterochroa, but difters as follows: It is smaller, with the abdomen
shorter and more convex, shining and without distinct pruinose
bands; the even fringe at the apical margins of the first two seg-
ments is somewhat shorter, and the apical portions of these seg-
ments are not pruinose; the apical portions of the third and fourth
segments are white-pruinose, but the fact is not conspicuous except
in certain lights; most of the ventral surface of the abdomen is
metallic green; the hind tibize are green on both sides; the sides
of the metathorax near the truncation are smooth and shining (in
heterochroa they are covered with punctures); the scutellum is
much more densely punctured; the mesothorax is also much more
densely punctured, and the punctures are stronger; the stigma
usually has a more ferruginous tint.
Hab.—Corumba, April, one is marked ‘‘ h. ].’’; Pedra Branca,
April. Ten specimens. Four from Chapada, March and August,
and one from Uacarizal, February, represent a slight variety,
averaging a yellower green, with the fringe at apex of first two
abdominal segments usually a trifle longer, and pale fuivous.
Augochlora monochroa subsp. noy. moreire.
2. Brassy green with coppery tints; abdomen rather longer
and less shiny than in monochroa, decidedly less globose; anterior
lateral edges of prothorax prominent but rounded (in monochroa
they are distinctly angulate); fringe at apex of first and second
abdominal segments pale and short; a smooth punctureless area
on each side of metathorax just below the basal area (in hetero-
chroa and brasiliana this place is covered with punctures). Pro-
cess of labrum bipartite; hairs at apex of clypeus orange-fulvous;
mandibles with a green spot; wings rather strongly suffused with.
brownish.
Hab.—Rio de Janeiro, November. One specimen, Named
after Carlos Moreira.
366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Both monochroa and moreire are easily distinguished from the
calypso forms by the rugulose base of the metathorax; in calypso
-and its subspecies this is plicate, with a shining rim.
Augochlora janeirensis n. sp.
2. Length 8 to 10 mm; blue-green, with purple tints on the
abdomen in certain lights. Process of labrum bipartite; wings
rather smoky, especially toward the apex; base of metathorax finely
rugulose, not plicate; sides of metathorax just below the basal area
punctured.
This is so very close to monochroa, heterochroa and brasiliana
that it is only necessary to mention the comparative differences.
A. janeirensis differs at once from all these three by the compara-
tively long and quite fuscous hair-fringes of the first and second
abdominal segments, and by the stronger punctuation of the abdo-
men, although the punctures are still only those at the bases of the
hairs. It agrees with heterochroa and brasiliana, and differs from
monochroa, in haying the sides of the metathorax just below the
basal area punctured; it differs from heterochroa and brasiliana in
the punctuation of the scutellum, which is very strong, the punc-
tures large and close, and not of two sizes.
Hab.—Rio de Janeiro, November; two specimens. For the
3, see below.
In calypso, monochroa, janeirensis, and the various subspecies,
the distance between the lateral ocelli and the orbital margin is not
(usually not nearly) so great as that between the outermost mar-
gins of the ocelli. In the next species (bucephala) the ccelli are
small and close together, and the distance between the lateral
ocelli and the orbital margin is as great as the distance between
the outermost margins of the lateral ocelli. A. bucephala will
also be recognized by its relatively large size, and very broad face.
Augochlora bucephala Smith, 1853.
2. Length about 11 mm.; process of labrum bipartite; base of
metathorax minutely roughened, not plicate. In our specimens
the flagellum is not ‘‘ testaceous beneath,’’ though pruinose, and
the tarsi are much darker than I should call ‘‘ ferruginous.”’
The mesothorax has punctures distinctly of two sizes, as described
by Smith.
Hab.—Rio de Janeiro, November. Seven specimens. For the
3’, see beiow.
LL eC CC UC CUCU
© at fp BESS GQ PT I,
— ben < 4"
~1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367
Series II. Hind spur of hind tibia of 2 simple or not pectinate.*. Here
also will be found males which belong to AUGOCHLOROPSIS.
1. Abdomen with a subbasal ventral tooth.
Augochlora mulleri n. sp.
2. Length 9 to 12 mm., rather narrow, dark shining pea-
cock blue or blue-green; hind margin of first abdominal segment
very narrowly black, of second broadly black, of the third and
fourth deep purple with the extreme edge black; a tooth, directed
obliquely backwards, on the first ventral segment. Punctuation
of face, front, vertex, mesothorax, scutellum and sides of meta-
thorax excessively close; punctures of clypeus large, on a shining
surface, clypeus only very narrowly edged in front with black;
front with a strong if low median keel; flagellum fulvous beneath;
lower part of face with sparse short white pubescence; mandibles
with a dark purple spot at base, only seen in certain lights; pro-
cess of labrum truncate, not bifid, but the truncation nodulose; base
of metathorax longitudinally plicate; the truncation, and the area
between the truncation and the basal portion, coarsely roughened,
this roughening gradually changes at the sides of the metathorax
into dense strong punctures; tegulz piceous with a blue and green
patch on the anterior portion; wings rather smoky, especially
toward the ends; nervures and stigma dark; legs piceous with white
pubescence, tarsi dark ferruginous, front and hind cox tinged
with blue; middle coxe very small, their trochanters broad and
flattened, with the hind edge sharp; abdomen with the first and
second segments strongly punctured, the punctures not connected
with the pubescence, which is lacking on these parts.
Hab.—Corumba, April (two are marked h. 1|.); Chapada,
December, January; Pedra Branca (Bolivia), April. Sixty-four
specimens. Dedicated to the memory of Fritz Miller.
2. Abdomen without a subbasal ventral tooth.
(i) Femora and tibiz green, tarsi yellow: males with anterior
margin of clypeus not at all yellow. These appear to be all males
of Augochloropsis.
a, First joint of flagellum swollen in front, honey-color, con-
trasting with the rest of the antenna, which is black; antennse
rather short for a male.
368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Augochlora callichroa n. sp.
3. Length 84 mm.; brilliant yellowish-green, the abdomen
slightly brassy. Head rather densely covered with very pale
yellowish hair, becoming white on cheeks; front very densely punc-
tured; clypeus with large punctures ; mesothorax shining, with
large, strong and well-separated punctures, except at the sides,
where they become confluent; scutellum with very large punctures,
a round impunctuate space on each side of the middle; base ef
metathorax enclosed by a rim, and covered with strong wavy
plice; sides below the enclosure with very strong punctures; wings
perfectly hyaline; nervures and stigma rather dark testaceous;
abdomen very shiny, punctures of first segment strong, of second
much more minute; hind margins of first two segments with a
narrow even pale fulyous band, the surface generally on the apical
half thinly covered with pale fulvous hair.
Hab.—Chapada, December, one. This may be the & of A.
calypso subsp. cupreotincta. The rather peculiar sculpture of the
base of the metathorax is quite of the same type, but the punc-
tures of the scutellum are larger and much less dense in the present
insect than in cupreotincta.
8. First joint of flagellum normal in color and form. Hind
coxee furnisned above with an apical tooth.
§. Small, not over 8 mm. long: abdomen strongly tinged with
coppery red.
Augochlora vesta var. cupreola, Ckll., /) (© supra),
Hab.—Chapada, December.
S§. Larger, at least 9 mm.; abdomen at most slightly coppery.
x. Blue-green species, the abdomen shining purple in certain
lights.
Augochlora janeirensis Ckll., “) (9 supra),
Hab.—Rio de Janeiro, November. ‘Variable in size, like the °.
xx. Yellowish-green, the abdomen often more or less brassy, or
even slightly coppery.
y. Enclosure at base of metathorax smooth and shining; abdo-
men narrow, parallel-sided.
Augochlora bucephala Smith ) (Q supra),
Hab.—Rio de Janeiro, November. The head is only of the
ordinary size, not large as in the &.
a ee
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369
yy. Enclosure at base of metathorax covered with vermiform
plicze, more or less longitudinal.
Hab.—Chapada, April, October. Less bulky than the ©, with
the punctures of the mesothorax and scutellum more dense.
(11) Tarsi dark,
a. Base of metathorax longitudinally plicate.
§. Scutellum with very small close punctures.
Augochlora smithiana CkKll., ) (© supra),
Augochlora iheringi 0. sp.
2. Length about 8 mm.; rather dull blue-green, the middle of
the face yellowish-green, the clypeus marked with peacock blue, the
middle of the basal area of the metathorax purple, the legs very
dark brown, only the hind coxze with some green; abdomen biack
dorsally, blue-green at the sides, the hind margins of the segments
broadly black; wings grayish-fulvous. Punctures of front, meso-
thorax and scutellum small and very dense, the front may be said
to be minutely rugose; base of metathorax longitudinally plicate,
the plicze numerous, strong and distinct; sides below the basal area
minutely roughened, with no shining rim; truncation of meta-
thorax dull, its lower part striate; abdomen impunctate dorsally,
sides of first segment with very small punctures; flagellum ob-
securely ferruginous beneath; mandibles ferruginous in the middle;
process of labrum truncate, not bifid; ventral surface of abdomen
piceous, with long pale hair ; scutellum and postscutellum with
sparse black hairs, the latter with also pale hairs.
Hab.—Santarem. One specimen.
Augochlora cerulior 1. sp.
2. Length 8 mm.; shining prussian green, the hind margins of
the abdominal segments black. Legs piceous, tarsi and anterior
tibize dark ferruginous, front and hind cox green; process of labrum
entire, broadly truncate, longitudinally plicatulate; antennz piceous,
flagellum ferruginous beneath; punctures of front extremely dense,
of clypeus large; mesothorax minutely granular, punctures very
distinct, in the middle well separated; punctures of scutellum
extremely small, with a few larger ones interspersed, but even
these not so large as those of the mesothorax; base of metathorax
strongly longitudinally plicate, no shining rim; tegule dark ferru-
ginous; wings slightly dusky, nervures and stigma dark brown;
24
370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
abdomen with minute punctures; ventral surface very dark brown.
Hair of legs all pale.
Hab.—Corumba, April. Two specimens.
S§. Scutellum with large punctures.
Augochlora batesi n. sp.
3. Length 9 to 104 mm.; brifliant green, more or less golden
about the middle of the face, abdomen with purple shades in cer-
tain lights; head ordinary, antennze very dark brown, not very
long; punctuation of front and vertex extremely close; lower sides
of face and clypeus, and cheeks, conspicuously bearded with white
hair; mandibles with a green spot at base; process of labrum bifid ;
mesothorax microscopically tessellate, with close large punctures;
scutellum the same; base of metathorax irregularly longitudinally
plicate, no shining rim, sides below base very densely and strongly
punctured ; truncation of metathorax quite densely punctured:
tegule green and punctured at base; wings hyaline, nervures and
stigma dull pale reddish-brown; cox, femora and tibiz green,
tarsi very dark brown, pubescence of legs wholly pale and quite
dense; abdomen strongly punctured, even the depressed margins
cf the segments punctured; hind margins of the first two segments
with a narrow even fulvous hair-band; hind margins of third and
fourth segments broadly white pruinose; sides and base of abdo-
men quite hairy; on each side, from beneath the margin of the fourth
segment, projects a little brush of hair, slightly fulvous in color ; first
three ventral segments green, the others dark-brown.
Hab.—Chapada, September, October. Several specimens.
Evidently a male Augochloropsis. It greatly resembles A. hetero-
chroa, but differs in several particulars, such as the more prominent
lateral angles of the prothorax. It is also very similar to A. acis
Smith, but that is smaller.
Augochlora belti n. sp.
3S. Length 10 mm.; blue-green, with strong purple tints, espe-
cially on the abdomen, strongly punctured, and little hairy. Eyes
deeply emarginate; face considerably narrowed below; clypeus
with large close strong punctures, its apical margin narrowly
black; front and vertex extremely densely punctured; mandibles
slender, pointed, with no inner tooth; process of labrum a broad
erenulate ridge, not at all bifid; tongue long and slender; flagellum
1900.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371
clear ferruginous beneath; anterior lateral angles of prothorax
prominent; mesothorax and scutellum with dense strong punctures ;
base of metathorax with strong longitudinal plicze, the intervals
between them shining; truncation of metathorax ill-defined and
densely punctured; punctures of sides of metathorax conspicu-
ously larger than those on and near the truncation; a small
minutely granular area, free from punctures, on each side below
the enclosure; tegulz shining piceous, convex, punctured and green
at the extreme base; wings rather dusky toward the tips, nervures
and stigma dark-brown; legs piceous; coxze, anterior femora and
the other femora more or less, green; tarsi becoming ferruginous
at the ends; abdomen with subparailel sides, strongly punctured,
the punctures on the first segment largest; hind margin of first
segment very narrowly, of second segment broadly, of the other
segments rather broadly, black; first, third, fourth and fifth ven-
tral segments tinged with blue; apex with two pale orange fimbri-
ate processes.
Hab.—Pedra Branca, April. One.
Var. perangusta 0. var.
S. Length 84 to 9} mm.; narrower; second submarginal cell
narrow, higher than its breadth at base, whereas in be/ti it is much
broader.
Hab.—Corumba, April, several; Pedra Branca, April, one.
This looks as if it might be a distinct species, but the characters
mentioned are the only ones I can find to separate it. The punc-
tureless space at the sides of the metathorax just behind the en-
closure is wanting in the Corumba examples.
Augochlora foxiana n. sp.
2. Length 9 to 10 mm.; head ordinary, front rough with large
and extremly close punctures; face and front greenish golden to
golden green, strongly tinged with coppery-red, especially on the
supraclypeal area; vertex and cheeks green; antennz dark, flagel-
lum faintly tinged with ferruginous beneath; mandibles bidentate
at apex, ferruginous in the middle, with no green spot at base;
process of labrum bifid, consisting of two little nodules; anterior
lateral angles of prothorax approximately right angles; thorax
except the middle of the mesothorax (which is dull black) bluish-
green, verdigris color; mesothorax with extremely large and more
or less confluent punctures, the area between them dull because
372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
microscopically tessellate; scutellum with large not very numerous
punctures, and numerous minute ones between; basal area of
metathorax narrow in a longitudinal direction, delicately longi-
tudinally plicate, with no shining rim; sides and truncation of
metathorax rough with large punctures; tegule very dark brown,
without any green; wings smoky, nervures and stigma very dark
brown; second submarginal cell about as broad as long; legs very
dark brown, anterior coxze tinged with greenish; pubescence of legs
pale fulvous; abdomen black, with the segments (especially the
first) showing a variable amount of green, the margins, however,
always black, that of the first only very narrowly so; where the
segments are green, they are punctured (the first segment strongly
so), where they are black, impunctate; apex with short sooty hair;
ventral surface without any green.
cS. About 8 mm. long, in most respects similar to the female,
but more slender, with somewhat longer antennze; face greener,
mesothorax with less black; anterior margin of clypeus, labrum,
and mandibles except their ferruginous ends, dull yellow; anterior
and middle femora green; anterior tibiz and middle and hind
tibize in front, lively ferruginous, or orange-ferruginous.
Hab.—Chapada, January, March, April, September, November,
December. Fifty specimens (c' in November).
Var. perimelas n. var.
?. Perhaps a trifle larger; face and vertex coppery-red; flagel-
lum distinetly ferruginous beneath; mesothorax with the punctures
a trifle smaller, black, with only the extreme Jateral and hind
margins greenish; scutellum black; postscutellum black tinged
with blue or green in the middle; basal enclosure of metathorax
deep blue, varying to green; pleura black, or faintly tinged with
blue; abdomen black, with only a little blue or green at the sides
of the first, and sometimes second and third segments. Process of
labrum binodulose or entire, really a fair intermediate between the
two types (bifid and entire), varying in both directions.
Hab.—Corumba, April, two; Rio de Janeiro, November, one.
Perhaps a distinet species.
The species is named after Mr. William J. Fox, who has con-
tributed so much to the knowledge of Brazilian Hymenoptera.
8. Base of metathorax granular.
S$. Green species.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 375
Augochlora heterochroa CEll., var. a (© supra),
Hab.—Corumba, April, several; Chapada, December. Very
similar to the 2; no yellow on clypeus, labrum or mandibles.
The anterior lateral angles of the prothorax are not prominent as
in batesi.
§§. Black species. (Megaloptidia, subg. n. )
Megalopta contradicta 0. sp.
3. Length 9 to 11 mm., brown-black with sometimes the faintest
suggestion of blue about the face and pleura. Ocelli very large,
their distance apart and the distance of the lateral ocelli from the
eyes considerably less than the diameter of an ocellus; these ocellj
resemble those of Sphecodogastra; eyes very large, emarginate,
strongly converging below, so that the lower part of the face is
very narrow; sides of face with short white plumose pubescence;
vertex with a few dark hairs ; scape rather dark ferruginous; flagellum
delicately pruinose, dark reddish-brown, inclined to be compressed
basally; face and front dull, minutely granular; labrum ferrugin-
ous, convex, not at all bifid; maxillary palpi light ferruginous,
with slender joints, the last two longer than the two before; man-
dibles short and simple, without any inner tooth; mesothorax and
scutellum rather shining, subsericeous, with shallow indistinct
punctures and scattered inconspicuous erect hairs; basal area of
metathorax shining, minutely granular, with a few very small in-
distinct plicz at its extreme base; truncation and sides of meta-
thorax hoary-pubescent; lower parts of thorax white-hoary; tegulze
shining red-brown; wings yellowish-hyaline, hairy, nervures and
stigma dark ferruginous, second submarginal cell narrow; legs
very dark brown, small joints of tarsi ferruginous; pubescence of
legs pale, more or less black on the hind surfaces of the hind
tibiz and tarsi, and pale ferruginous on the small joints of the
tarsi; all the claws deeply cleft; abdomen very sparingly pubes-
cent, subsericeous, impunctate; two brushes of hair projecting
from the middle of the apical margin of the fourth ventral seg-
ment; apical segments strongly retractile within the others, so as
to make the abdomen appear truncate.
Hab.—Santarem, two; Benevides, July, one. A very singular
species. The first recurrent nervure in one specimen joins the second
transverse-cubital, but in another enters the third submarginal cell
at its extreme base. The second recurrent nervure joins the third
submarginal cell well before its apex.
374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Divisions oF AUGOCHLORA.
The arrangement of the species given above is artificial, in-
tended merely to make easy their identification. It is by no means
so simple to construct a natural classification, and the present
attempt must be regarded as more or less provisional.
It will be observed that the first and last species are assigned to
Megalopta Smith (not Megaloptera, as Ashmead has it in Tr. Am.
Ent. Soc., XX VI, 92). They do not agree in detail with the type
of that genus, but they have the large ocelli, whereby Megalopta
differs from
WG > me
>
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 385
NEW SOUTH AMERICAN LAND SNAILS.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.
For most of the specimens described, the Academy is indebted
to Dr. H. von Ihering, whose work in developing the zodlogy of
southern Brazil continues with unabated vigor. Others were col-
lected by Mr. J. B. Steere, in Peru, and submitted to me by Mr.
H. E. Sargent.’
STREPTAXIDA.
Scolodonta interrupta (Suter). Pl. XII, figs. 6, 7, 8.
Size and general form much as in Zonitoides nitidus. Umbilicus
showing all the whorls within, its width contained nearly 4 times in
the diameter of the shell. Surface glassy, subtranslucent white,
searcely showing growth-lines, but with several former peristomes
at unequal distances, each indicated by a slightly sinuous distinct
groove, with a whitish streak behind it. Whorls 5, slowly in-
creasing, the last decidedly wider, rounded at the periphery and
beneath; sutures moderately impressed. Aperture round-lunate,
about one-third of the circle excised by the preceding whorl,
slightly oblique; peristume a little sinuous, a trifle thickened
within, unexpanded, the columellar margin a little dilated.
Alt. 3.5, greater diam. 6.5, lesser 5.6 mm.
Os Perus, Prov. Sao Paulo, Brazil (Dr. H. von Ihering).
A small whitish species, No. 1,186 of von Ihering’s register.
Happia Theringi, nasp: Pl MEE, figs. 1, .2./3.
Shell umbilicated, depressed, discoidal, translucent, coneous.
Surface glossy, showing very slight, fine growth-wrinkles under
the lens, and occasional white lines indicating the positions of
former peristomes. Spire concave, very narrow, its width con-
tained 34 times in that of the shell. Whorls slightly exceeding
three, the last very wide, rounded at the periphery, convex
beneath, umbilicus narrow, rapidly contracting, its width contained
44 times in the diameter of the shell. Aperture broadly lunate,
1 Since this paper was in type, I have received an advance copy, without
plates, of a paper by Mr. H. Suter, published in Portuguese, anticipating
several of the species I had described as new. I have substituted Mr.
Suter’s names for my own.
25
386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
deeply excised by the preceding whorl, a little oblique; peristome
thin and simple.
Alt. 2, greater diam. 5, lesser 4.5 mm.
Os Perus, Prov. Sao Paulo, Brazil (Dr. H. von Ihering).
A small nautiJoid species, No. 1,185 of Dr. von Ihering’s
catalogue. He notes (in litt.) that it has a small jaw, and a
radula of typically carnivorous type, with the formula 15. 1. 13.
The presence of a jaw suggests the pertinence of Happia to the
‘family Circinariide, rather than to Streptazide ; but we are still
profoundly ignorant of the anatomy of the South American Strep-
taxes.
Happia vitrina (Wagner).
Cubatao, Alto do Serra, Sao Paulo (No. 1.184 of Dr. von
Thering’s register). It is Streptaxis tumescens of Suter.
Another Happia, No. 807 of von Ihering’s register, is somewhat
like H. vitrina (Wagner), but with wider, less depressed spire,
wider umbilicus and rougher, wrinkled surface; diam. 15 mm.,
habitat, Piquete, Sao Paulo. This is evidently undescribed, but
as the lip of the single specimen sent is broken, I defer its formal
characterization. It is No. 71,247 Coll. A. N.S. P.
Guppya seminlini (Moricand).
Os Perus, Sao Paulo (No. 1,183 of von Ihering’s register).
Dr. von Ihering remarks (in Jitt..) that he can see no reason
for referring semindini to a different genus from fulvus ; and while
it is customary to separate the tropical and South American species
of this form as a genus Guppya, it must be acknowledged that
there are absolutely no differential generic characters in the shells
between the two species mentioned above. The typical forms of
Guppvya have a fleshy prominence or horn above the caudal gland,
which, so far as I know, is wanting in the North American and
Palearctic Conulus.
However, the name Conulus is preoccupied by Rafinesque; and
although his Conulus is a synonym of Conus Linné, still the
name cannot be revived. It is also in use in Echinodermata.
Under these circumstances, it seems that Guppya will stand as the
generic name for the tropical and South American species. A
rapid survey of the South American species in the collection of
the Academy shows that they are more numerous than the litera-
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387
ture would indicate, and often various forms appear under one or
another of the older names. The true semin/ini has an excessively
minute sculpture giving a silky lustre to the upper surface, while
the base is glossy, with extremely fine, close, superficial circular
strie, A specimen measures: alt. 3.7, diam. 4.6 mm, whorls 54,
A smaller species or variety, alt. 2, diam. 2.6 mm., from
Os Perus (No. 1,182 of von Ihering’s register), is allied to
seminlini Moric., paraguayana Pfr., anguina Anc. and martinezt
Hid. The form is much as in seminlini; whorls a trifle over 5,
the last angular, surface with a silky lustre above and a band of
the same just below the periphery, just as in ‘‘ Conulus’’ chersinus
var. polygyratus Pils. The rest of the base is glossy, but under
sufficient magnification shows spiral striz in places. This may be
called var. subseminlini.
ENDODONTIDA.
Stephanoda pleurophora (Moricand). Pl. XII, figs. 4, 5.
This species, described from the Province of Bahia, has been
found by von Ihering at Sao Paulo. As the original description
and figures leave much to be desired, new figures are here given.
There are 44 whorls, the earlier one and one-half smooth, the
rest with raised, lamellar rib-strie, which are sinuous, and about 8
to a millimeter on the front of the last whorl, becoming more
crowded near the aperture. The width of the umbilicus is con-~
tained nearly four times in the diameter of the shell. Alt. 2.3,
diam. 3 mm.; width of umbilicus .5 mm.
The jaw and radula have been examined by Dr. von Ihering.
The former is but little arcuate, composed of twenty well-united
narrow plates, being like that of Charopa, Endodonta, etc. The
radula has the formula 15. 1. 15, the central teeth tricuspid, with
the middle cusps much shorter than the basal plates; laterals also
tricuspid, the middle cusps longer than the basal plates; mar-
ginals wide, multicuspid, the cusps being split into some five acute
denticles.
Stephanoda patagonica (Suter). Pl. XI, figs. 9, 10, 11.
Shell minute, depressed, subdiscoidal, umbilicated, the width of
the umbilicus contained nearly four times in the diameter of the
shell. Spire slightly convex; whorls 33, convex, separated by deep
sutures, the earliest 14 whorls smooth, the rest finely and densely
388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF . [1900.
rib-striate, the strize rather low, straight, about 20 in the space of
a millimeter on the last whorl; last whorl rounded at periphery
and below. Aperture rounded-lunate, slightly oblique.
Alt. 1.15, greater diam. nearly 2 mm.; width of umbilicus
.O mm,
Santa Cruz, Patagonia (No. 1,181 of Dr. von Ihering’s reg-
ister).
The specimens of this very minute species were obtained from
dried mud. It is smaller than any other described form from the
region.
HELICIDZ.
Polygyratia Sargenti n. sp.
Shell planorboid, flat above, having a deep, broadly funnel-
shaped or conical umbilicus below; yellowish-corneous, subtranslu-
cent, glossy; finely striatulate, and showing some faint spiral lines,
visible only under a strong lens, above. Whorls 74 to 8, the first
one wider than the next, very closely coiled and slowly widening,
the last whorl deviating and somewhat descending toward the
aperture, rounded peripherally and below, flattened and impressed
behind the upper lip. Umbilicus half the width of the shell, or
a little less. Aperture irregularly bilobed, quite oblique; peris-
tome slightly expanded, more so below, a little thickened, the
upper margin straightened and bearing a conic median tubercle;
outer margin arched, basal margin nearly straight or only weakly
arcuate; the terminations widely separated.
Alt. 11, diam. 3% mm.
This species is allied to P. Ortoni Crosse, from which it differs
in the smaller size, paler color, decidedly narrower and more
conical umbilicus, and greater height compared to the diameter.
It has one or two whorls less than specimens of P. Ortoni before
me from Boya, Peru. The aperture resembles that of P. Ortoni.
It is named in honor of Mr. H. E. Sargent.
Polygyratia affinis n. sp.
Shell planorboid, flat above, and somewhat concave in the
middle, having a broadly conic umbilicus below, pale yellow, very
glossy, faintly striatulate whorls 84, excessively closely convoluted,
the last whorl about four times as wide as the preceding, rounded
at the periphery, tangentially deviating and somewhat descending
near the aperture. Aperture quite oblique, deeply lunate, the
3)
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389
peristome simple and unexpanded, the upper margin somewhat
straightened, sloping, outer and basal margins arcuate.
Alt. 4, diam. 114 mm.; width of umbilicus 5 mm.
Pere Coll. Aj N.S. P. No. 57,671.
This species was in the collection of the Academy under the
name H. stenogyra Pfr. It is nearly allied to P. polycycla Morel.,
but is less depressed, the last whorl wider, and the umbilicus is
much narrower. In P. systrophia the last whorl, seen from above,
is much narrower. PP. stenogyra is an allied but larger and
otherwise differing species.
Polygyratia stenostrepta var. declinata n. var.
Similar to stenostrepta, but with the last whorl much more
deeply deflexed anteriorly, the suture terminating at the middle
or lower third of the height of the whorl; groove above the
upper lip strongly developed; basal lip well expanded. Whorl 932.
Alt. 44, diam. 15 mm.
Alt. 4, diam. 114 mm.
Peru. Types No. 78,140, Coll. A. N.S. P.
Epiphragmophora oresigena Var. bernardius V. Ihering, n. var.
Shell similar to E. oresigena (Orb.), but smaller, and lighter
colored, yellow or greenish-yellow, with three blackish-brown
bands, two above the periphery, one wider band on the base.
Whorls 44, the last subangular at the periphery; surface lirate-
malleate, the wrinkles tangential to the last whorl of the suture.
Aperture white or purplish, and banded within, the lip white;
umbilicus partly or nearly covered.
Alt. 17, diam. 30 mm.
Alt. 16, diam. 28 mm.
Serra da Bocaina, State of Sao Paulo, Brazil (Dr. H. v.
Thering).
The typical E. oresigena is a larger, heavier and darker shell
from the northeastern slope of the eastern cordillera and the pro-
vince of Yungas, Bolivia. It will probably prove to be a variety
of the still larger E. audouinii Orb., from the same region. The
types of var. bernardius are No. 71,253 Coll. A. N. S. (No.
872 of Dr. von Ihering’s register).
Strophocheilus oblongus (Miiller).
The geographic range of this species is greater than that of any
other Strophocheilus. In the north there is one insular variety,
390 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
albolabiata E. A. Smith,? of Tobago. In the south there are
several varieties, as follows:
Var. crassus Albers. Parana region (Orbigny, Giiich).
Var. alba Smith. As large as the type, but pure white, lip
rose-pink. Pampa Ruis, Bolivia (Orbigny).
Var. sanctepauli vy. Ther. and Pils., n. v.
Very slender and elongated, not compressed between face and
back, with narrow, produced spire. Substance of the shell red-
dish, with light subsutural band; cuticle persistent; surface typi-
cally costulate, but later two whorls without microscopic granula-
tion. Aperture small, half the shell’s length, pink within;
peristome brilliant rose colored. Whorls 6. Alt. 84, diam. 43
mm.; alt. of aperture 43 mm.
Botucatti, Sao Paulo, Brazil (von Thering).
This variety resembles S. santacruzii somewhat.
Dr. W. H. Rush found the typical form of oblongus at Fray
Bentos, on the Uruguay river, and with it a small, solid race with
obtuse spire, and small, brilliant rose-lipped aperture.
Strophocheilus paranaguensis Pils. and y. Iher.,n. sp. Pl. XI, figs. 1, 2.
Shell ovate, decidedly compressed dorso-ventrally, moderately
solid, the spire short, obtuse. Shell substance dull pink, with a
pale band below the sutures; cuticle mainly retained on the later
two whorls, yellow below the sutures and back of the outer lip,
elsewhere yellowish-chestnut, with rather numerous, narrow, obliquely
longitudinal chestnut streaks. Surface moderately shining, irregu-
larly, strongly wrinkle-costulate, as in S. oblongus; showing under
the lens a microscopic granulation (similar to that of the spire of
S. oblongus), which is largely or entirely lost on the last half
whorl. Nepionic whorls finely costulate, as in 8S. oblongus.
Whorls 5%, the earlier five regularly and moderately widening,
with slightly oblique sutures, the last half whorl (in a dorsal
view) rapidly descending, its sutwre extremely oblique. Aperture
somewhat oblique, whitish inside; peristome well expanded, bril-
liant rose-colored; columella with a moderate fold.
2 The synonymy of this variety is as follows :
Borus oblongus var. albus Mull., W. G. Binney, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sei.,
iii, p. 115 (jaw and teeth; shell not described).
Bulimus oblongus var. albolabiatus E. A. Smith, Proc. Malae. Soe.
Lond., i, p.-137 (1894).
Strophocheilus oblongus var. tobagoensis Pilsbry, Man. of Conch
(2 Ser.), x, p. 30, Pl. 14, f. 70 (1895).
-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391
Alt. 92, diam. maj. 55, min. 47 mm. ; length of aperture 62 mm.
Paranagua, coast of Prov. Parana, Brazil.
With the sculpture of S. oblongus, this species unites the con-
tour of S. ovatus. It differs from ob/ongus in the streaked cuticle,
dorso-ventral compression, short spire, and very oblique last
suture. It is more obese than S. granulosus Rang, with less
pronounced granulation, coarse surface costulation, and closer
apical riblets.
Strophocheilus globosus (Martens).
The locality of this species has hitherto been unknown. It
oceurs subfossil at Montevideo, Uruguay, whence specimens have
been sent by Dr. von Ihering. It will doubtless be found living
in the same region. The apical sculpture is that of the S. ob-
longus group. Some specimens are so globose as to suggest the
European Helix aspersa.
BULIMULIDA.
Bulimulus Steerei n. sp.
Shell umbilicate and broadly rimate, ovate-conic, with straight-
sided spire and convex last whorl, the base angular around a large
umbilical excavation; solid and strong, opaque soiled white, with
indistinct brown stains in most specimens, and usually an indis-
tinct whiter girdle at the periphery, the apex white. Surface
lustreless, finely wrinkled longitudinally, and densely granose in
spiral series, as in B. proteus or B. Montezuma; the granules small
but strongly expressed. Apex obtuse, earlier 14 whorls strongly
vermiculate-wrinkled, the wrinkles anastomosing and largely
transformed into a netted pattern. Sutures not impressed, being
filled by the peripheral keel of the young shell. Whorls 63, the
first two convex, those following almost completely flat, the last
whorl convex, without trace of a peripheral angle or carina,
usually ascending in front. Aperture subyertical, ovate, built
forward nearly to the level of the ventral convexity, brown tinted
within; peristome broadly expanded, thickened within, brown or
white, acute at the edge. Columella oblique, making an angle with
the basal margin; its edge dilated; parietal callus moderate or
slight, whitish.
Alt. 58, diam. 21, longest axis of aperture 204, greatest width
134 mm.
392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Alt. 35, diam. 20, longest axis of aperture 21, greatest width,
134 mm.
Alt. 36, diam. 19, longest axis of aperture 20, greatest width,
124 mm.
Peru, J. B. Steere expedition. Types in Coll. A. N. S&S, No.
78,144, and Coll. University of Michigan.
The granose surface gives this species some resemblance to B.
Proteus, but it differs in the characters of the aperture and the flat
whorls of the spire. The young and half-grown shell is evidently
acutely carinate at the periphery. In this respect B. Steerei is like
B. Cora Orb., and other forms referred to the genus Neopetreus ;
but it has the apical sculpture of a true Scutalus, wholly unlike
that of Neopetreus.
The deeply excavated tract behind the columellar lip leads to a
tubular umbilicus, which is evidently large and open in the imma-
ture shell, but is more or less constricted in most adults.
Bulimulus hematospira Nu. sp.
Shell rimate, pillar-shaped, the last 4 whorls of about equal
diameter and white, those above tapering and deepening to a blood-
red color; thin, but moderately strong, opaque, nearly lustreless.
Apex obtuse, the earlier 14 whorls convex and sculptured with
delicate, spaced and straight longitudinal riblets ; next whorl or two
nearly smooth, with merely some series of long granules; longitu-
dinal ribs gradually appearing; the white, cylindrical portion of the
shell being sculptured with strong, arcuate ribs, narrower than their
intervals, and several spiral series of long, narrow, crowded gran-
ules. Whorls 83 to 9, the earlier convex, the later 3 or 4 some-
what flattened. Aperture small, oval, longer than wide, white
within; peristome simple and unexpanded.
Length 16, diameter above the aperture 3, length of aperture
3 mm.
Length 16.3, diameter above the aperture 3, length of aperture
3 mm.
Length 15, diameter above the aperture 3.1, length of aperture
5 mm,
Locality unknown, probably Peru. © Types in Coll. A. N. S.,
No. 78,135, and in Coll. University of Michigan.
This beautiful little Budimulus would be considered a Peroneus,
from its narrow form and calcareous texture, were it not for the
1900.) NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393
apical sculpture, which is like Nesiotus, Protoglyptus and Orthoto-
mium. This shows it to be not a Peronewus, but a stock of diftfer-
ent ancestry, parallel to that group, such as I have shown to exist
in various Bulimulid groups.
Odontostomus kuhnholtzianus (Crosse). Pl. XII, fig. 12.
An enlarged view of the aperture is given to show the arrange-
ment of teeth. The specimen figured is from Montevideo, col-
lected by J. Arechaveleta, Director of the National Museum of
Montevideo (No. 1,015 of Dr. von Ihering’s register, 78,037
Calli A. N_ Ss. P.).
HELICINIDA.
Helicina iguapensis 2. sp,
Shell depressed, the diameter about twice the altitude, lens-
shaped, acutely keeled ; very pale yellow, the apex and basal callus
white. Surface lightly striate, irregularly grooved and _ finely
striate spirally, this sculpture weaker on the last whorl, finer
beneath. Spire low conic; whorls 5, the first smooth, the last
slighty convex, becoming concave above the acute peripheral keel.
Base evenly convex. Aperture oblique, subtriangular, white
within; peristome rather broadly reflexed, white, angular at the
termination of the peripheral keel; the upper margin uearly
straight, basal margin moderately arcuate; columella very short,
vertical, produced below in a projecting angle. Callus thin, white.
Alt. 8.5, diam. 16 mm.
Operculum scarlet outside, fading to whitish at the nucleus,
lightly striate, irregularly triangular, the nucleus marginal, nuclear
edge straight, with reflexed scarlet margin.
Iguape, S. Paulo, Brazil. Type from Dr. H. von Ihering,
No. 78,028, Coll. A. N.S. P. (940 v. Ihering’s register).
This species resembles H. carinata Orb., angulata Sowb., and
gonochila Pfr. in the salient angle or tooth in which the columella
terminates below; but it is a far larger and more depressed shell.
In general form it is almost exactly like H. caracolla Moric.,
which differs in completely lacking any trace of an angle at the
base of the columella.
The sculpture above seems to consist of rather low, flat lire,
over which much finer spiral striz run. This is best developed on
the next to the last whorl.
394 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Helicina inequistriata n. sp. y
Shell thin, subglobose-depressed, rather bluntly carinated; vary-
ing from a dull reddish color to pale sulphur yellow. Surface
dull, sculptured with fine growth lines and numerous unequal, low
and flattened spiral lirze, with a sculpture of fine spiral strize over
them, giving the appearance of groups or fascicles of more promi-
nent, alternating with bands of less prominent spiral striz. Spire
low conic; whorls 44 slightly convex, the last decidedly angular
at the periphery, convex, not descending anteriorly. _Aperture
subtriangular, the outer angle rounded; peristome white, narrowly
subreflexed, its face thickened in old specimens; upper margin
but slightly arcuate, basal margin strongly arched, forming a
right angle with the straight and vertical columella, the base of
which is outwardly angular. Basal callus rather small, whitish.
Alt. 7, diam. 94 mm.
Raiz da Serra, Sao Paulo, Brazil. Types from Dr. H. von
Ihering, No. 78,058 Coll. A. N. S. (938 von Ihering’s register).
APPENDIX: DESCRIPTION OF A NEW STROPHOCHEILUS, BY
Dr. H. von IHERING.
Strophocheilus Pilsbryin.sp. Pl. XI, fig. 4.
Shell perforate, oblong, moderately solid, chestnut brown, with
a blackish line followed by an ill-defined yellow band below the
suture; irregularly plicatulate and beautifully granose micro-
scopically throughout, the granulation barely visible to the naked
eye, and arranged in regular spiral series; spire thick, obtuse.
Whorls 5, the first one planorboid, the next tumid above; last
whorl oval, convex, its later half more descending, shortly ascend-
ing at the aperture. Aperture ovate, bluish within; peristome
reflexed, red; columella oblique and straight above, concave
below, its margin dilated above, almost closing the narrow per-
foration.
Length 48, diam. 24 mm.; aperture 25 mm. long.
Piquete (Serra da Mantigueira), Sao Paulo, Brazil.
This species seems to be allied to S. rhodocheilus (Reeve), but
has not the color-pattern or columellar fold of that species, the
aperture is smaller, and the surface irregularly plicatulate as well
as granulous.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
(Su)
co
oO
PRELIMINARY NOTES ON THE RATE OF GROWTH AND ON THE
DEVELOPMENT OF INSTINCTS IN SPIDERS.
BY ANNIE BELL SARGENT.
The following work* was taken up in the fall of 1898 for the
purpose of determining how young spiders develop through the
winter, what instincts or intelligence they may possess and when
these appear.
In October I collected, on a vacant lot in Philadelphia, several
hundred cocoons, in all probability Argiope cophinaria, as that
was the adult spider most commonly found among the cocoons.
Dr. McCook in his American Spiders and Their Spinning Work
(7) has described the structure of these cocoons so exactly that I
need not go into it here.
Although the spider probably has not an intelligence comparable
to that found in higher animals, that it does possess complex in-
stincts is evident in the making of the cocoon. Four kindsof silk,
of as many colors, are found in each completed nest; the whole is
shaded over with a fifth, which renders it less conspicuous, and it
is moored to its place by a sixth, (see McCook, (7), Vol. II).
Each kind of silk has its respective place, which never varied in all
the cocoons I examined, although in some a layer was omitted.
However these differences are produced, an instinct that guides its
possessor through such intricacies is of a high order.
All the occupants of a single cocoon were in the same stage of
development, and until November cocoons containing all stages,
from the egg to the just-hatched embryo, were found. After No-
vember the eggs that had not hatched dried up.
GROWTH.
Before the time of Balbiani’s work (1) in 1873, the develop-
ment of Aranez had been studied chiefly with regard to the exter-
_ | Accepted as a thesis for the degree of Bachelor of Science in Biology,
University of Pennsylvania, June, 1899.
396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
nal features by such writers as Herold (4), 1824; Rathke (10),
1842; Von Wittich (11), 1845; and Claparéde (3), 1862. Bal-
biani (1) has given a detailed description of the early development,
but does not describe completion of the abdominal organs. In 1880
Balfour (2) gave notes on the development from completion of
segmentation to completion of thoracic organs, but gave nothing
with regard to the eventual fate of yolk and the formation of intes-
tine. In 1886 Locy (6) gave a very complete account of the de-
velopment of Agalena from laying of the eggs to hatching of the
embryo. He showed that the intestinal tract is stil] incomplete at
time of hatching, and my observations tend to confirm this.
Kishinouye (5), in 1891, made observations on Lycosa and Agalena
from laying of the egg to hatching. He has not followed out the
completion of the intestine.
In the works of the last two writers, it is difficult to determine
whether by the term ‘‘ hatching ’’ they mean leaving the egg mem-
brane or leaving the cocoon. Locy speaks of one moult before
hatching in Agalena and Kishinouye says there are two or three
moults before hatching in Agalena and Lycosa. In Argiope there
was no indication of a moult before the leaving of the egg membrane,
but there were two or three moults before the leaving of the
cocoon. In this paper hereafter by ‘‘ hatching’’ is meant the
leaving of the egg membrane. My observations agree with those
of the above writers in showing that the spider leaves the egg in a
very embryonic condition, and that the intestine is not complete
until just before or just after leaving the cocoon.
For the purpose of determining how the young spiders develop,
I killed a number for sectioning from time to time through the
winter. Picro-sulphurie acid gave the best results as a fixing
fluid. Second to this was picro-acetic acid. Both require from
twelve to twenty-four hours to kill, because the many little hairs
on the body enclose a jacket of air which buoys the spider up and
keeps the fluid from reaching the skin. It is very difficult to make
stains penetrate the tissues and I found the following a very good
method. Having removed the legs, or, in the case of very young
spiders, pierced the abdomen with a fine needle, stain in foto in
picro-hematoxylin for twenty-four hours. It may be necessary
to harden in alcohol and again stain in picro-hematoxylin. Take
up to seventy per cent. alcohol and stain for twelve hours in aleo-
saa}
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397
holic eosin. The picro-hematoxylin will penetrate the abdomen
slightly if at all; but the eosin stains it fairly well. The best
results were obtained by embedding in celloidin and paraffin and
fixing on the slide with hot water.
Argiope cophinaria.
As early as November the cephalo-thorax is complete ; the
stomach and cesophagus, the nerve mass surrounding them, the
blood vessels around the nerve mass, muscles, poison glands, pig-
meut and eyes are fully developed and throughout the winter I
observed no change in this part of the body. The abdomen is the
reservoir for the great quantity of yolk which remains even after so
much of the body is completed. The intestine and “ liver’’ have
not made their appearance in November, although all the other ab-
dominal orgaus have. This entire space is filled with solid yolk
masses divided by three main blood sinuses which run down from the
heart. The heart is much compressed at this time, and has few
corpuscles in it (Pl. IX, figs. 2, 3 and 4). In January the yolk
masses begin to break up and are slightly absorbed. In February
the intestine shows distinctly in section and the ‘‘ liver’’ can be
distinguished among the yolk masses. There is a decided change in
the shape of the abdomen—from rounded to elongated, flattened
dorso-ventrally. In March (Pl. IX, fig. 1) the alimentary canal is
almost complete from mouth to anus. The mouth is lined on both
upper and lower lip with chitinous ridges, which interlock to form
a strainer. A large quantity of yolk still surrounds the intestine
and is scattered among the abdominal organs. As the yolk masses
diminish, movements are noticed. At first there is a mere waving
of legs, then rolling and scrambling over each other, and finally
a definite, though awkward, climbing along the threads of the
cocoon. Increase in size is slight, and takes place very slowly
after the spider leaves the egg-membrane. Then follows a period
of slow-development, which lasts through the cold months and
consists in absorption of yolk, increase in pigment and change in
shape to that of the adult spider.
Agalena nevia.
In addition to the Argiopes there came into my possession the
cocoon of Agalena nevia Hentz. These eggs were laid on October
10, 1898, and hatched November 15. Within two weeks after
hatching these spiders were perfectly black, running about the box
598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
in which the cocoon lay and making an irregular web all through
it. Their activity was in striking contrast to that of Argiope. In
the matter of spinning webs and climbing on them they were
skilled acrobats, and behaved as if this had been their habit for
months. At this time they did not eat and showed no fear of each
other, although they became wildly excited and ran in every
direction when the box was disturbed or anything was dropped
into the web.
In a few days they began to eat and increased notably in size.
From time to time I made camera drawings as the increase war-
ranted (Pl. X, figs. 5-14).
When the spider is full-fed and about to moult, the skin is very
tight and shiny; the abdomen seems out of proportion to the
cephalo-thorax. After the moult, the actual increase in size seems
slight. The expanse of the legs is greater, there is an increase in
length and in width of the cephalo-thorax, but the abdomen is
shrunken. As soon as the spider begins to eat again, it increases
rapidly in size until the limit is reached, when a moult again
occurs. It is possible that this increase is due to filling out of folds
in the skin.
DEVELOPMENT OF INSTINCT.
There has been some discussion as to whether the spiders have,
in any degree, intelligence. There have been many scattered
anecdotes and marvelous tales, such as those related in The
Naturalist in La Plata, that would credit the spider with intelli-
gence; but careful scientific investigation tends to refute all such
ideas and places the spiders among animals having complex in-
stincts. The most valuable work that has been done along this
line is that of George and Elizabeth Peckham (9) and Dr.
McCook (7).
It is certain that young spiders gain nothing by imitation, for
many of the most highly developed species lay their eggs in the
fall and give them no further attention. In the spring, when the
young leave the cocoon, and when they would be most benefited
by the example of others, they separate and each, with its own
inheritance of instincts and tendencies, starts out to do battle for
itself. And yet here as elsewhere in the animal kingdom, one is
impressed with individual differences, as will be shown later.
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399
Among the hunting spiders (Lycosidw), too, there is no chance for
imitation, At the time when the young leave their mother’s back
they separate, as in the case of the weavers. This does not imply
that the spider leaves the cocoon, or its mother’s back, as skilled
and as agile as she is. It must learn and practice to perfect itself.
As early as February, and long before it leaves the cocoon,
young Argiope can spin a little drop line, but the line is short; it
requires considerable stimulus, as shaking, to cause it to spin; the
spinner in many cases seems unable to climb back, and when it
does climb back it is with exceedingly clumsy efforts. The young
hunting spider at an early age obeys its instinct to catch a moving
gnat, but its first attempts are rarely successful, and for some
time it is very awkward.
OBSERVATIONS ON ARGIOPE COPHINARIA, OCTOBER TO APRIL.
AU during October, spiders were hatching, and at this time gave
no indication of any sense except that of touch.
In November they had moulted once or twice, and were slightly
more active when disturbed.
In December they were decidedly more active, but seemed not
to notice light or heat.
In January development was very slow and no changes were
observed.
In February most of the little spiders could be made to spin a
little drop line by violently shaking the egg ball. They made
awkward attempts to walk, and did not use their hind legs in guid-
ing them along the threads of their cocoon. Off the cocoon silk
they were perfectly helpless, soon became tired and lay with legs
drawn up.
To try the effect of severe winter weather on young spiders out-
side of the cocoon, I placed a number of specimens in a little
pasteboard box and left them in an open window of an unheated
room. Some individuals were in the silk of the cocoon, others
were not. The following observations were made. Unfortu-
nately, the exact amount of cold to which these spiders were sub-
jected was not determined. In the absence of such data the offi-
cial records of the Weather Bureau of the minimum temperatures
for the nights in question are given:
February 9.—Removed spiders from cocoon as described above
400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900-
and exposed all night. Weather Bureau record, —1° F. (= —
18.3°C.).
February 10.—Still living and active when touched. Exposed
again all night. Weather Bureau record, — 6° F. (= — 21°C.).
February 11.—Less active. Exposed all night. Weather
Bureau record, — 6° F. (= — 21° C.).
February 12.—No change. Exposed all night. | Weather
Bureau record, 4° F. (= — 15.5° C.).
February 18-16.—No change. Exposed each night. Weather
Bureau record, 7°, 9°, 11°, 21° F. (= — 13.8°, — 12.7°, —
11.6°,—6° C.).
February 17.—Seemed more active. No definite movement
toward any point or return to the ball on the part of those not in
the silk (p6°R. = 2°. €.).
February 18.—Several of those lying on bottom of the box and
outside of the meshes of the silk dead; others not so active (52°
Pe —0P Cs).
February 23. —All spiders lying on bottom of the box and not in
the meshes of the silk, dead, except three beneath the silk of the
cocoon; these three very sluggish (37° F. = 2.7° C.).
February 24-27.—Less active each day; nearly all the spiders
in the box died, including those beneath the silk. The lowest
temperature was 26° F. (= — 3.3° C.), on the 25th,
March 1.—Four living in the silk of the cocoon.
March 6.—AlII dead.
From observations made since, it is probable that these spiders
died, rather from their scattered condition, than from the cold.
As opening cocoons seemed to have no effect upon the occupants,
to determine how they would behave if deprived of the cocoon
entirely, I made these observations :
February 9.—A brood of spiders clinging to the cocoon silk was
removed from the cocoon and spread out ina glass globe. They
showed plainly that they were disturbed. Some moved along the
threads of the silk, although for the most part they simply waved
their legs and rolled over each other, trying to form into little balls
wherever a few were together. No attempt was made to return to
the cocoon, although it hung still? attached to the silk. Aphids
were offered as food, but the spiders did not seem to see these;
also water, but no attention was paid to it.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401
February 10.—A decided grouping into balls was noticed at
points where most of the spiders happened to be as the silk was
drawn out. Moved awkwardly, or waved their legs, when
brought near heat. No attempt to spin. Turned the globe so
that light fell on it differently, but this produced no effect.
February 11.—No difference in position of balls; balls some-
what larger; fewer spiders moving along the web; all resting with
ventral side uppermost, but moving with dorsal side uppermost.
February 17.—I placed the globe so that rays from a lamp fell
on some of the spiders, while others were in shadow; after thirty
minutes there was activity among those exposed to light—a general
tumbling and rolling over each other, but no definite movement
toward the light or away from it. Activity evidently caused by
the light, as those spiders in the shadow remained quiet, with ven-
tral side up as before.
March 12.—Drew silk away from one of the groups, scattering
some of the spiders; all moved actively, apparently trying to get
into centre of the mass; in a few hours all the stragglers had gone
back to the group; acted as if stiff from cold, although tempera-
ture was not low.
March 13-31.—No change in groups; most of the isolated
spiders died.
April 1.—Still no attempt to weave webs.
April 2.—More active, and moved along web with less waving
of legs, using hind legs as guides; soon formed into groups when
scattered.
April 26.—Those spiders on outside of groups shriveled up.
At this time I took some of the spiders out on a sheet of paper
and noticed that they moved away from anything touching them,
~but were not aware of an approaching object until actually
touched.
On March 10 I opened twenty-six cocoons that had been kept in
a locker all winter. In these all were dead except six from differ-
ent cocoons. These six were further developed than those taken
from cocoons earlier in the year, were more active and moved as if
accustomed to using their legs. As they seemed able to take care
of themselves, I put them into a glass box, where they had ample
opportunity to weave, and made these observations. I put into
the box the tops of two cocoons, which they soon moored to the
26
402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900. -
bottom, not as the result of a definite purpose, but of mere wander-
ing before settling down. Two finally crawled into a bit of the
sik still clinging to one of the tops.
March 11.—Moved at the least jarring; all hung, ventral side
up, on individual threads from lid of box.
March 22.-—Two dead, in same position as when alive.
March 23.—-Four survivors not so active.
April 9.—Not so active.
April 10.—Third one dead.
April 11.—Three remaining dropped to bottom of box as soon
as disturbed, lay motionless an instant, then ran actively about,
finally returning to original position—suspended from lid.
April 18.—Offered water, which they drank eagerly; bodies
seemed to swell. Still no attempt at regular web.
These observations indicate that during the winter months the
young Argiopes change very little in any way. In most of the
cocoons the spiders were all alive and active until March, when very
few cocoons had any living occupants. This must have been due
to the heat of the house, as the spiders were all shriveled in ap-
pearance. On March 14 I gathered twelve cocoons in a vacant
lot, and found that in all of them there were hundreds of living
spiders, all at the same stage of development as the ones living in
the house all winter.
The question arises here, what may be the use of the cocoon ?
It can scarcely be for retaining animal heat, as the amount of heat
generated by the young spiders must be extremely little; their
abdomens are packed with yolk and there is very little muscular
activity among them. If taken out of the cocoon they form into
close balls, and those which are able to keep in the centres of these
balls live just as well as those in the cocoons, while those on the
outside dry up. If kept in stoppered bottles they all live as well
as in the cocoon. The chief use of the cocoons seems to be to keep
the spiders together and to prevent evaporation of moisture. I
took a number of spiders from cocoons that had been indoors all
winter and from others that had been out of doors all winter, gave
them some cotton to burrow into, wrapped them in separate pieces
of very thin cloth and hung them outside where they would be
exposed to March snow and wind and April rain; yet those that
had been indoors all winter lived and kept pace with those in the
>
—————— =
ia)
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 408
cocoons until April 18. Those that had been out of doors all
died except one. From April 18 to April 26 the weather was
very dry and it became very warm where the spiders were hanging.
In that time they all dried up except the one from the cocoon that
had been out of doors all winter. This survivor was very active
and seemed ready to leave, the nest. Spiders in cocuons hanging
in the same place were all active and healthy, although every
cocoon had been opened. This shows that they can endure cold,
wind and rain, for the snow packed in all over the little bags of cot-
ton and cloth, melted and dried in the sun. Absorbent cotton was
used, and it must have been saturated many times. The cocoon
holds the little spiders together for the purpose, as I think, of
keeping them moist, and prevents evaporation of that moisture.
The silk furnishes a suitable support, as is shown by the fact that
they soon grow weary in attempting to walk on a surface, and that
without a place of attachment, moulting becomes a great difficulty.
The cocoon also prevents their being scattered into unfavorable
places by dashing rains and high winds. The view that the
cocoon prevents evaporation is borne out by the later life of the
spider; for as soon as it leaves the nest and begins an independent
existence, abundance of water is absolutely necessary. A spider
will live indefinitely without food, but without water it will survive
only a few days. The cocoon, of course, protects the young
spiders against numerous enemies—birds, wasps, toads, etc., some
of which, however, often pierce the cocoon. ‘The great majority
of the cocoons of Argiope which I examined had been bored
into, and in some the eggs were ravaged; but I failed to find any
traces of parasites (see McCook, 7). In other species I have
_ found ichneumons and I wondered at their absence here.
At first I thought the young spiders always kept the ventral side
uppermost, but later found that they always keep the ventral side
outwards. Why they maintain this position is an unanswered
question. Removing a nest from the cocoon I placed it in a
black bag and hung it in a recess where no light could enter.
On taking the nest out, at intervals for weeks, I saw that all the
spiders had the ventral side turned out, even those on the bottom.
It is evident that light has nothing to do with this phenomenon.
It is possible that respiration is facilitated by this position.
I have not been able to make any valuable tests as regards the
404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
development of the senses in Argiope, since the spiders are never
hungry nor thirsty, and the first of these conditions is very im-
portant in determining range of sight. Fear has been shown only
in the case of the three spiders taken from the cocoon on March 10,
when they dropped on being disturbed. The other spiders would
not move away from an approaching object, and would even sit
still and be eaten up by older spiders of other species. Tests for
hearing and the sense of smell would also be useless because of
this lack of motive.
Argiope, then, in April, is about ready to leave the cocoon, can
drop itself from danger on a little line and drink water. It makes
no attempt to weave a snare, to eat its fellows or anything else,
has little more than a rudiment of fear, and if it sees, the stimu-
lus arouses no response.
OBSERVATIONS ON AGALENA NEVIA.
As the specimens of Agalena nevix grew too active and inde-
pendent to be kept in an ordinary box, I placed them in an olive
bottle, where all their movements could be easily watched.
About December 15, when put into the bottle, they showed unmis-
takable signs of fear and acted as if they were in a strange place,
running excitedly here and there. I gave them a little corner of
an envelope for a refuge and point to collect on. After an hour
they were quieter and set about weaving an irregular web from
side to side of the bottle. This web became denser from day to
day, and showed little tunnels running through it. The tunnel is
very characteristic of the adult of this species. No attention
whatever was paid to the refuge. They could see at least an inch,
and recognized each other as cannibals. I draw this conclusion,
because I observed that they charged upon each other when they
came within that distance. I could not measure these distances
accurately, but preferred to make the distance less, rather than
greater than it actually was, and I am sure it was no less. That
they feared each other was evident from the way the pursued ran
from the pursuer.
They ate aphids or one another indifferently, increasing notably
in size from day to day, or shriveling up and dying. Until
February 18 I allowed them to live together, the larger ones eating
the smaller and less active, and many dying. At this time seven
- 2 (ora
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405
only survived. I put each one into a separate bottle, 6.3 cm.
high and 1.6 cm. wide. The bottles were lettered a, b, ¢, d, e,
f, g- From day to day each spider was observed and _ notes
recorded. They grew much more rapidly than Argiope and formed
an interesting study of specific and individual differences, as well
as of developing instinct. That these spiders also are able to
endure cold is proved by the fact that on February 9 they were
exposed to the same temperature as the Argiope spiders. The
moisture in the bottle froze all over the inside, but the spiders,
beyond being stiff; until] they were taken into a warm room, were
not at all affected. The following are the records that were
made. The spiders were kept under conditions as normal as possi-
ble, under the circumstances, and their behavior under these con-
ditions carefully noted.
SprpER A.—This spider busied itself for three days spinning a
web back and forth across the bottle.
February 21.—Afraid of a little fly offered as food. After a
few minutes it made an attempt to catch the fly. After five or
six attempts, it caught the fly by its hind legs; fly escaped and was
recaptured a number of times; spider spread its spinnarets and
made a motion as if to enshroud its prey and tried to push under
the fly’s wings to seize it by the abdomen.
February 22.—Decided increase in size of spider; skin tight
and shiny; color lighter than that of the other spiders.
February 24.—Introduced a little globule of water; no atten-
tion paid to it; finally I guided it until two feet dipped into the
water, but it would not drink; refused to eat.
February 28.—Placed the spider in a shallow box for drawing;
very much frightened and climbed out five or six times, then
began to weave a web, but, although it climbed to the edge many
times, it merely fastened the web and returned to the box. It
frequently rested and cleaned itself, as does an adult spider.
March 3-5.—Drank water eagerly, but refused to eat.
March 6.—Moulted.
March 7.—Seized small fy, when offered it, at once.
March 12.—Increase in size evident.
March 19.—Dead.
SprpER B.—February 18.—This spider was seen circling around
a black, winged aphis, occasionally approaching it from the rear,
406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
as if to seize it. Beside the aphis and moved by every struggle,
Jay an old white spider skin. This the spider finally took hold of
aud tried to drag away. After fifteen minutes, it left the skin and
for fifteen minutes more seemed undecided, then seized the aphis
near the head and proceeded to eat it. This was the largest of the
spiders and the one that I had noticed most frequently devouring
aphides, as well as its own kin, in the olive bottle.
February 20.—Greatly increased in size.
February 21.—Leaped at once upon thorax of a little fly and
proceeded to eat it.
February 22.—Notable increase in size; skin of abdomen shiny,
tight.
February 23.—Web very evident half-way up the bottle, woven
irregularly from side to side.
February 24.—Dropped a small fly into the web; spider greatly
excited at once, but seemed unable to locate fly; ran to dead fly
in the web, then to one above, and back to lower one. Settled
down finally as if discouraged and made no further efforts even
when fly came immediately beneath its feet.
February 28.—Removed to shallow dish for purpose of making
a camera drawing; behaved much as a did under similar cireum-
stances, but quieted down much sooner (PI. X, fig. 10).
March 1-2.— Refused to eat.
March 3.—Moulted.
March 7.—Deftly seized a mosquito by the thorax.
March 10-11.—Body large and shiny.
March 12.—Unusually excitable (Pl. X, fig. 11).
March 17.—Dropped down on a line on being disturbed; never
did so before.
March 18,—Offered two little Argiopes—evidently a new kind
of prey; spider much excited; approached, circled around, draw-
ing out web all about and over little Argiope; an evident but
feeble attempt to enshroud the prey; did not guide the thread at
all with the hind legs and wasted much silk by not touching prey;
went away from the little spider and after a few minutes went to
other one, which it seemed not to see before, and, without any en-
circling movements, ate it.
March 20-22.—Skin very tight and shiny; refused to eat.
March 23.—Had moulted in the night; refused to eat.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407
March 27.—Caught a mosquito and again made motions as if to
enshroud it (Pl. X, fig. 12).
April 4.—I turned the bottle on its side; in time the spider
came out of the bottle, walking away about two inches in an ex-
cited, jerky manner; touched it with a pencil and it instantly
rushed into the bottle; did not come out again.
April 5.—Would not come out of the bottle of its own accord.
April 6.—Increase in size noticeable.
April 7.—Pattern on ventral side of abdomen very distinct.
April 10.—Ate a small fly, but refused an ant.
April 11.-—Refused to eat.
April 12.—Moulted.
April 13.—-Decided difference in pattern and general shape;
now a long, slender spider, much more excitable; turned and ran
quickly to bottom of bottle on least disturbance.
April 14.—Attacked an ordinary house-fly and seized it by the
abdomen (Pl. X, figs. 13 and 14).
April 16-17.—Rapid increase in size.
April 18.—Returned to dead fly of April 14.
April 19.—Fixed itself at once on thorax of house-fly; made
movements as if to enshroud it.
Sprper c.—February 21.—Made attempts to catch a fly entirely
too large for it.
February 23.—Very sluggish.
February 24 —Three anterior legs of left side seemed crippled
and a white exudation appeared at their bases.
February 27.—Dead.
Sprper p.—This was one of the most active and excitable of
the spiders from the start.
February 21.—Offered a little fly twice as large asitself; sprang
at it and seized one hind leg; fly struggled violently and finally
escaped; spider seized it again by abdomen and held on until fly
was exhausted and gradually shifted its own position until it had
its chelicerze fastened into the back of the fly’s thorax; made weav-
ing movements with the spinnarets.
February 22.—Noticeable increase in size.
February 24.—Introduced little globule of water; spider was
moving about and finally wandered into water, which it drank with
evident satisfaction; made some cleaning movements afterwards.
408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
February 28.—Very active; world not stay in shallow dish as
others had done, although put back many times (PI. X, fig. 5).
March 4-5.—Moulted some time in the night; refused to eat.
March 7.—Offered larger fly; spider attacked at once and seized
one hind leg; clung for several minutes; after fly was worn out,
the spider ran about it, excitedly spinning a web in a circle around
it, but not touching it; after some time, proceeded to eat it.
March 10.—Body large and shiny (Pl. X, fig. 6).
March 18.—Offered a little Argiope ; recognized a new kind of
prey; circled around and around, secreting silk, but very little of
the web touched the Argiope.
March 20-22.—Skin very tight and shiny; refused to eat.
March 23.—Had moulted in the night; refused to eat (Pl. X,
fig).
April 11.—More excitable; went through usual winding move-
ments before eating (Pl. X, fig. 8).
April 14.—Had become expert at catching prey.
April 15.—Body very large; skin tight and shiny (PI. X, fig. 9).
April 18.—Moulted.
April 19.— Looked exactly like B; more excitable than ever;
still made movements with spinnarets on catching prey.
SPIDER E.—This was an active little creature, although one leg
was missing on the right side.
February 21.—Made a number of attempts to catch a fly; finally
seized it by a hind leg; settled down on fly’s thorax; after twenty
minutes began to weave a web with fly as a centre; moving the
bottle did not disturb the worker; after eating there was a distinct,
but awkward, attempt to clean itself.
February 27.—Noticeable increase in size.
February 28.—When removed to shallow dish, made efforts to
escape, but after five or six trials began to weave a web contentedly.
March 2.— Dead; posterior abdomen white.
SprpEer F.—This was the smallest and weakest spider.
February 21.—Two hind legs on right side crippled; made un-
successful attempt to catch a fly.
February 22.—Dead.
SprpEeR G.—February 21.—Became excited when offered a fly,
but began to weave a web and paid no further heed, even when fly
walked over it.
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 403
February 22.—Made several attempts to catch a fly; finally |
succeeded.
February 23.—Dead.
In reading over these records of Agalena nevia, one is at first
impressed with the small number of survivors, but we must re-
member that they were not under perfectly normal conditions.
Had they been out in the fields, they would not have had so good
an opportunity to kill each other, but their enemies would have
had a better chance to prey upon them. In the bottles they were
protected from storms, but were more liable to disease. Whether
these factors counterbalance each other remains a question. These
records also indicate that the spider’s early life is greatly influ-
enced by the quantity of food and by individual as well as specific
differences. Some of the spiders are distinguished from the outset
by size, strength or quickness, and these are thus able to provide
themselves with more food and grow accordingly. When the
spiders were well fed the moults occurred closer together, although
they will moult or make the attempt to do so, after a long time
when food is scarce.
At first these spiders were all fed on aphides which they relished,
but as they grew larger and were offered other things, the aphides
were refused. Flies were eagerly caught, but ants were never
touched. This would indicate that they have some kind of dis-
crimination.
Another very interesting phenomenon has been the attempt to
enshroud prey. From watching these movements many times, I
am sure it is an instinctive impulse they attempt to obey, and
which is utterly useless because imperfectly performed. Adult
spiders that have this habit hold the victim firmly in their jaws
and twirling it around, wind it in a web drawn from the abdomen
by the hind legs. Agalena does not have this habit when adult,
but drags its prey into a tunnel. The young were frequently seen
attempting to drag the struggling flies, although they had made no
regular tunnels in their webs. The attempt to enshroud must be
the result of an instinctive return to a habit that is lost.
SUMMARY.
1. Growth is gradual through regular, successive stages, which
follow each other rapidly or slowly, according to the species and
the individual.
410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
2. Increase in size takes place chiefly between the moults and is
largely dependent on the food.
3. Moulting does not occur at regular intervals after the spiders
leave the cocoon, but according to the amount of food.
4. Sensory reactions to external stimuli are poorly developed in
the very young animals, and are not manifested until the spiders
seem ready to put them to immediate use. They then develop and
become more acute with practice. The earliest reactions to appear
can be interpreted as fear.
5. Although at an early stage distinction between light and
darkness is possible, distinction between objects is not.
6. Cannibalism does not appear while the young are in the cocoon,
although in Aga/ena it is a marked characteristic afterwards.
7. Young spiders can withstand a very cold, moist atmosphere,
but not a warm, dry atmosphere.
8. Young Argiope always rest with the ventral side uppermost
when isolated; the ventral side is turned outwards when the spiders
are in a ball or group.
9. The cocoon prevents evaporation of moisture and serves as a
support for the young spiders, and, to a less extent, as a protec-
tion against enemies.
10. Young spiders differ in growth and habits, specifically and
individually.
11. Those instinctive reactions which are most advantageous to
the species become habitual through repetition and selection.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
(1) Balbiani, M.—Mémoire sur Je Développement des Ara-
néides. Ann. Sci. Nat., Zool., Sér. 5, XVIII, 1873.
(2) Balfour, F. M.—Notes on the Development of the Ara-
neina. Quart. Jour. Mier. Sci., XX, 1880.
(3) Claparede, E.—Recherches sur I’Evolution des Araignées.
Naturk. Verhandl. Utrecht, I, 1862.
(4) Herold, M.—De Generatione Aranearum in ovo. Mar-
burg, 1824,
(5) Kishinouye, K.—On the Development of Araneina.
Jour. Col. Sci. Imp. Univ. Japan, 1891.
(6). Locy, W. A.—Observations on the Development of
Agelena Neevia. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoél., Harvard Coll., XII,
1889.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411
(7) McCook, H. C.—American Spiders and Their Spinning
Work. II, Philadelphia, 1889.
(8) Morin, J.—Zur Entwicklungsgeschichte der Spinnen. Biol.
Centralbl., VI, 1886-1887.
(9) Peckham, George and Elizabeth.—Mental Powers of
Spiders. Jour. Morph., I, 1887.
(10) Rathke, H. —Entwicklungsgeschichte der Lycosa saccata.
Froriep’s Neue Notizen, Bd 24, 1842.
(11) Von Wittich, W. H.—Observationes quzedam de Arane-
arum ex ovo evolutione. MHalis, 1845.
(12) Id. Die Entstehung des Arachnideneies im Elierstocke;
die ersten Vorgiinge in demselben nach seinem Verlassen des Mut-
terkérpers. Miiller’s Archiv, Jahrg. 1849.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Pear EX
Fig. 1. Longitudinal section of abdomen of Argiope cophinaria
in March; approximate age, five months. Reichert
oc. 2, obj. 7a.
Fig. 2. Longitudinal section of o a
By vey op Se
= ~
ec £ £3
= a «= pa
= '
; '
Subcolumellar -~--- ----\-
Supracolumellar - ----\- ; a _ >| =: Suprapalatal iu
RB
3 ~>-+~- Upper palatal =
E Columellar -------- = =
sj --- -]2 2 = Interpalatal S
—
8
~ ~ -- Lower palatal
———————— SS)
Y
~=--~-f£ — ==» |nfrapalatal
Fig. 5. Nomenclature of lamellz and folds.
The nomenclature of folds is indicated in Fig. 5. The palatals
may be identified, when the normal number of three is reduced, by
remembering that the lower palatal fold is about equidistant from
the columellar and parietal lamellze, and straight lines connecting
these three teeth form an approximately equilateral triangle. There
are sometimes accessory folds within the lip, designated infrapalatal,
interpalatal or suprapalatal, according to their positions.
I have confined my observations on Australian species to those
in the collection of the Academy, referring merely to Dr. Cox’s
Monograph, Mr. Smith’s paper on Western Australian shells, and
Prof. Tate’s report on the Horn Expedition for confirmation of
the identifications. A wider reference to the literature would
428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
probably increase the number of species, but is unnecessary for
my present purpose.
Genus PUPOIDES Pfr., 1854.
Besides its distribution in the two Americas and Antilles, this
genus is represented in southern Asia (P. ceenopictus, P. lardeus), in
tropical Africa (P. senegalensis), and in Australia, where it is
represented by P. pacificus Pfr., P. adelaide A. and A., P. con-
trarius Smith, P. ischnus Tate, and I suppose P. lepidulus A. and
A. (described as Chondrula), and P. myoporine Tate, the latter
two not known to me by specimens.
Some Australian and African species are sinistral, and at least
one, P. contrarius Smith, either sinistral or dextral. Prof. Tate’s
P. ischnus is perhaps the most aberrant of the Australian group,
but they all seem closely allied.
Genus PUPA Drap., 1801.
The Australian species exhibit the common characters of this
genus, which, though wanting in Polynesia and South America, is
pretty generally distributed elsewhere. Even when twothless, like
the original type of P. muscorwm, the contour of the shell readily
distinguishes it from Pupoides. Generally a parietal and a colum-
ellar lamella and the lower palatal fold are developed, frequently
the upper palatal also, in Australian forms.
Pupa australis A. and A., P. ficulnea Tate and P. lincolniensis
Cox belong here, and also, judging from description and figure, P.
nelsoni Cox.
Genus CYLINDROVERTILLA Boettger, 1881.
The arrangement of folds is quite peculiar in this group, which
was founded for the New Caledonian P. fabreana Crosse. The
single lamella upon the parietal wall is not the usual parietal
lamella, but the supraparietal or angle lamella; and the larger
denticle on the palatal side is apparently the upper palatal fold
rather than the usually persistent lower palatal.
C. kingi Cox, the only Australian species, is shorter, more oval
than fabreana, but both species are alike in being sinistral and
quite minute. The dentition varies somewhat, a lower palatal fold
often being developed.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429
Genus BIFIDARIA Sterki, 1889.
The converging, often united, angle and parietal lamelle, and the
whitish shell with white teeth are characteristic. The extra-Aus-
tralian distribution of the genus is wide, though less extended than
that of Pupa or Pupoides. In America the greatest modifications
as well as most species occur; but in eastern Asia, from Japan to
India, it occurs, and B. pediculus, or slight modifications thereof,
are widely spread in Polynesia and the East Indies.
The Australian group of species is closely allied, to B. pediculus,
and falls into the typical section of Bijfidaria. Some American
forms, such as B. prototypus Pilsbry and B. dalliana Sterki, are
very similar, though in most other American, as well as the Chinese
forms of the typical section of Bifidaria, the angle lamella and
parieta] Jamella are more intimately united, forming a single sinu-
ous, bifid, or emarginate Jamella. But this varies by easy stages
from complete union to separation of the lamellee.
Some of the Australian species, like B. /arapinta Tate and B.
rossitert Braz., have the form of the American B. procera group,
with teeth like B. prototypus, while others are rather more conic.
B. strangei Pfr. is usually sinistral, but not aberrant in dentition.
In B. mooreana Smith the augle lamella is much reduced or even
ubsent, a reduction parallel to what has taken place in the Ameri-
ean B. pilsbryana and B. pentodon.
I have not seen P. wallabyensis Smith, P. macdonnelli Braz., P.
margarete Cox, and P. moretonensis Cox, species probably refer-
able to Bifidaria ; the latter two certainly belonging there.
The occasional presence of an infraparietal lamella in some
Australian species is unlike most of the Aimericans, in which this
tooth is very rarely developed.
I do not regard Bifidaria as related to the Polynesian groups of
which P. lyrata Gld. and P. tantilla Gld. are representatives,
further than by the general bond of common ancestry which con-
nects Bifidaria, Hypselostoma, Torquilla, Faula and these Poly-
nesian forms.
Summary.—Three of the four Australian genera of Pupide are
common to that continent and Indo-China, extending thence to
Africa and America, and one (Pupa) to Europe. One genus, Bifi-
daria, is represented also in Polynesia by the widely spread species
430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
pediculus.* 'The only local group is Cylindrovertilla which occurs
elsewhere in New Caledonia. There is no ‘* Antarctic’’ type in
the Pupide. So far as their Australian distribution is concerned,
the Pupide agree with the Epiphallogonous Helices ard probably
reached Australia by the same land connection and at the same
time, from the northward.
1 Probably the range of B. pediculus has been greatly extended by human
agency.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431
NOTE ON POLYNESIAN AND EAST INDIAN PUPIDE.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.
Inquiries bearing on the origin and affinities of the land snails
of Polynesia caused me to investigate the Pupa groups of the
region. The chief work upon them is that of Boettger, who gives
in the second volume of Prof. von Martens’ Conchologische Mit-
theilungen a review of the species, illustrating those known to him
by specimens. Several later papers by the same industrious author
have appeared in the Berichte der Senckenbergische Gesellschaft,
dealing with East Indian forms. The general grouping adopted by
Boettger seems to be supported in the main by my own observa-
tions; but a few minor points may require revision. In referring
East Indian forms to the Madeiran group Stawrodon of Lowe, it
seems to me that a mere analogy has been given undue weight.
The form and structure of the angle twbercle-—for it can hardly be
called a ‘‘ lamella angularis’’—is quite different in the Madeiran
Staurodon saxicola and the Oriental so-called Stauwrodon species.
In the latter it has the form of that in the group I cal)? Nesopupa,*
only much shortened. I would therefore remove Stauwrodon from
the nomenclature of Oriental Pupide.
We have, then, four groups remaining, as follows:
1. Bifidaria Sterki. The characters and synonomy of this
genus have been discussed in my paper on Australian Pupide, and
will be more fully considered in that by Mr. Vanatta and myself
on the American forms. :
The species of the area under discussion are widely distributed
over Polynesia, except the Sandwich group, the single species B.
pediculus Shuttlw. having a tremendous range, probably in part
owing to human transporting agencies. There are several other
closely allied forms, such as B. pfeifferi Bttg. and B. recondita
T.-C., of more limited range, all of them allied to Australian
1T am aware that this name is of mixed parentage, but a mongrel in this
case may be more convenient than a thoroughbred.
432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
forms. The smooth surface, white teeth, and more or less united
angle and parietal lamell readily separate this type from Neso-
pupa.
2. Cylindrovertilla Boettger. So far as known, confined to New
Caledonia, where there are two species, and eastern Australia, one
species. It therefore scarcely enters the region we are considering.
3. Costigo Boettger.” This group resembles Nesopupa in the
dull brown, costulate or striate surface. It differs in having no
angle lamella, only a simple parietal on the parietal wal], a colu-
mellar always present, palatals two or none. It is probably a
Nesopupa, in which the angle lamella has become obsolete. Dis-
tribution, Saparua Island and Philippines.
4. Nesopupa Pils.* Small, dark brown, opaque and lustreless;
ribbed, costulate or striate; the aperture armed with an angle
lamella and a parietal, which remain distinct, not uniting as in
Bifidaria ; columellar lamella and palatal folds as usual, the latter
rarely absent; lip expanded. Type JN. tantil/a Gld.
This is par excellence the Polynesian type of Pupa. It is absent
in Australia, but occurs in the Philippines, Borneo, ete., and also
'in Mauritius and Mayotte. A number of sections may perhaps
eventually be distinguished, but only one seems to me to have any
foundation in nature. This may be defined thus:
Nesopupa ss. Peristome discontinuous above; palatal folds of
moderate length. ;
Iyropupa n. sect. Peristome continuous; upper palatal fold
very long; shell strongly costate. Type '. /yrata Gld.
The section Iyropupa contains several Hawaiian species, /yrata
Gld., perlonga Pse., costata Pse.*
Typical Nesopupa includes tantilla Gld. with the numerous forms
recognized as varieties by Boettger (/. ¢.), eapensis Bttg., and
* Bericht Senckenb. Naturforsch. Ges., 1891, p. 270. Type Vertige ( Cos-
tigo) saparuana Bttg.
* The following are synonyms :
Pugodella H. Ad., P. Z. S., 1867, p. 304. Type Pupa (Pagodella) ven-
tricosa H. Ad. (Mauritius). Not Pagodella Swainson, 1840.
Ptychochilus Boettger. Conch. Mittheil., 11, p. 47,1881. Type P. tantilla
Gld. (Polynesia). Not Ptychocheilus Agas., Pisces, 1855.
Staurodon Bttg., olim, for minutalis Morel., moreleti A. D. B. Not of
Lowe, 1852.
* Vertigo cubana Dall, Proc.U. S. Nat. Mus. XIII, 1890, pp. 1, 2, f. 1, 2,
is identical with costata Pease. My friend was naturally misled by the
false locality, ‘‘Cuba,’’ of his specimen. The figures are excellent.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433
the Hawaiian forms, newcombi, admodesta, parva, which have the
angle lamella shorter. The Philippine forms referred to Stawrodon
also belong here, moreleti A. D. Brown, quadrasi Mlldff. (Guam),
ete., and likewise minutalis Morel. (Mayotte), ventricosa H. Ad.
(Mauritius), and incerta Nevill. (Bourbon). The forms with a
short angle lamella are probably not closely allied to each other,
but nearer the species with a long angle lamella, occurring in their
respective regions.
434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
A NEW CRAYFISH FROM NEW MEXICO.
BY T. D. A. COCKERELL AND WILMATTE PORTER.
Cambarus gallinus 2. sp.
Specific Characters. —Agrees with C. simulans Faxon, except that
the apical portion of the rostrum is shorter; the areola is not
carinate, or at best there is only the faintest indi-
cation of a carina; the first abdomina) append-
ages of the o (form I) have the apical process of
the inner side long, straight, reaching considerably
beyond the inner processes as shown in the figure.
It has, with simulans, the broad, excavated ros-
F 1 abe. app. trum; the lines of dots on the areola; the antennse
C. gallinus. shorter than the body (when folded back reach-
ing about to middle of third abdominal segment) ;
the long, tuberculate chela; the sternum hairy; the third pair of
legs alone hooked,ete. The sides of the carapace have a double
punctuation, small punctures being interspersed among the larger.
Color. —Carapace and abdomen light pinkish-brown, flecked
with olive-green; abdomen with dorsal markings consisting of
oblique broad stripes on the segments, forming a row on each side,
these stripes darker than the general surface, and edged with a
somewhat paler tint. Ventral surface decidedly pink. Ends of
claws reddish.
Measurements. —The numbers in brackets are the percentages of
the total length. The measurements are in mm.:
Length
Srom tip of
rostrum to Breadth Length Length Widthof Length Length
end of of car- of car- of areolain of ros- of
teleon. apace. apace. areola, middle. trum, chela.
Las Vegas spn.... 78 21(26.9) 41 (52.5) 15 (19.2) 25(.03) 11 (14 ) 87 (47.4)
Roswell spn. ..... 69 18 (26 ) 35 (50.7) 18 (18.9) 1 (.01) 10 (14 ) 20 (43.4)
[C. simulans, .coece 97 27 (27.8) 61 (52.5) 18 (18.5) 1.3 (.01) 11.5 (11.8) 50.5 (62 )]
It will be seen that while C. stmudans is a larger animal than
ours, the proportions of the parts are about the same. The Ros-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 435
well specimens, though containing eggs, are all small. The size of
the chela is variable, as thus:
Specimen......cseecseee 4g @2 3)o (4) 62 (AP
Total length............... 73 72 71 91 72 65
Length of chela......... 28 22 32 38 22 28
The first of these is from near Watrous, the other five are from
the Gallinas river.
Hab.— Abundant in the Gallinas river at Las Vegas, and in
neighboring waters; also found in lakes near Watrous, N. M.
(Edward Springer), and at Roswell (J. D. Tinsley). Belongs
to the Pecos River basin in New Mexico, and is closely allied to C.
simulans from Dallas, Tex., and Fort Hays, Kans. It would be
reasonable to regard it as a slight geographical race of simulans
but for the quite distinct character of the first abdominal appen-
dages, which remains constant in the very considerable series, both
from Las Vegas and Roswell, which we have examined. No
Cambarus has heretofore been recorded from New Mexico.
The types will be placed in the U. S. National Museum, and
cotypes in the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia and
the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy.
A brief semi-popular notice of this species appeared in The
Southwest, April, 1900, p. 133.
436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
TROCHOCYATHUS WOOLMANI, A NEW CORAL FROM THE CRETACEOUS
OF NEW JERSEY.
BY T. WAYLAND VAUGHAN.
The two specimens upon which the description of the following
species is based were sent me from the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in compliance with the request of Mr.
~ Lewis Woolman:
Trochocyathus woolmani sp. noy.
1898. Platytrochus speciosus C. W. Johnson, Geol. Survey N. J., Ann.
Rep. for 1897, p. 265 (in Lewis Woolman’s Report on Artesian
Wells in New Jersey).
1898. Platytrochus speciosus C. W. Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1898, p. 462 (non Platytrochus speciosus Gabb and Horn,
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. IV, 1860, p. 399, Pl.
LXIX, figs. 15-17).
Corallum short, inversely conical, living attached, transverse
outline circular.
Dimensions. —Diameter of calice, 3.5 mm.; altitude of coral-
lum, 4 mm.; diameter of area of attachment, 1mm. Wall rather
thick, naked, ornamented externally by twenty-four costs, corre-
sponding to all cycles of septa, and showing a fairly regular alterna-
tion of larger and smaller—i.e., there are twelve larger costze of the
same size corresponding to the septa of the first and second cycles,
and twelve smaller corresponding to the septa of the third cycle.
Near the calice they are prominent, with acute edges and broad
bases; as the base of the corallum is approached they decrease in
prominence. They possess granulations along their edges, and
some scattered granulations on the sides.
There are three cycles of sepia, divided into six systems. The
members of the first cycle are appreciably larger than the other
septa, and pass directly from the corallum wall to the columella
space without forming part of any septal group. The members of
the third eycle bend toward the members of the second, and fuse
to the sides of the latter below the level of the calice. The septal
margins project very slightly above the upper edge of the corallum
wall. The septal faces are ornamented with distant subconical
granulations.
The inner end of each of the primary septa is thickened, the
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437
thickening apparently representing a palus, and before each group
of the members of the second and third cycles is what appears to
be a slender palus; therefore, there are apparently slender pali
before the septa of the first and second cycles.
The columella is not large; it is fasciculate, with a papillary
upper termination.
The ecalicular fossa is shallow.
Fig. 1. Fig. 2. Fig..3.
Figs. 1 and 2 drawn from the type (No. 685, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.).
Fig. 1, upright view of corallum, altitude of specimen4 mm. Fig. 2, cal-
icular view of the same, diameter of calice 3.5 mm. Fig. 3, cost of an-
other specimen, much enlarged, length specimen 4 mm.
Locality.--From artesian well, Mt. Laurel, N. J., between 150
and 160 feet below the surface. *
Geological horizon.—Cretaceous, Matawan clay marls.*
Type.—No. 685, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Mr. C. W. Johnson had identified this species with Platytrochus
speciosus Gabb and Horn,’ but it certainly is not that species.
According to Gabb, Platytrochus speciosus is .5 in. high and the
calice is .57 in. in diameter. It would be three times as large as
Trochocyathus woolmani, besides it possesses a deep calice. It
should be added that Platytrochus speciosus is certainly no Platy-
trochus, and it is impossible to identify it from Gabb’s description
or figures. The type, I believe, is at the Vanderbilt University,
Nashville, Tenn., but I have been unable to see it. As I could not
by any means find out what Gabb meant, I have discarded the
species altogether. The species is almost surely not Cretaceous but
Eocene.
11. Woolman, Geol. Surv. N. J. Ann. Rep. for 1897, 1898, p. 262 ; C. W.
Johnson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. for 1898, p. 461.
2 Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 2d ser., Vol. IV, 1860, p. 399, Pl. LXIX,
figs. 15, 16, 17.
438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
NOTES ON HYACINTH ROOTS.
BY IDA A. KELLER.
Last October I purchased a dozen hyacinth bulbs which were
said to be specially selected and intended for water-culture. They
were placed in appropriate glasses and treated according to ap-
proved methods ; that is, they were kept in the dark during the fol-
lowing eight weeks. At the end of that time six had produced
extensive root-systems, five showed but a meagre development in
this respect and had begun to decay, the odcr being extremely
offensive. I was about to dispose summarily of the weaklings
when I determined to give them another trial. I carefully re-
moved the decayed tissue and washed the bulbs with a solution of
listerine. The odor soon disappeared and in a short time roots
began to form. Soon other bulbs began to decay and they were
treated in like manner, and then they also proceeded to form new
roots. JI had no success with hyacinth culture, but 1 believe the
fault lay in the bulbs, which seemed to fail quite generally during
the season. In no case did I see the flower stalk push out with
that fine vigor which is so characteristic of the well-formed bulb.
Even the six plants above referred to with the normal root-system,
which indeed had become so extensive that it made a heavy mat in
the bottom of the glass, produced nothing but a much-shriveled
flower stalk with the blooms wilted before they had an opportu-
nity to expand. In these cases, however, the leaves unfolded
quite normally.
Although convinced that the bulbs were not worth keeping for
the purpose of floral display, I continued watching them, having
become interested in the formation of the new roots. Some of
these were particularly thick and vigorous, and differed greatly in
appearance from those which are normally first formed. They
seemed to be a second crop of adventitious roots, the first formed
also belonging to this category since they originate from mature
tissue of these metamorphosed stems. Some slender roots were
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439
also formed, but the thick roots were far the more numerous. On
one of the bulbs whose originai roots had all decayed and which
I had treated in the manner described above, thirty such roots had
made their appearance with not a single slender root among them
(Plate XIII, fig. 1). On the six healthy plants with normally
developed root-systems, some of these thick roots were to be found
after some time among the first formed more slender roots, and
both continued alive (figs. 2 and 3).
Is this secondary formation the expression of a more vigorous
growth of the plant which follows with the expansion of the foliage,
or is it due to the greater need because of the increase of the tran-
spiring surfaces ? Perhaps both of these factors come into play as
they both bear a direct relation to root development —the foliage
depending entirely upon the absorbing action of the roots; the roots,
in their turn, being the result of the protoplasmic activity of the
leaves.
I endeavored to discover whether these roots differed in their
anatomical structure from those first formed. A great difference
was not to be expected, since roots, in general, are of very uniform
construction These organs seem particularly indisposed to varia-
tions in the relative positions and character of their elements.
A cross section of an ordinary root showed the usual arrange-
ment—the epidermis, the cortical parenchyma, the endodermis,
and the central cylinder with its axillary bundle of fibrovascular
tissue, a little distorted, but with a hexarch radial structure, the
six very small component bundles converging to the centre, and
separated from each other by a few interstitial cells (Plate XIII,
fig. 4). Further examination showed that there was some varia-
tion in the number of these bundles. In fig. 5 the bundles con-
verge toward two wide vessels, and a tendency to a diarch arrange-
ment is quite pronounced, the rays forming two more or less dis-
tinct masses. In a cross section of the thick roots near the base this
diarch arrangement was quite plain; there are two distinct bands
of vascular tissue (fig. 7).
The polyarch radial structure was striking in a cross section
about one and a half inches from the base and at this point
there was no trace of a diarcn tendency. ‘This is probably the re-
sult of later development. In this section are to be found ten
groups of vascular tissue, with a comparatively large quantity of
440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
undeveloped tissue in the centre (fig. 6). This is quite usual in
roots, the tissue in the centre remaining in an undeveloped state
for a time after the peripheral vessels are fully developed. Cross
sections such as shown in fig. 8 illustrate this point clearly.
The large circular spaces represent the lumina of vessels with as
yet unthickened walls.
Comparison of the drawings will show to what extent these two
kinds of roots differed from each other in their histological ele-
ments. The greatest difference lies in the relative quantity and
development of the vascular tissue. On counting the number of
cells in the cortical parenchyma I found that, in the cross section
represented in fig. 4, that of the thread-like root, there were ten
layers of cells, while in the cross section represented by fig. 7,
that of a thick root, there were twenty cells in the corresponding
tissue, just double the number. Of course here also variations were
to be found, but this was an average.
These thick roots were particularly good objects for the study of
root structure and development. They are easy to section and
show interesting variations in their radial symmetry.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441
9
JULM 3.
Mr. CHAarues Morris in the Chair.
Eight persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Certain Antiquities of the Florida West
Coast,’’ by Clarence B. Moore, was presented for publication.
JULY 10.
Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair.
Eleven persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Additions to the Japanese Land-Snail Fauna,
No. II,” by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.
The death of Wilfred H. Harned, a member, May 31, was an-
nounced.
ouLY 17.
Mr. Benyamin SmitH Lyman in the Chair.
Six persons present.
The death of Dr. John Ashhurst, Jr., a member, July 7, was
announced.
Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
** Notes on Certain Mollusca from Southwestern Arkansas,’’ by
Henry A. Pilsbry.
‘The Musculus cruciformis of the Order Tellinacea,’’ by H.
von Thering.
442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
JULY 24.
Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair.
Seven persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ On the Zodlogical Position of Partula and
Achatinella and their Zodgeographical Significance,’’ by Henry A.
Pilsbry, was presented for publication.
Juy 31.
Mr. Useima C. Smiru in the Chair.
Eleven persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Description of a New Rabbit from Liu Kiu
Islands and a New Flying Squirrel from Borneo,’’ by Witmer
Stone, was presented for publication.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Certain Antiquities of the Florida West
Coast,’’ by Clarence B. Moore, presented for publication the 3d
inst., was ordered to be printed in the JouRNAL.
The death of Franklin Platt, a member, the 24th inst., was an-
nounced,
The following were ordered to be printed:
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443
ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. II.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.
The discovery of the forms described herein is due to the well-
directed industry of Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, Japan, to whom
the Academy is indebted for many Japanese land snails. There
ean be little doubt that the land molluscan fauna of Japan will
prove to be very prolific in specific forms, like most insular faunas.
The Clausilias of Japan have been worked up by Dr. O. Boett-
ger, who in his masterly Clausilienstudien has laid a firm founda-
tion for future builders. Subsequent work has been done by
Kobelt, von Moellendorff, Smith, Sykes and the present writer.
Arthur Adams’ contribution to the literature of Japanese Clausi-
lias is, like all of his Japoniana, quite worthless.
Clausilia hakonensis un. sp. Pl. XIV, figs. 1, 2, 3.
Shell rather slenderly fusiform, moderately attenuated above,
the earlier 34 whorls scarcely increasing in diameter, then gradu-
ally increasing to the penultimate whorl which is widest, the last
whorl being distinctly compressed and tapering. Whorls 12.
Reddish or olivaceous brown, paler below the sutures, glossy where
not eroded, distinctly, finely striated obliquely. Aperture subver-
tical or slightly oblique, ovate, the peristome continuous, white,
well expanded. Superior lamella strong, oblique, reaching the
margin, continuous with the spiral lamella, but becoming abruptly
lower at the junction. Inferior lamella converging to the superior,
strongly folded, rapidly tapering below, becoming very high, stout
and very strongly spiral within. Subcolumellar lamella very
deeply immersed, not visible from the aperture. Principal plica
rather short; upper palatal plica short, oblique, passing into a
strong, curved lunella, which is connected below with the middle
of the rather short lower palatal plica, somewhat like a Greek
letter + inverted.
Length 32, diam. of penultimate whorl 7 mm.; length of aper-
ture 7.7, width 5 mm.
444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Hakone Mts. (B. Schmacker), types No. 60,370, coll. A. N.
i a
A Hemiphedusa, differing from all of the platydera group by
the strongly spiral and heavily developed inferior lamella and wholly
immersed subcolumellar lamella. The clausilium has the character-
istic parallel-sided contour of the section. ©. hakonensis will
become the type of a new group or ‘‘ Formenkreis’’ in Hemi-
phedusa, characterized by the strongly spiral, Stereophedusa-like
inferior lamella.
Clausilia awajiensis n. sp. Pl. XIV, figs. 15, 16, 17.
Shell shortly rimate, obesely fusiform, thin, a little transparent,
strongly but shortly attenuated above, the last whorl decidedly
tapering. Corneous-brown; the last whorl reddish, glossy, dis-
tinctly, finely striate. Whorls 94. Aperture small, pyriform, the
peristome white, moderately expanded, rather thin. Superior
lamella rather thin, oblique, continuous with the spiral lamella.
Inferior lamella very low and inconspicuous, stronger within and
almost vertically ascending. Subcolumellar lamella not reaching
the lip-edge, even immersed. Principal plica Jong, reaching
almost to the lip, extending inward beyond the lateral lunella.
Upper palatal plica very short, its outer end connected with a
rather strong, oblique Junella, recurved toward its lower eud; no
lower palatal plica. Clausilium slender, tongue-shaped, emar-
ginate posteriorly, slowly tapering below.
Length 124, diam. 34 mm.
Fukura, Awaji Island (Mr. Y. Hirase).
A Hemiphedusa near C. aurantiaca Bttg., but with fewer
whorls, the lunella more lateral, not I-shaped, a lower palatal
plica being absent.
Clausilia subaurantiaca n. sp. Pl. XIV, figs. 5, 6, 7.
Shell slenderly fusiform, attenuated above, the last whorl rather
narrower; brown, but slightly glossy, weakly striate, more strongly
so on the last whorl. Whorls nearly 11, the upper convex, the last
two nearly flat. Aperture small, somewhat oblique, retracted and
with a well-marked sinulus above, pyriform, produced; peristome
thick, well reflexed. Superior lamella strong, oblique, continuous
with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella immersed, inconspicuous
in a front view, becoming strong and subvertical within. Subeol-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445
umellar lamella very weak, not extending upon the expansion of
the lip, or immersed. Plica principalis very long (the whorl out-
side a little swollen above it), extending nearly to the lip. Upper
palatal plica extremely short, united with the lateral, nearly straight
lunella; no lower palatal plica. Clausilium long, tongue-shaped,
somewhat tapering toward the blunt apex.
Length 16, diam. 3 mm.
Deyai, Prov. Nagato (Mr. Y. Hirase).
This Hemiphedusa differs from C. aurantiaca Bttg. by wanting
a lower palatal plica (which in C. aurantiaca makes an I-like
figure with the lunella and the upper palatal plica); by the
lateral, not ventral, position of the Junella, and the more slender
contour. C. awajiensis is much more obese.
Clausilia aulacophora n. sp. Pl. XIV, figs. 18, 19, 20.
Shell small, slender, moderately attenuated above, opaque, dull
reddish brown, paler above; finely striate, the last whorl more
coarsely so. Whorls 10, convex, the last short, compressed later-
ally, hardly narrower than the preceding, a little turgid below the
suture and at the base. Aperture small, pyriform, with well-
defined and slightiy retracted sinulus. Peristome white, thick-
ened and well expanded, the outer margin excavated above.
Superior lamella strong, oblique, continuous with the spiral Jamella,
and extending to the margin; a groove on the right side of it,
usually producing a notch or emargination in the upper margin of
the lip, and followed by a small rounded tubercle, to the right of
which there is sometimes a second shallow groove in adult shells.
Inferior lamella immersed, becoming strong and subvertical within.
Subcolumellar lamella completely immersed. Principal plica a
half whorl long, visible within the aperture. Upper palatal plica
short, continuous anteriorly with and curving into the lunella,
which is united with the middle of the lower palatal plica. There
is a punctiform plica below the latter. Clausilium long, tongue-
shaped, emarginate behind, the margins slowly converging toward
the apex, which is bluntly attenuated.
Length 10, diam. 2.1 mm.
_ Fukura, Awaji Island (Mr. Y. Hirase).
Belonging to the Hemiphzedusan group of C. platydera, as defined
by Dr. Boettger, this small species is well distinguished by the
groove in the peristome on the right side of the superior lamella.
446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Clausilia Hirasei 0. sp. Pl. XIV, figs. 8, 9, 10, 11.
Shell small, solid, slenderly fusiform, regulariy tapering above
to an obtuse apex; glossy, irregularly striate, chestnut brown.
Whorls 8-84, rather weakly convex, the last two long, Jast whorl
somewhat narrower, compressed. Aperture small, rather rhombic;
peristome narrowly expanded, a little thickened. Superior lamella
low, separated widely from the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella
immersed, becoming strong and vertical within. Subcolumellar
lamella weak but emerging. Principal plica less than a half-whorl
long, extending well inward beyond the lateral lunella. Upper
palatal plica oblique, not united with the lunella,which is nearly
straight above, curved below. Three short sutural plice are
developed above the upper end of the lunella, the second one
shortest, upper one low; within the upper end of the spiral lamella
there is sometimes an inserted lamella (lamella inserta), or perhaps
this is a recrudescence of the inferior lamella; and outside of it
there is a short fulcrum (lamella fulerans, fig. 10, Lf.) and a
longer parallel lamella (/amella parallela, fig. 10, l.p.).
Length 9.3, diam. 2.2, length of aperture 2.2 mm.
Length 7.3, diam. 2.2 mm.
Kagashima, Satsuma (Y. Hirase).
This is, so far as I know, the smallest Japanese Clausilia known.
Internally it has the straightly vertical inferior lamella of Hemi-
phedusa, but in several fresh specimens opened I found no clau-
silium. In the development of the sutural plice it resembles C.
hyperoptyz. The superior lamella is widely separated from the
spiral lamella, and there is a lamella inserta developed in some
examples. The internal complication is greater than in any other
Japanese species known to me. Fig. 10 of Plate XIV, is diagram-
matic.
It is named in honor of Mr. Y. Hirase, of Kyoto, who has
brought to our knowledge a large number of interesting Japanese
land snails.
Clausilia hyperoptyx n. sp. Pl XIV, figs. 12, 13, 14.
Shell small, slender, moderately attenuated above, glossy, of
a dark, rich reddish-chestnut color, finely and rather irregularly,
not deeply, striate, the last whorl densely and more deeply so.
Whorls 83, convex, the last more flattened, a trifle narrower than
the preceding. Aperture ovate, the peristome thick, expanded,
A Citi ee.
—_— =
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447
whitish at the edge. Superior lamella rather low, vertical, attain-
ing the margin, widely disconnected from the spiral lamella. In-
ferior lamella immersed, scarcely visible in a front view, strong
and vertical within. Subcolumellar lamella emerging, continued
to the edge of peristome. Principal plica about a half-whorl
long, visible within the aperture. Upper palatal plica very short,
slightly united with the nearly straight, oblique lunella, which is
lateral in position. Two short sutural plice developed a little
further inward than the upper end of the lunella. Spiral lamella
and inferior lamella of equal length within, a rather long lamella
fulerans and a lamella parallela developed, each standing free.
Clausilium rather narrow, parallel-sided, bluntly tapering at
the apex.
Length 10, diam. 2.2, length of aperture 2.1 mm,
Loo Choo Islands (Mr. Y. Hirase).
This slender, dark-colored Hemiphedusa is a beautiful little
species, distinguished by the two sutural plicze and the development
of a fulcrum and parallel lamella, as in C. Hirasei. It differs
from that species in the dark color, attenuated and concave spire,
stronger superior lamella, and various other details of the closing
apparatus.
C. Hirasei and C. hyperoptyz form a new group of Hemi-
phedusa characterized as follows:
Superior lamella widely separated from. the spiral lamella; a
fulerum and parallel lamella present; sutural plicse developed ;
upper palatal plica independent or united with the well-developed
lunella; no lower palatal plica.
Just what relation this group holds to Dr. von Moellendorft’s
group of C. sublunellata I do not know, but as he does not
describe the complicated closing apparatus I find in my species, I
presume it to be quite different.
Clausilia japonica var. suruge, n.v. Pl. XIV, fig. 4.
Similar to C. japonica but smaller, strongly attenuated above
for a longer distance, the aperture smaller with rather stronger
principal lamella; upper palatal fold shorter, the lower palatal
short or obsolete.
Mikuria, Prov. Suruga (Mr. Y. Hirase).
Having examined some hundreds of specimens of C. japonica
from several localities, collected by Mr. Stearns, Mr. Hirase,
448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Prof. M. R. Gaines and others, I conclude that C. nipponensis is
hardly tenable as a variety. The gibbous penultimate and slender
last whorl occur sporadically among typical japonica. The size
varies a good deal in C. japonica, but the above-described variety
presents a peculiar and quite recognizable contour.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.
Figs. 1-3. Clausilia hakonensis n. sp. Fig. 2, natural size.
Fig. 4. Clausilia japonica var. suruge n. var., natural size.
Figs. 5-7. Clausilia subaurantiaca n. sp.
Figs. 8-11. Clausilia Hirasei n. sp. Fig. 10, diagrammatic.
i., lunella; Z.f., fulerum or lamella fulcrans; 11.,
inferior lamella; /.p., parallel lamella; /.s., superior
lamella; /.sp., spiral lamella; p.p., principal plica;
p-s., sutural plicee; u.p.p., upper palatal plica.
Figs. 12-14. Clausilia hyperoptyx n. sp.
Figs. 15-17. Clausilia awajiensis n. sp.
Figs. 18-20. Clausilia aulacophora n. sp.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449
NOTES ON CERTAIN MOLLUSCA OF SOUTHWESTERN ARKANSAS.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.
During February of this year, Mr. James H. Ferriss explored
for land shells the western tier of counties in Arkansas, from
about midway up the western boundary of the State to the south-
western corner. He also collected at Hardy, in the northeastern
portion of the State, and in some northeastern counties of Texas.
An account of the trip has been given by Mr. Ferriss,’ with a
catalogue of the species collected, accompanied by valuable notes
on the localities and habits of the several forms. The following
notes on a portion of the species may be regarded as supplemental
to his article, which should be consulted for the full list.
Helicina orbiculata tropica (Jan.).
Denison, Tex.; Rocky Comfort and Lanesport, Ark.
Polygyra leporina (Gld.).
Horatio, Chapel Hill, Rocky Comfort and Hardy, Ark.;
DeKalb and Mt. Pleasant, Tex. Nowhere in abundance.
This species has especial interest from its intermediate position
between the sections Stenotrema and typical Polygyra. The struc-
ture of the basal lip clearly foreshadows what we find in P. hirsuta
uneifera or pilula; while the form of the parietal lamella shows
that the upper branch, which makes the parietal V-shaped in typi-
cal Polygyra, is merely a further development of the callous ridge
which runs from the lamella to the outer end of the lip in such
species as P. stenotrema.
Polygyra dorfeuilliana Lea.
Throughout the western counties of Arkansas, from Polk county
south, and in the northeastern counties of Texas, this is an ex-
tremely abundant species, and the collection made by Mr. Ferriss
contains hundreds of specimens. The very widely umbilicated
form, with glossy base, var. sampsoni, did not occur, all the speci-
mens being more or less ribbed beneath and varying within wide
1 Nautilus, XIV, July, 1900.
29
450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
limits in the size of the umbilicus. They are referable to what I
called var. percostata, but not so strongly sculptured as the types,
and in fact pretty well bridge the gap between ‘‘ percostata’’ and
typical dorfeuilliana.
Specimens were taken at the following localities:
Hardy, Sharp county, northeastern Arkansas. Typical dorfeu-
illiana, none of the several hundred specimens having the wide
umbilicus of var. sampsoni. Diam. 74-9 mm.
Mena, Polk county, Ark. Small specimens, 7 down to 6 mm.
diam.; and varying from the typical form with comma-shaped
rimation to widely umbilicated, showing over a full whorl below;
more or less ribbed there.
Hatton Gap, Polk county. 64 to 53 mm.; umbilicus moderate
or ample.
Horatio, Chapel Hill, Gilham and Cove, Sevier county. Simi-
lar to the last.
Morris Terry, Little River county, Ark. Similar to the pre-
ceding.
Ultima Thule, Sevier county. Diameter varying from 7 to 84
mm.; umbilicus variable, as in the Mena specimens. In copious
supply.
Rocky Comfort, Little River county, Ark. Similar to the pre-
ceding Jot.
Denison, Tex. Similar to preceding.
It is rather peculiar that Polygyra jacksoni occurred during this
trip only at Mena, Polk county, Ark. Possibly its southeastern
limit does not reach the western counties of Arkansas below Polk.
Polygyra cragini (Call).
Ultima Thule, Sevier county, in southwestern, and Mena, Polk
county, in western Arkansas, typical specimens. Also taken at
Hardy, Sharp county, in northeastern Arkansas.
Polygyra inflecta (Say).
Mena, Rocky Cove and Hatton Gap, Polk county; Horatio,
Sevier county; Morris Ferry, Little River county; all in south-
western Arkansas. Also at Little Rock in central and Hardy in
northeastern Arkansas. Most of the specimens from Hatton Gap,
Horatio and Hardy are small, often under 10 mm. diam. Those
from Mena vary from 10 to 138 mm. This variation is merely
individual.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451
Polygyra binneyana Pilsbry.
The specimens coliected fully confirm the specific characters of
this fine snail. While rather variable, it does not approach any
known species.
The largest examples sent were taken at Gilham, Sevier county,
Ark., and measure alt. 14, diam. 26 mm.; the umbilicus is par-
tially overhung by the lip. The smallest seen from this locality is
23 mm. in diameter. All have 5$ whorls. Entirely similar
specimens come from Mena, in Polk county; but from the Chastat:
Mts., near Mena, the shells are smaller, alt. 10, diam. 194, and
alt. 9, diam. 174 mm.; the smaller ones have not quite 5 whorls.
The size approaches that of Polygyra kiowaensis arkansaensis, but
the aperture, lip and sculpture are as in the typical binneyana, and
very unlike any form of kiowaensis.
Polygyra albolabris alleni (Wetherby).
This Western subspecies extends from Iowa to southwestern
Arkansas. About 1885 I ‘‘ planted’’ about a quart of living
specimens from Des Moines, Ia., on the island of Rock Island, in
the Mississippi river, opposite Davenport, Ia., where the species
did not exist before. It does not occur in the vicinity of Daven-
port, nor around Iowa City, Ia.
Ferriss’ localities are Hardy, Sharp county; Mena, Polk county,
and Little Rock, Ark. The specimens from Hardy are as small
as var. maritima, 23-24 mm. diam., but in other characters are
typical alleni. Those from Mena are large, up to 30 mm. diam.;)
and in some cases the umbilicus is partially open, in apparently
mature shells.
A single dead shell from Little Rock is more solid than most
alleni, with the basal lip broader, somewhat as in an undescribed
form from northern Alabama; but I think it only an old alleni.
Polygyra appressa (Say).
Finely developed specimens at Hardy, Sharp county, in north-
eastern Arkansas. They measure 18 to 20 mm. diam. Most
specimens have a small upper denticle on the lip (the mark of
“var. a’’ of Say), but I regard this as a merely individual vari
ation.
Polygyra appressa perigrapta Pils.
Typical specimens were taken at Little Rock, Ark
452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900,
Polygyra thyroides (Say).
The variations of this species in the Southwest are extremely
perplexing. From the standpoint of the collector in the Ohio or
the upper Mississippi valley, the shells are small; but they are as
large as most Philadelphia specimens.
It is obvious from an inspection of Mr. Ferriss’ shells that
bucculenta Gld. is scarcely definable as a variety, although the
globose, narrowly perforate clausa-like shells, such as one lot from
Hardy, Ark., seem by themselves quite distinct. Many of the
other shells, such as those from Denison and DeKalb, Tex., are
practically intermediate; and I can find neither geographic nor
conchological boundaries for bucculenta well enough defined to
warrant its retention.
It remains to notice a small, rather depressed and decidedly red-
dish form, occurring at numerous localities in western Arkansas,
and slightly unlike any thyroides I have seen from other localities.
Specimens were sent from the following places:
Hardy, Sharp county, in northeastern Arkansas. Three forms
collected: (a) P. thyroides, with flat lip, toothed parietal wall;
alt. 124, diam. 20 mm., or somewhat smaller. (6) Similar but
red, depressed and glossy, rather openly umbilicate; alt. 11,
diam. 19; alt. 10, diam. 164 mm. (c¢) Typical buceulenta, with
globose shell, narrow umbilicus, light color and rather rounded
lip; alt. 12, diam 17; alt. 114, diam. 16 mm. Rocky Comfort,
Little River county.
2 ‘S|
= 3
a0
os a
3
=
a
cp
>
~
5
a
—
EL
=
~
Basommatophora
The line 7-7 may represent the degree of differentiation reached hal the
Pacific land-faunas were established. Subsequent differentiation is not rep-
resented on the diagram.
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 571
or continental islands are contrasted with those of the mid-Pacific.
T select continental North America, Great Britain and the Philip-
pine Islands for this purpose, merely because good recent lists lie
on my desk ;° but practically the same results would be seen were
I to contrast South America, the Antilles, Africa, Europe or
Australia with the Pacific archipelagos.
Great Britain.
United States,
Polynesia.
| Philippines,
DITREMATA : ®
Veronicellidz, Rathouisiide ...........
ORTHURETHRA :
PAMHAHITIC IIMS. . cccceecscssc etseeccsscocsssces
TESST DD 258 54 ase eon ore acc an eeranee 3
TESTI DY < ccatcqoe sn ccOcc ee IU SCEC DEED See ee TOPCO
HETERURETHRA:
PUM ITTOTEL Serene cases ectes con smnccedeeieacewcee
SIGMURETHRA : (Aulacopoda):
PAMUEDIG Hine nce seen eee sees cebes wo eeseb cesses. |
NAT ROTOR Dee ces casos aco ds. ocsceescaccaeeeohs
TDA T TIGR ok crete ene Re eee ee |
BATT HIG ces encore es civics one Sade cpaicssveiess zi
AWG UY C1W a ecsess-nsascescacsceas-s-s5s2 Infrapalatal
—.
Fig. 1. Terminology of lamell and folds.
It will be seen that this is merely an amplification of Pfeiffer’s
terminology of 1848.
But few Pupidee have all of the folds named, and some of them
fe rarely present in American species. Their positions are shown in
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 585
the annexed diagram, fig. 1, which is a composite, not representing
any special species. The infraparietal, supra- and subcolumellar
lamelle and the infra-, inter- and suprapalatal folds are ‘‘ sec-
ondary ’’ in nearly all groups, and often vary in the species. The
others are more constant, and vary but little in position when
developed. The parietal and columellar lamelle and the lower
palatal fold are at the angles of a nearly equilateral triangle, when
the said palatal is not deeply immersed. This is useful as fixing
the identity of the lower palatal, not always clear in multidentate
forms, or in those wheie there has been extensive reduction of
teeth; these three being usually retained when all others have dis-
appeared. Thus in Pupa blandi or triplicata only the lower of the
palatal folds is developed, and in P. armifera the lower and upper
palatals and a suprapalatal, but no basal fold.
With these preliminaries out of the way, we may proceed to
discuss certain American species requiring revision.
PUPOIDES,
Pupoides Pfr., Malak. Blatter I, p. 192, 1854, for B. nitiduwlus Pfr. and
B. marginatus Say.
Leucochila Martens in Albers, Die Hel. 1860, p. 296, type Pupa fallax
=marginata Say.
Leucochiloides Pfr., Nomencl. Hel. Viv. p. 292, 1878, for B. cenopictus,
ae sp., Bulimus sp. and Cyclostoma sp. of Say and authors generally.
A widely distributed genus of toothless Pup occurring in
equatorial Africa, scuthern Asia, Australia and both Americas,
most of the species closely resembling the one commonly known as
*‘Pupa fallax’’—the real ‘‘Cyclostoma’’ marginata of Thomas
Say.
Species“of the marginatus type occur in the United States and
West Indies, but in the Andean region of South America, northern
Mexico and the adjacent States, Arizona and New Mexico, a group
of somewhat dissimilar forms are found, represented by P. paredesii
Orb., limensis Phil., chordatus Pfr. and hordaceus Gabb.
The names of the leading United States species of Pupoides have
been involved in errors almost from the time of their description
to the present day; it is thus essential that we go to the original
descriptions for our nomenclature.
586 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
Pupoides marginatus (Say).
Gyelosemn marginata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., II (1821),
Leucochila marginata Say, Tryon, Amer. Jour. of Conch., III (1868),
ane ‘allan Say of Gould, Binney and nearly all authors and collectors.
Pupa arizonensis Gabb, Amer. Journ. Conch., II, p. 331 (1866).
The name Pupa marginata was used by Draparnaud in 1805,
and hence when Say’s successors transferred his species from
Cyclostoma to Pupa they sought another and unprejudiced name,
in an unlucky day selecting that of ‘‘ fallax Say,’’ which has been
perpetuated and passed into general use everywhere. Say himself
used ‘‘P. marginata’’ in all his references to his species, carefully
distinguishing Pupa fallax from his marginata.
Pupa fallax was described in 1825 from a specimen sent to Say
by Dr. T. W. Harris, of Milton, Mass. In 1829, after Say had
cast his fortunes with the communist society at New Harmony,
Ind., he happened upon the shell again, and forgetting his former
descripiion, wrote another of the same specimen under the name
“¢ Pupa placida.”’
Say was a masterly diagnostician, and it is interesting to see both
how similarly he expresses the characters in the two diagnoses and
how excellently he pictures the shell, which was really nothing
else than the common European Buliminus obscurus Mill. !
1900.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
587
The two descriptions are as follows:
Journ. A. N.S., Vol. V, p. 121,
1825.
‘< PUPA.
“P. fallax. Shell turreted,
pale horn colour; wrinkles rather
obtuse, hardly prominent: suture
rather deeply impressed: volu-
tions nearly seven, a little con-
vex: apex somewhat obtuse:
aperture unarmed, suboval, trun-
cated above by the penultimate
whorl, less than 4 the whole
length of the shell: labium’ |
nearly transverse, colour of the
exterior part of the shell: col-
umella reflected, rectilinear,
longitudinal, forming an obvi-
ous though a rounded angle
with the labrum and _ labium:
labrum hardly reflected: wmbil-
icus narrow.
** Length more than three-
tenths of an inch.
** For this species I am in-
debted to Dr. T: W. Harris,
of Milton, Massachusetts.
‘It closely resembles P.
marginata Nob., but is much |
larger, and the labrum is not
widely reflected; when viewed
in front it has a reflected appear-
ance, but the opposite view pre-
sents only a very limited excur-
vature.’”’
The Disseminator of Useful
Knowledge, Il, No. 15,
p- 230, July 29, 1829.
SP UPA:
“© P, placida. Shell dextral,
eylindrie conic, pale yellowish
horn colour; apex whitish, ob-
tuse: whorls six & an half,
somewhat wrinkled : suture mod-
erately impressed: aperture un-
armed longitudinally oval, trun-
eate a little obliquely above by
the penultimate volution: colu-
mella so recurred® as almost to
conceal the umbilicus: /abrum,
with exception of the superior
portion, appearing a little re-
curved when viewed in front,
| but when viewed in profile this
'recuryature is hardly percepti-
ble: umbilicus very narrow,
‘¢ Length over three tenths of
an inch.
‘¢ TInhabits Massachusetts.
‘¢ For this sheli I am indebted
to Dr. T. W. Harris, of Milton,
from whom I have received
many interesting species of our
more northern regions.
‘¢ At first view it might be
mistaken for the P. marginata
Nob., but it is quadruple the
size, and the labrum is not re-
flected and thickened.’’
It follows from the foregoing that Pupa fallax and Pupa placida
Say become synonyms of Buliminus obscwrus (Mill. ).
Cyclostoma
marginata Say survives as Pupoides marginatus (Say) for our well-
known species.
7 Error for labrum.
§ Error for recurved.
588 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900
Pupoides hordaceus (Gabb). Pl. XXII, fig. 11.
Pupa hordacea Gabb, Amer. Jour. Conch., IT, p. 331, Pl. 21, fig. 7 (1866).
Pupa arizonensis Gabb, W. G. Binney, Tand and Fresh-Water Shells
of North America, 1869, Part I, p. 240, fig. 416 ; and in subsequent
works. Not P. arizonensis Gabb.
Pupa arizonensis W. G. Binney, Sterki, Nautilus, III, pp. 118, 119.
Pupa gabbi Dall, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus.. Vol. XIX, 1896, p. 367.
Bifidaria hebes Ancey, Pilsbry, Classified Cat., p. 19 ; Nautilus, XI, p.
117 (1898). Not of Ancey.
?Pupa arizonensis var. saxicola Ckll., Zoe, Vol. II, 1891, p. 18. (Round
Mt., Custer Co., Colorado.) Not 2. saxicola Lowe nor Moquin-Tandon.
Pupa ‘qabbi mexicanorum Ckil., Nautilus, X, p. 143.
Not Pupa hordeacea W. G. Binney ; ; not Bifidaria hordeacea Sterki or
Pilsbry.
The original description of this species is as follows:
“* Pupa hordacea Gabb.
‘* Description.—Shell very small, cylindrical ; apex obtuse ;
whorls 6, convex; suture well impressed, smooth, thin, horn-color;
aperture small, rounded below, unarmed, lip narrowly reflected
and white; base umbilicate, the umbilicus bounded by an angle.
‘« Dimensions. —Length .11, width .04 inch.
‘¢ Locality. —With the preceding ’’ [Fort Grant, at the junction
of the Arivapa and San Pedro rivers, Ariz. Collected by Dr.
G. H. Horn].
Gabb’s figure is very small and leaves much to be desired, but it
has the merit of agreeing with the diagnosis in being toothless.
His type lot was a mixture of several species. He did not even
take the trouble to separate out P. procera ; and consequently the
specimens he sent out misled conchologists who did not verify
them by the description. Mr. Binney figured and described the
true hordacea as ‘‘ arizonensis,’? and the associated procera as
“« hordeacea.*’? Sterki detected the incongruity between arizonensis
of Gabb and arizonensis Binney, but did not recognize the iden-
tity of the latter with hordacea Gabb. Dall renamed Binney’s P.
arizonensis, calling it P. gabbi. In the Catalogue published by
Messrs. Johnson and Pilsbry, the latter accepted Binney’s identifi-
cation of P. hebes Ancey with arizonensis W. G. B.,° and used
that name for the unfortunate species.
So far we have only wandered deeper into the labyrinth, and the
several gentlemen who have handled the matter certainly cannot
by any hyperbole be called Ariadnes. We find the guiding thread
® Man. Amer. Land Shells, p. 173, footnote ; 2d Gane. to Terr. Moll., V,
p. 40.
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 589
in Gabb’s original description and one of his original specimens
(Pl. XXII, fig. 11). The true Pupa hordacea of Gabb is arizo-
nensis of Binney not Gabb, hebes of Pilsbry not Ancey, gabbi of
Dall and mexicanorum of Cockerell.
The systematic position of this species has not been correctly
defined hitherto. It has real affinity to P. chordatus Pfr., of
Lower California and Mazatlan, and P. paredesii Orb., of Ecua-
dor. It has been considered by some to be a toothless Bifidaria,
allied to corticaria, but the characters of the shell seem clearly
against this view.
The degree of surface wrinkling or ribbing is somewhat vari-
able, but we have not seen a smooth example, and do not doubt
that it is always irregularly ribbed. The specimen figured has 54
whorls, and measures, length 3.5, diam. 1.6, diam. of penult.
whorl 1.36 mm. It is the same shell figured by Binney as P.
arizonensis and now deposited in the Binney and Bland collection
in the American Museum Natural History, New York city.
Some of the New Mexican specimens collected by Prof. Cockerell
are slightly Jarger and a little rougher.
We know nothing of the Colorado shells called P. arizonensis
var. saxicola by Mr. Cockerell.
PUPA.
This genus is well developed in Europe, Asia, Africa and
Australia, but is represented in America by only six species, so far
as we now know. Five of these belong to the holarctic group of
P. muscorum, while one, P. sterkiana Pils., is strongly differen-
tiated, and is the only member of the genus ranging south of the
United States. It belongs to the Lower Californian fauna.
Pupa hebes Ancey. Pl. XXII, figs. 9, 10.
P. hebes Anc., Le Naturaliste, 1881, p.389. Not P. Hebes Pilsbry, Nau-
tilus, XI, p. 117.
P. arizonensis W. G. Binney, 2d Supplement to Terr. Moll., V, p. 40,
PIS TE fig. 12:
Shell rimate, cylindrical, bluntly rounded at the ends, thin, light
chestnut colored, not glossy, very slightly striate. Whorls 64,
the earlier 3 rapidly increasing, the rest of about equal width,
quite convex, the last whorl ascending in front, its latter third
somewhat compressed, the base showing a blunt projection when
viewed in profile; a decided contraction behind the outer lip, but
590 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
scarcely any crest. Aperture truncate-oval, slightly oblique, without
lamellee or folds, though there is a slight projection on the colu-
mella, far within. Peristome thin, narrowly expanded, not in the
least thickened within Length 3.5, diam. 1.8 mm.
Near Jerome, Ariz.; Page’s ranch, Walnut Gulch and top of
Mt. Mingus (about 8,500 feet alt.) ; collected by Rev. E. H. Ash-
mun. White Pine, Nev., Ancey’s type locality.
Well distinguished from P. muscorum and P. blandi by the
absence of a callus within the lip, as Mr. Ancey pointed out in his
original description. The original types are lost,* but we have
no hesitation in identifying the shells found by Mr. Ashmun near
Jerome, Ariz., with Mr. Ancey’s species, as they completely fill
the requirements of his diagnosis. The senior author of this
paper formerly identified hebes with P. arizonensis of W. G.
Binney, following a statement by the latter authority that the two
were identical." Attention to Mr. Ancey’s diagnosis should have
prevented such a rapprochement.
BIFIDARIA.”*
This group was founded by Dr. V. Sterki to contain certain
Pupe in which the parietal and supraparietal lamelle converge to
form a single bifid, or twisted lamella, or lie adjacent; there is a
single columellar lamella and, as a general rule, two palatal folds
and one basal. He included a large number of American species
and afew forms from Asia, hunana Gredl., strophostoma Mlldft.,
armigerella Reinh., recondita T.-C., ete.
The most cursory acquaintance with Pupide develops the fact
that there is a widespread and general similarity in the lamelle
and folds, and in species of many groups, in Europe, South
Africa, Australia.and America the development of the principal
plaits is not conspicuously dissimilar. However, taking the entire
structure into consideration, there is no Pupa in Europe or South
10 «« Unfortunately I cannot forward to you a specimen of the typical lot of
my Pupa hebes. The two typical examples have been destroyed. The glass
tube containing them was broken when I removed from Boghari, my former
residence, and I could find no trace of the shells.’? Ancey in litt. July 16, 1900.
1 Second Supplement to Jerr. Moll., V, p. 40, Pl. ILI, fig. 12. It is only
fair to say that Mr. Binuey did not have his arizonensis by him for actual
comparison, else the union would probably not have been made.
2 Bifidaria Sterki, in Pilsbry, Proc. A. NV. S., 1891, p. 315 (for P. con-
tracta and P. servilis); Sterki, Nautilus, VI, pp. 4 (May, 1892) and 99
(Jan., 1893).
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 591
Africa which could be referred to the P. hunana group of eastern
Asia or the P. armifera group of America.
The distribution of Bifidaria outside of America is extensive.
In Japan (B. armigerelia Reinh.) and China (B. monas and atoma
Heude) the species are minute, and while referable to the typical
section of the genus, have affinities with Albinula. In India we
have the type of a new section in B. plicidens Bens.," with a
typical Bifidaria exceedingly similar to B. hordeacella Pils., in
B. mimula Bens. This type extends to the islands of the Indian
Ocean near Madagascar, where we find in B. seignaciana C. and
F., of Nossi-Be, and tripunctum Morel., of Mayotte, forms very
close to mimula and hordeacella, while B. lienardiana Cr. (Rod-
riguez Island), and exigua H. Ad. (Mauritius), are so near the
Antillean B. servilis Gld. that one can hardly believe them difter-
ent. Itis not impossible that these Indian and insular species,
which so wonderfully mimic widespread West Indian forms, have
really been imported on plants or otherwise from the Antilles, as
some Stenogyroid species, Ennea bicolor, Vallonia, ete., have been
carried over the globe. No South African species referable to
Bifidaria have been found.
In the East Indies Bifidaria is represented almost everywhere,
though not numerously so far as known. Von Mollendorff records
four species from the Philippines—artensis Montr., pediculus Shuttl.,
capillacea Dohrn and euryomphala Mildft.
Melanesia has the widely distributed B. pediculus (Shuttl.) and
in Australia there are numerous species of the type of B. pedicu-
lus.
In Europe there are apparently no recent species, but P. flexi-
dens, obstructa and didymodus Al. Br., of the Main Basin (Lower
Miocene), and heterodus Bttg. (Middle Miocene) may perhaps be
referred here. The recent P. theeli Westerlund, of Siberia, from
the description seems to be a Bifidaria.
It is worthy of note that it is only in America and eastern and
13 Section Bensonella nov. Peristome continuous, calloused within ex-
cept near the posterior angle of the aperture ; parietal lamellze long, sepa-
rate, the angle lameila deeply entering, an infraparietal developed. Palatal
folds standing in a row within the labial callus, their number increased by
accessory folds. Texture and whitish color of Bifidaria. Type Pupa pli-
cidens Bens.
4 This is not Pupa exigua Say, and if a valid species, which is doubtful,
the name must be changed.
592 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
southern Asia that any great diversity of type occurs. The East
Indian, Polynesian and Australian species are all of a single rather
generalized type characterized by the imperfect union of the pari-
etal and angle lamelle.
Hypselostoma is an allied genus, with dark-brown, opaque shell
and more produced ‘‘ neck,’’ though some Bifidarie, such as B.
perversa, parallel it in the latter respect. Genera are rather cheap
in Pupide, but on the whole Hypselostoma seems rather nearer to
Nesopupa and even Torquilla than to Bifidaria. As a subgenus
of Hupselostoma we would rank Boysidia,” in which the conic
spire, brown color of the shell-substance and continuous peristome,
as well as the dentition, agree. Both of these groups may have
the parietal and angle lamelle either independent or united.
We think it will be obvious to any one who will compare several
species of Boysidia, such as hunana Gredl., strophostoma Mlldft.,
moellendorffi Bttg., with a number of the less modified forms of
Hypselostoma, that the relationship is very close. Hyp. tubiferum,
the type of the genus, is one of the most extreme modifications,
and not a fair criterion.
Other Oriental Pupide, such as Boysia Pfr., which may perhaps
be a modification of Pupisoma Stol., and Aulacospira Mlldft.,
while finding their place in this family, in alk probability are not
at all closely allied to the forms under consideration.
Regarding the status of the name Bifidaria, it should be men-
tioned that in 1881, Dr. O. Beettger proposed to transfer P. fallax
Say from Leucochila to Buliminus, and retained the name Leuco-
chilus for the species allied to P. armifera Say, which would thus
replace Bifidaria. But as the type of Leucochila had been ex-
pressly stated by Prof. von Martens to be Pupa fallax Say (by
which marginatus Say was intended), such a restriction was unlaw-
ful; and as Boettger considered his group only a modification or
restriction of Jeucochila Martens, I do not see that by changing
the gender of the name he rendered it any more acceptable.
In America the Bifidaria group has been modified into several
subordinate groups, some of wide range and numerous species.
These groups may be tabulated thus:
17
16 Boysidia Ancey, Le Naturaliste, May, 1881, p. 407 (for P. hunana and
P. dorsata). Gredleriella Mildft., Jahrb. d. d. Malak. Ges., XI, 1884, p. 179
(for Pupa hunana), is a synonym.
46 Von Martens’ Conchologische Mitthetlungen, II, p. 64.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 593
Key to American Sections of Bifidaria.
a.—Parietal and angle lamellz independent, long; a columellar
lamella and palatal folds present.
b.—Palatal folds deeply immersed, hardly or not visible from
the aperture, the lower behind, rather than below, the
upper, the basal transverse; last whorl straightened and
free, the peristome continuous, . Immersidens P. and V.
b'.—Palatal folds normal in positon, not deeply immersed, visi-
ble from in front; last whorl normal in shape, not built
forward nor free, . . . Beuc ierictae bales
a'.—Parietal and angle lamellz very port small and tuberculiform ;
no palatal folds; shell cylindrical, . . Privatula Sterki.
bo
a’.— Parietal and angle lamellz elongate, more or less united, either
by a callous ridge or so extensively as to appear like a
single sinuous or emarginate lamella.
b.—Aperture not much contracted by the teeth. Shell eylin-
dric or cylindro-conic, rather narrow; parietal and colu-
mellar lamellze moderate or small, the latter a simple en-
tering lamella; palatal folds 3 (sometimes fewer), not
situated upon a callous ridge, . . . Bifidarias. str.
b'.—Throat nearly closed by the teeth. Shell oblong or conic,
rather wide; parietal and columellar lamelle long and
tortuous, the latter more or less vertical; palatal folds
several, situated on aridge, . . . Albinula Sterki.
a*.—Parietal lamella simple; no angle lamella; palatals norma! or
increased by accessory denticles, often standing upon a
CRNA IAP Rs ag 5 lw! |. m: Veritigopas Ck
Bifidaria dalliana Sterki. Pl. XXII, fig. 8.
B. dalliana Sterki, Nautilus, XII, p. 91, Dec., 1898.
Nogales (type locality), Santa Rita Mts., and Tempe, Ariz.,
also Mexican side of line near Nogales, Ariz.
A very small species, length 1.6 to 1.8 mm., differing from B.
hordeacella chiefly in the much less united angle and parietal
lameliz, the transverse position of the basal fold, and the more
deeply immersed lower palatal.
B. pilsbryana is an equally small species, with a simple parietal
amella and three subparallel palatal folds, the lower palatal not
immersed. It stands between the typical Bifidarias and Verti-
594 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
gopsis, but on account of the absence of an angle lamella we are
disposed to rank it with B. pentodon, in Vertigopsis.
Bifidaria hordeacella (Pilsbry). Pl. XXII, fig. 3.
Pupa hordeacella Pils., Proc. A. N.S. Phila., 1890, p. 44, Pl. 1, fig.
g tok.
Pupa hordeacella Binney, Fourth Suppl. to Terr. Moll., V, p. 193, Pl.
9
2, fig.
Pupa hordeacella Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XTX, 1896, p. 367.
Pupa hordeacella Sterki, Nautilus. IV, p. 141 ; VI, p. 4.
Pupa hordeacella Ckil., Nautilus, X, pp. 42, 43.
Bifidaria hordeacella Pils., Nautilus, XI, p. 117 ; Classified Cat., p. 19.
Ranges from Cape May, N. J., and St. Simon’s Island, Ga., to
the St. John’s river valley and Sarasota Bay, Fla., west to Indian
Territory (Fort Gibson) and southern Texas, and New Mexico.
We have not seen it from the Antilles.
The small size (length 2.1, diam. .8 mm.) and slender con-
tour, nearly simple or slightly emarginate parietal lamella and
thin outer lip distinguish it from B. rupicola and procera. In
Texas and the West it is light brown, but in Florida is often
thinner and corneous. Almost always associated with B. rupicola
in the eastern Gulf States, and with B. procera in the West, but
readily separated from either by size alone.
Bifidaria hordeacella parvidens (Sterki). Pl. XXII, fig. 2.
P. hordeacella parvidens Sterki, Nautilus, XII, p. 128; XIII, p. 16.
Mescal Gulch, near Jerome, and Jerome, Ariz.
Easily distinguished by the very small size or obsolescence of
the upper palatal and basal folds.
Bifidaria procera (Gould). Pl. XXII, figs. 6, 7.
Pupa procera Gld., Bost. Journ. N. H., III, 401, Pl. 3, fig. 12 (1840);
IV, p. 359, Pl. 16, fig.12.
Pupa procera Gid. Sterki, Nautilus, IV, p. 140; VI, p. 4.
Pupa procera Gld., Ckll., Nautilus, X, p. 43.
Bifidaria procera Gld., Pilsbry, Nautilus, XI, p.117 ; Class. Cat., p. 19.
Pupa carinata Gld., olim, an abnormal shell.
Pupa gibbosa Say, Kiister, and P. minuta Say, Pfr. Not of Say.
Pupa rupicola Say, W. G. Binney, Land and Fresh-Water Shells of N. A.,
I, p. 248, figs. 423, 424; Man. Amer. Land Sh., p. 328, fig. 354. Not
of Say.
Pupa pellucida Pfr., Strebel, Beitr. Mex., Theil IV, p. 91, Pl. 4, fig.
12; Pl. 15, fig. 10.
Pupa hordeacea Gabb, W. G. Binney, L. and F.-W. Sh., I, p. 241, fig.
417; Man. Amer. L. Sh., p. 173, fig. 165 (bad). Not P. hordacea
Gabb!
The large size, subeylindrical form, distinctly bifid parietal
lamella and deeply situated lower palatal fold separate this
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 595
species from rupicola and hordeacella. It ranges from Baltimore,
Md., to South Carolina, west to Kansas, and southwest to Arizona
and Mexico. We have seen no specimens from Florida.
Binney’s description and figure of ‘‘ P. hordeacea’’ are surpris-
ingly inaccurate, and contradict each other. There is no species
known in America which agrees even approximately with either.
They were doubtless made from a specimen sent by Gabb, who had
procera mixed with his hordacea; but it is safe to say that they
inaccurately represent the shell.
Bifidaria procera cristata P.and V.,n. var. Pl. XXII. figs. 4, 5.
Pupa and Bifidaria hordeacea Gabb, Sterki, Nautilus, IV, p. 141; VI,
p- 4, 102; X, p. 42, 43. Pilsbry, Nautilus, XI, p. 117. Not P. hor-
dacea Gabb.
Angle and parietal lamellze more completely united than in B.
procera, hardly bifid; crest behind the outer lip very strong.
Average size slightly greater. ;
Length 2.8, diam. 1.2 mm.
Types No. 78,694, coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., from Camp
Verde, Ariz., collected by Rev. E. H. Ashmun.
This Southwestern form is readily distinguishable from B. pro-
cera by the above characters. It ranges eastward to central Texas.
Bifidaria rupicola (Say). Pl. XXII, fig. 1.
Originally described from Fort Picolato on the St. John’s river,
not far from St. Augustine, Fla., this species is before us from
South Carolina and St. Simon’s Island, Ga., southward to Miami,
Fla., and west to New Orleans, La. It is abundant along the
St. John’s river, has not yet turned up in the ‘Texas litoral, but
occurs in Cuba and Bermuda.
Compared with B. procera, this species tapers much more, a
point Say laid stress upon. The outer and basai margins of the
lip are broad, flatly spreading and thickened within, but at the
posterior or upper curve of the outer lip it abruptly becomes nar-
rower. The parietal lamella is moderately emarginate, and the
lower palatal fold is less immersed than in procera. There is a
very narrow but distinct crest close behind the peristome. The
color is subtransparent whitish-corneous or brownish-corneous.
Length about 2.4, diam. 1.1 mm. It is larger and more tapering
than B. hordeacella, which has not the spreading, calloused lip of
B. rupieola.
596 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Cf. also Sterki, Nautilus, IV, 139, where the characters are
well indicated.
In addition to the preceding species, another form, insufficiently
defined, calls for notice, B. riograndensis Sterki. In the Nauti-
lus, IV, p. 142, Dr. Sterki gives descriptive notes on a form from
Hidalgo, Tex., under the head ‘‘ Pupa *» Tt is stated to
resemble P. servilis Gld., except in having an infraparietal lamella
and*a very long lower palatal fold. In Nautilus, VI, p. 4, he
lists a ‘* P. riograndensis Sterki MSS.’’ from the same locality,
without description or reference to his previous note. Of course
there is no necessary connection between the nameless Pupa with
a description and the later nude name; but we have little doubt
that the two are identical, though Dr. Sterki in introducing a new
name into the list has left others to guess at what it may be.
We have not seen specimens, and in the eight years since the
name riograndensis was published it has not been made good by a
description. If our theory regarding its identity be correct, it
may be known by the infraparietal lamella, which is present in no
other known Bijidaria of the United States fauna.
VERTIGO.
This genus was established in 1774 for the single species V.
pusilla, of central Europe. Some authors have proposed to unite
Vertigo and Pupa in one genus, bearing the latter name;” but the
fact that Vertigo is the prior name seems to have escaped these
gentlemen. Pupa was not established until 1802.
Vertigo seems to be neither more nor less distinct than Bijidaria,
Torquilla, Fauculus, Hypselostoma and other Pupoid groups now
ranked as genera; and while we freely admit that the differences
between these groups are not great, it is obvious that if all be
united into one genus, that must be called Vertigo. The recogni-
tion of several genera among the Pupz seems to us to be a wiser
course, as otherwise the relationships of the forms would be lost
sight of in so vast and composite a genus.
Vertigo has a wide range in the three northern continents, but
apparently does not occur below the equator. The American
forms have been studied by Dr. V. Sterki, who has cleared up a
17 Even by Prof. von Martens, in the Biol. Amer. Centrali, 1898, this
course has been taken.
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 597
number of doubtful points and defined numerous species hitherto
unknown in the fauna. There yet remain some wholly undefined
names in the literature, which have been awaiting characterization
for many years; others, while known by brief diagnoses, call for
fuller exposition, while a species defined by Thomas Say seventy-
sIx years ago is now for the first time recognized as valid, and
restored to its usurped place.
In America there are several outlying species for which sectional
divisions of Vertigo have been established—Nearctula, Haplopupa,
Bothriopupa and Angustula. The last group was established for
V. milium and V. venetzii, the latter a European species, and (under
the synonymous name, V. plicata) one of the two types of Vertilla
Moquin-Tandon. V. pusilla Mill. was the other species of Ver-
tilla, and as it had been made the sole type of Vertigo by Miller, it
must be removed from Moquin-Tandon’s group, leaving V. plicata
(= venetzaii = angustior) the type of Vertilla. Or, to tabulate
the matter:
pusilla = Type of Vertigo Miller, 1774.
Types of Vertilla Moq., 1855
venetzii
Types of Angustula Sterki, 1889.
milium
It would seem from this that Vertil/a must replace Angustula as
a subgeneric name for V. miliwm and venetzii, the latter species
being the type. Severa) well-known experts in nomenclature to
whom we have submitted the case agree in this opinion. It is
rather a pity, because Moquin-Tandon had no idea of the really
peculiar characters of V. venetzii, which were first exposed by Dr.
Sterki.
The Group of Vertigo modesta.—The Vertigos of the californica
and modesta groups agree in lacking a basal fold, or tooth near the
base of the columella. The parietal and columellar lamellee and
lower and upper palatal folds are developed and nearly equidistant,
giving a somewhat cruciform outline to the aperture. Sometimes
the angle lamella appears, but never any others ; and in a few forms
several of the teeth become reduced or lost. The outer lip is not
very noticeably caught in at its upper third to form a “ sinulus,”’
as it isin most species of Vertigo. These features give a particu-
lar aspect to the group which Dr. V. Sterki has recognized in tax-
onomy by the name ‘‘ Nearctu/a.’’ This distinction, however, is
39
598 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
more apparent than real, the species of the modesta group really
being exceedingly close tosuch forms as V. gouldii, and in fact V,
columbiana is hardly separable specifically. For this reason, we
think Nearctula must be restricted to the single species V. califor-
nica, characterized by its ribbed, opaque shell, and the other spe-
cies associated therewith by Dr. Sterki will group better among the
true Vertigos.
The group of Vertigo modesta includes species with a crest vary-
ing from very low to strong, behind the lip; in this respect differing
from the group of V. californica, the species of which have no
crest, and are rather less glossy.
The American species are Canadian or boreal, extending south-
ward in the Rocky Mountain region. Their number has been
estimated at as many as eight species and three varieties (Sterki,
1892); but this seems to us to be too generous. We are able to
distinguish four species, and several varieties may conveniently be
recognized, though their determination is at times difficult from the
intergradation with parent stocks. We omit from the account P.
hoppii Moller, a Greenland species not shown to occur on the main-
land of North America (conf. Nautilus, XII, 104), and P. bore-
alis Morelet, described from Kamchatka, and not known to us
from America, the Alaskan Pupz of this type being referable to
V. modesta Say, so far as we have seen.*
The forms of the V. modesta type make a beautiful variation-
chain, or ‘‘ Formen-kette,’’ as recent German authors term these
series of species connected by intermediate variations in the living
fauna. The relationships of the forms may be expressed diagram-
matically, dashes representing breaks in the chain; figures referring
t> Plate XXIII :
castanea, fig. 5.
castaned, fig. 4.
modesta, fig. 3—modesta, fig. 6. corpulenta, fig. 7.
modesta parietalis, fig. 2.
parietalis, fig. 1.
concinnula, fig. 8.
arizonensis, fig. 9—utahensis, fig. 10—columbiana,
[fig. 11.
The group not separated by dashes is shown by our series to be
18 We have not seen Kamchatkan P. borealis, but it is evidently very near
V. modesta, perhaps only a form of that species.
1900. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 599
completely connected by intermediate specimens. This is not suffi-
ciently shown in the plate because, in order to emphasize the char-
acteristics of geographic races, we have selected the most strongly
differentiated individuals for figuring. In view of the fact that
the Rocky Mountain region is most imperfectly explored for small
snails, we hold the opinion that still more connecting links will be
found, and probably V. concinnula will become a subspecies of
modesta. It is not impossible that V. dalliana will fall into line
as a terminal member of the series, beyond castanea, in which all
teeth have been Jost.
Variation among individuals from one place, as well as geographic
racial differentiation, is ubiquitous among these pygmy snails, though
less striking to the eye than in larger forms, or those in which
color or sculpture is more modified. The development of the
teeth is greatest in the mountain forms, concinnula (Pl. XXIII, fig.
8) and arizonensis (Pl. XXIII, fig. 9), occurring at high altitudes;
while modesta (fig. 3) and castanea (figs. 4, 5) are at least mainly
from much lower levels. The form of modesta from the Iowa loess
is aiso more or Jess deficient in teeth. But we do not think to cor-
relate this character of the shells with mere elevation, for it is more
likely to be a reaction due to some unknown element of the faunal
environment, such as minute snail-eating insects.
Vertigo concinnula Cockerell. Plate XXIII, fig. 8.
Vertigo californica Ingersoll, Bull. U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr., I, p. 128
(1875). No description. Not of Rowell.
Vertigo ingersolli Ancey MSS. in Cockerell, J. of Conch., Leeds, VI,
1889, p. 64 (name only, substituted for P. californica Ing. non Row.);
British Naturalist, 1891, p. 100 (not seen); Sterki, Nautilus, VI, 1892,
p. 5, with varieties haydeni Anc. and accedens Anc. (names only);
Cockerell, Nautilus, X, 1897, p. 135 (identity with concinnula affirmed
from part of original lot).
Vertigo concinnula Cockerell, Nautilus, X, 1897, p. 135.
Pupa concinnula Ckll., Pilshry, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 119 ; Class. Cat.
L. Sh. Amer., p. 21; Nautilus, XII, 1899, p. 103.
Shell ovoid-cylindrical in outline, slightly tapering toward the
blunt apex; solid and somewhat opaque, so that the folds of the
outer lip are usually only dimly seen through from the outside.
Surface shining, irregularly, obliquely striate. Whorls 5, apical
2 whitish, the rest chestnut-brown, often with numerous irregu-
larly scattered spots and flecks of very light buff. Whorls quite
convex, the last slightly ascending toward the aperture, its latter
half very decidedly flattened on the outer-inferior portion, this
600 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
part bearing a low broad wavelike ‘‘ crest’’ or ridge behind the
lip, and then slightly constricted. Umbilical rimation short, im-
perforate. Aperture rounded, truncate above; peristome a little
expanded; parietal wall bearing a rather strong entering lamella
in the middle, and usually a smaller angie lamella to the right of
its outer end; columella with a strong deep-seated entering lamella;
outer lip with two rather low long palatal folds, the lower one
longest. Alt. .2, diam. 1.1 mm.
The dull, rather opaque shell, cylindrical and small, with Jong
palatal folds and parietal lamella, separate this from V. modesta
and its varieties, but it certainly approaches V. modesta parietalis,
which, however, is larger and smoother. The form of modesta
from Labrador agrees with concinnula in having the penultimate
whorl distinctly striate. The larger size, more cylindrical shape
and presence of an angle lamella distinguish it from typical colora-
densis.. According to Cockerell, it occurs at higher elevations
than V. coloradensis, between 6,000 and 10,000 feet.
Custer and Summit counties, Colo. (Ckll.); Jemez Mts., N. M.
(Ashmun). Numerous other localities in Colorado are given by
Ingersoll.
’ The specimens from the Jemez Mts. have a much stronger crest
behind the lip than those from Colorado, and are less opaque.
Vertigo modesta (Say). Plate XXIII, figs. 2, 3, 6.
Pupa modesta Say, Long’s Second Expedition, IT, appendix, p. 259, Pl.
15, fig. 5 (1824).
Pupa decora Gld., Proc. Bost. Soc. N. H., I, p. 263 (1848). Fig. in text.
More cylindrical than V. corpulenta, with one whorl more ;
crest moderate or low; teeth typically four, parietal, columellar,
upper and lower palatal; but sometimes a fifth, the angle lamella,
is added.
Fig. 3 is drawn from a specimen from Laggan, Alberta, col-
lected by Rev. George W Taylor. Length 2.5, diam. 1.3 mm.;
whorls 53.
Fig. 2, Dyea Valley, Alaska, collected by Mr. P. B. Randolph.
Length 2.4, diam. 1.3 mm. The form is a little stouter than
typical, and the crest perceptibly stronger. In some specimens the
teeth are slightly better developed than in typical modesta, and
some have a second parietal lamella. This lot is perfectly inter-
mediate between modesta and parietalis.
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 601
A Labrador specimen (PI. XXIII, fig. 6) is smaller, length 1.9,
diam. 1.2 mm., about the size of concinnula Ckll,, typical in
teeth, but closely and deeply striate on the penultimate whorl.
The crest is slighter than in typical modesta.
The type locality of V. modesta, Northwest Territory, was some-
where in northern Minnesota, southern Manitoba, or near the
western end of Lake Superior, on the route of Major Long’s
second expedition (see map in volume cited above). P. decora
was also described from Lake Superior. From this region the
species ranges to Labrador, to the Rocky Mountains and north-
ward to Alaska It also oceurs in the loess deposit at Iowa City,
Ta. ; many of these specimens having the upper palatal fold sub-
obsolete or wanting, as in the variety castanea.
P. modesta has been erroneously placed in the synonomy of
Vertigo ovata hitherto, but reference to the original description
shows it to be identical with decora. Say’s description is as follows:
«« P. modesta. Shell dextral, suboval, minutely wrinkled; ape
obtuse; whorls six; umbilicus distinct; aperture obliquely subovate;
labium with a prominent compressed semioval tooth equidistant
from the extremities of the labrum, and a somewhat conic one
rather below the middle of the columella; /abrum not reflected,
joining the preceding whorl at its upper extremity with a curve;
bidentate, lower tooth placed opposite to that of the middle of the
labium, the other smaller and placed a little above. Length less
than one-tenth of an inch. Inhabits the Northwest Territory.’’
V. modesta parietalis (Ancey),n.v. Plate XXIII, fig. 1.
Shape somewhat more obese than V. modesta ; whorls about 5;
teeth 5, the angle lamella being developed. This form is interme-
diate between modesta and corpulenta in contour and size. It may
be a case of dimorphism rather than a true variety, as it occurs in
some places with 4-toothed shells, and with the fifth lamella in
various stages of development in apparent adults, as in the Dyea
Valley. The figured specimen is from Ogden Cafion, Utah,
collected by Hemphill, with corpulenta.
¥V. modesta corpulenta (Morse). Plate XXIII, fig. 7.
Isthmia corpulenta Morse, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. of N. Y., VIII, p. 210,
fig. 7 (1865).
Typically much shorter than modesta, more obese, with only
about 45 whorls. Teeth 4, short. Type locality, Little Valley,
602 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Washoe county, Nev. It occurs also in Utah, the figured speci-
men being from Ogden Caiian. The lower palatal fold is decidedly
tubercular, at least in typical corpulenta, and the surface is
smooth. Length 2.1, diam. 1.3 mm.
Vertigo modesta castanea (Sterki),n.v. Plate XXIII, figs. 4, 5.
V. castanea Sterki, Nautilus, VI, 1892, p. 5.
P. castanea Sterki, Pilsbry, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 119; Class. Cat.
Land Shells Amer., p. 21.
Shell oblong or cylindric-oval, glossy, somewhat translucent;
chestnut, sometimes with some whitish stripes. Whorls 43-5, the
last; with a moderate crest behind the lip. Teeth very small, placed
as in corpulenta, the lower palatal largest, columellar usually devel-
oped, parietal very small or obsolete, upper palatal wanting or
minute. Alt. 2.3, diam. 1.4 mm.
Fish Camp, Fresno county. Cal. (Hemphill). Lake county,
Cal. (Sterki).
This stands toward V. modesta as var. diegoensis toward V.
californica. Both are subterminal members of series running from
toothed forms toward a toothless condition. The specimens de-
scribed and figured are from the locality first mentioned above. In
the series before us, this intergrades directly with modesta. The
specimens vary greatly in development of the teeth.
Vertigo columbiana Sterki MSS.,n. sp. Pl, XXIII, fig. 11
V. columbiana Sterki, Nautilus, VI, 1892, p. 5 (name only).
Pupa columbianae Sterki, Pilsbry, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 119; Class.
Cat., p. 21, No. 212; Nautilus, XII, p. 103.
V. columbiana var. utahensis Sterki, Nautilus, VI, 5 (name only).
Shell very minute, cylindric-oval, perforate, thin, pale corneous-
brown, somewhat transparent, glossy and weakly striatulate.
Whorls nearly 5, convex, the last expanded in a low crest very
close to the lip, not noticeably constricted in front of the crest.
Aperture truncate-ovai, 4-toothed, the peristome thin, hardly
expanded; parietal lamella short and high, columellar a little
smaller, lower palatal a short conic fold continued inward; upper
palatal smaller, shorter, almost tuberculiform; all the teeth white
and the palatals showing through the outside wall. Alt. 1.9,
diam. 1.1 mm.
Vancouver Island (George W. Taylor); Olympia, Tacoma and
Seattle, Wash. (Henry Hemphill) ; Douglas county, Ore. (F.
H. Andrus).'
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 603
Types of above description and figure are Nos. 60,468 and
68,881, coll. A. N. S., from Vancouver Island.
An exceedingly small species with four well-developed teeth.
The palatal folds are rather shorter than in V. coloradensis or V.
concinnula, both of which are, moreover, more striate and less
transparent. The specimens from Vancouver Island, Washington
and Oregon are quite uniform in all respects. The above refer-
ences to literature refer to the name in lists, as there has been no
definition of the species.
V. columbiana stands perilously near forms of V. gouldii with-
out the basal fold. It may be merely an occidental subspecies of
gouldii; but in a considerable series examined, there never seems
to be a trace of the basal fold. It is this which induces us to give
the form specific standing.
Vertigo columbiana utahensis Sterki MS., n. var. Plate XXIII, fig. 10.
Smaller, length 1.8, diam. 1 mm., and quite distinctly striate.
Aperture about as in co/umbiana, but a little shorter.
Box Elder Cation, Utah, elevation 4500 feet (Henry Hemphill).
Vertigo coloradensis (Cockerell).
Pupa coloradensis Ckll., Journ. of Conch., Leeds, VI, 1889, p. 63
(name only); British Naturalist, 1891, p. 100 ;!° and in Binney, Fourth
Supplement to Terr. Moll., V, Bull. M. C. T., XXII, No. 4, p. 191
(January), 1892.
Vertigo coloradensis Ckll., Sterki, Nautilus, VI, 1892, p.5. Cockerell,
Nautilus, X, 1897, p. 134.
Pupa coloradensis Ckll., Pilsbry, Nautilus, XI, 1898, p. 119; Classified
Cat. L. Sh. Amer., p. 21.
‘‘Shell brown, shiny, thinnish, translucent enough to show
teeth through (body whorl) from outside, striate,
especially on penultimate whorl. Outline oblong-
oval, barrel-shaped, apex blunt. Whorls four.
Aperture pyriform. Peristome brown, thick, con-
tinuous by a well-marked callus on parietal wall.
Outer lip not constricted; a crest is indicated behind
peristome, but not well developed. The teeth
within the aperture are brown, one long one on
parietal wall, one on columellar, and two, the lower
one largest, on outer wall. Length 14, diam. 1 mm.
‘« Near Swift creek, Custer Co., Colo. (T. D. A. Cockerell).
vo
Fig.
19 We have not seen Prof. Cockerell’s paper in this journal, and do not
kuow whether the species was described or merely mentioned there.
604 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
‘¢ This shell is nearest allied to corpulenta, but is decidedly
smaller, more striate, and slightly narrower. I have never ob-
served a second parietal tooth in coloradensis.”’
The above description, somewhat amplified from that published in
Binney’s Fourth Supplement, was received from Prof. Cockerell,
and the figure was drawn by him. It seems to us more nearly
related to concinnula than to corpulenta, on account of the long
palatal folds; but the very small size distinguishes it, if constant.
Only two or three specimens were taken, the type being in the
British Museum.
V. coloradensis basidens n. var.
Similar to V. ¢. arizonensis P. & V., but the parietal lamella
stands alone upon the parietal wall, and a small basal tubercle is
developed. The Jast character separates basidens from typical
coloradensis.
Bland, New Mexico (Rev. E. H. Ashman), with V. e. arizo-
nensis and V. concinnula.
Vertigo coloradensis arizonensis n. var. Plate XXIII, fig. 9.
Shell cylindric-oval, rimate, very small; very densely and
sharply but most minutely striate; light brown. Whorls 43, con-
vex, the last tapering below, the later half whorl narrow as though
pinched at base, flattened over the position of the palatal folds,
then rising in a low, hardly noticeable crest, obsolete except near
the base. Aperture irregularly truncate-oval, the peristome well
expanded, brown. JDenticles 5 or 6, the parietal high and strong,
a minute angle lamella usually standing near its outer end. Co-
Jumellar lamella obliquely entering. Upper and lower palatal
folds very long, rising conically in the middle, distinctly showing
through from the outside, the lower fold being a little stronger
and more immersed, its position marked by a depression outside.
Length 1.8, diam. .9 mm.
Top of Mt. Mingus, near Jerome, Ariz., about 8,500 feet eleva-
tion (E. H. Ashmun). :
This pygmy form differs from V. columbiana in being smaller,
duller, more slender and with much longer palatal folds, which
show their length well from the outside where they show through
the outer wal]. It is more slender and rather less coarsely striate
than V. columbiana utahensis, besides differing in its long palatals.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 605
V. coneinnula differs chiefly in being very much larger, and J.
coloradensis has only a single lamella on the parietal wall, and
seems less cylindric.
CATALOGUE OF SPECIES AND SUBSPECIES OF THE UNITED
STATES.
Genus PUPOIDES Pfeiffer, 1855.
(Leucocheila Martens, 1860, of former lists.)
Group of P. marginatus.
Pupoides marginatus (Say).
Canada to Florida, west to Arizona.
This is Pupa fallax of authors, not of Say. See notes.
Pupoides modicus (Gld.).
Georgia sea islands and Florida, west to Alabama.
Group of P. chordatus.
Pupoides hordaceus (Gabb).
Arizona and New Mexico.
Genus PUPA Drap., 1801.
Group of P. muscorum.
Pupa hebes Ancey.
White Pine, Nev. (Newcomb); around Jerome, Ariz.
( Ashmun).
Pupa muscorum (L.).
Canada and Northern States, southward in the Rocky Mountain
region. Typical muscorum is toothless. Form unidentata C. Pfr.,
parietal tooth developed. Occurs with preceding. P. badia C.
B. Ad. isasynonym. Form bigranata Rossm., a small, low lower
palatal nodule also present. Occurs with preceding. Fig. of
muscorum in Binney’s works belongs to this last variety.
Pupa blandi Morse.
Rocky Mountain region. Form obtusa Ckll., Colorado.
Pupa blandi sublubrica Ancey.
Nevada.
Pupa sonorana Sterki.
New Mexico.
606 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Pupa sonorana tenella Sterki.
Capitan Mountains, New Mexico.
Pupa syngenes Pilsbry.
New Mexico, Arizona, Montana.
Form dextroversa P. and V. (n. f.) isdextral, with 84-9 whorls.
San Rafael, N. M., collected by Rev. E. H. Ashmun.
Eighty-seven per cent. of the specimens taken at this locality
were of the dextral form.
Group of P. sterkiana.
Pupa sterkiana Pilsbry.
San Diego county, Cal. ; San Ramon, Lower Cal.
Genus BIFIDARIA Sterki, 1891.
Section IMMERSIDENS Pils. and Van., 1900.
Bifidaria ashmuni Sterki.
Arizona, Jerome; Santa Rita Mountains.
A form minor Sterki (Nautilus, XII, 92), Nogales, Ariz., is
smaller, thinner, with narrower lip and 1 to 4 whorl less.
Bifidaria perversa Sterki.
Nogales, Ariz.
Section STERKIA Pilsbry, 1898.
Bifidaria rhoadsi Pilsbry.
Miami, Fla.
Bifidaria calamitosa (Pilsbry).
San Diego, Cal., to San Tomas river, Lower Cal.
Bifidaria hemphilli (Sterki).
Same range.
Bifidaria clementina (Sterki).
San Clemente Island.
Section PRIVATULA Sterki, 1893.
Bifidaria corticaria (Say).
Canada and Minnesota south to South Carolina and Mississippi.
Section BIFIDARIA s. str.
( Hubifidaria Sterki, 1893. )
Bifidaria dalliana Sterki.
Arizona.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 607
Bifidaria hordeacella (Pilsbry)
Cape May, N. J., Georgia sea islands and Florida, west to
Indian Territory and Arizona.
Bifidaria hordeacella parvidens Sterki,
Arizona.
Bifidaria rupicola (Say).
South Carolina and Florida, west to New Orleans, La., also
Cuba, Bermuda.
Bifidaria procera (Gld.).
Maryland and South Carolina, west to Arizona and Mexico.
Bifidaria procera cristata Pils. and Van.
Arizona, New Mexico, Indian Territory and Texas.
Bifidaria quadridens Sterki.
Capitan Mountains, New Mexico.
Section ALBINULA Sterki, 1892.
Bifidaria contracta (Say).
Canada, United States and Mexico, east of Rocky Mountains.
Bifidaria armifera (Say).
Quebec and Maine to Minnesota, south to New Mexico and
Florida. A var. ruidosensis Ckll. has been described from New
Mexico.
Bifidaria holzingeri (Sterki).
Minnesota to Kansas and Illinois. A var. fordiana Sterki has
been described from Wichita, ixan.
Subgenus Vertigopsis ‘CkIl.’. Sterki.
Nautilus, VI, p. 4,101. Type Pupa curvidens Gld.
* Palatal folds two or three, in the typical positions; no palatal
callous rib.
Bifidaria cincinnatiensis (Judge).
Cincinnati, O.
Bifidaria pilsbryana (Sterki).
Arizona and New Mexico.
** Palatal folds tuberculiform, their number increased by some
accessory denticles, and standing upon a callous rib.
608 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Bifidaria pentodon (Say).
Quebec to Alberta, south to Nevada, Texas and Florida; Sterki
mentions a form curta from Ohio. P. montanella Ckll., unde-
scribed, is a synonym.
Bifidaria curvidens (Gld.).
Quebec to Minnesota and southward.
Sterki distinguishes a form gracilis from Rhode Island, Ohio,
Tennessee.
Bifidaria curvidens floridana (Dall).
Archer, Alachua county, Fla.
Genus VERTIGO Miller.
Section VERTIGO.
Vertigo rugosula Sterki.
South Carolina, Gulf coast to Texas.
Vertigo rugosula ovalis Sterki (ovulum Sterki, preoc.).
Volusia county, Fla.
Vertigo ovata Say.
Canada, United States and Mexico.
Pupa ovata antiquorum Ckll. is a synonym.
Vertigo morsei Sterki.
Kent county, Mich.; Sandusky, O.
Vertigo binneyana Sterki.
Manitoba to Seattle, Wash., south to New Mexico.
Vertigo pygmea Drap.
Lake Superior and New England, south to Pennsylvania and
west to Ohio. Synonyms: V. callosa Sterki, not Reuss; P. supe-
rioris Pilsbry.
Vertigo andrusiana Pilsbry.
Douglas county, Ore.
Vertigo arctica Wallenb.
Identified by Westerlund from Port Clarence, Alaska. We
have not seen it.
Vertigo tridentata Wolf. ’
New York and eastern Pennsylvania to Illinois.
Vertigo parvula Sterki.
Northern Ohio; Mitchell county, N. C.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 609
Vertigo ventricosa (Morse).
Quebec and Maine to Illinois. Synonym: V. approximans
Sterki.
Vertigo ventricosa elatior Sterki.
Western Alberta to Ohio. Synonym: V. gouldii lagganensis
Pilsbry.
Vertigo gould 1 Binn.
Ontario and Maine to Montana, south to Tennessee, Maryland
and New Jersey. V. gouldii paradoxa Sterki is an undescribed
variety from Woodland, Aroostook county, Me.
Vertigo gouldii bollesiana (Morse).
Middle and New England States.
Vertigo bollesiana arthuri Martens.
Little Missouri, Dakota. (Unknown to us. )
Vertigo columbiana Sterki.
Vancouver Island to Oregon.
Vertigo columbiana utahensis Sterki.
Box Elder Caiion, Utah.
Vertigo modesta (Say).
Synonym: Pupa decora Gld.
Lake Superior region to Alberta and northward; also loess of
Towa.
Vertigo modesta corpulenta (Morse).
Utah, Nevada.
Vertigo modesta parietalis (Anc.).
Utah and Colorado.
Vertigo modesta castanea (Sterki).
Fish Camp, Fresno county, and Lake County, Cal.
Vertigo coloradensis (Ckll.).
Custer county, Col.
Vertigo coloradensis basidens P. « V.
Bland, New Mexico.
Vertigo coloradensis arizonensis P. and V.
Jerome, Ariz.
Vertigo concinnula (Ckll.).
Colorado and New Mexico.
610 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
Vertigo rowelli (Newe.).
Oregon to middle portion of California.
Section NEARCTULA Sterki.
Vertigo californica (Rowell).
San Francisco, Cal.
Vertigo californica elongata Sterki.
San Clemente Island.
Vertigo californica catalinaria Sterki.
San Clemente Island and S. Catalina Island.
Vertigo californica diegoensis Sterki.
San Diego, Cal., to San Ramon, L. Cal.
Vertigo californica trinotata Sterki.
Monterey, Cal.
Vertigo californica cyclops Sterki.
Placer county, Cal.
Section HAPLOPUPA Pils.
Vertigo dalliana Sterki.
Lake county, Cal.
Section
Vertigo oscariana Sterki.
Florida to Texas; Tennessee.
Section BOTHRIOPUPA Pils.
Vertigo variolosa Gld.
Near mouth of Miami river, Fla.
Subgenus Vertilla Mog.-Tand.
Vertigo milium Glad.
Ontario and Maine, west to Minnesota, south to Florida
Texas.
(1900.
and
1900.]
ee
aR
wo
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 611
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
PLATE XXIT.
Figures 9, 10, 11 x 13; 1-8 X 20.
. Bifidaria rupicola (Say). Tick Island, Volusia county,
Fla. No. 69,500, coll. A. N.S.
. B. hordeacella parvidens Sterki. Mescal Gulch, Jerome,
Ariz. No. 78,717.
. B. hordeacella (Pils.). New Braunfels, Tex. No.
60,460.
Figs. 4, 5. B. procera cristata Pils. and Van. Camp Verde.
Fig. 3
Figs. 4,
Hig. 6:
Lew
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Fig. 10
Fig. 11
Ariz. No. 68,694.
7. B. procera (Gld.). Washington, D. C.
. B. dalliana Sterki. Nogales, Ariz. No. 78,689.
10. Pupa hebes Ancey. Summit of Mt. Mingus, near
Jerome, Ariz. No. 78,709.
. Pupoides hordaceus (Gabb). Fort Grant, Ariz. One
of the original lot, probably the type specimen.
PuaTe XXIII.
All figures X 25.
. Vertigo modesta parietalis (Ancey). Ogden Canon,
Utah.
. Vertigo modesta parietalis (Anc.). Dyea Valley, Alaska.
No. 75,661.
. Vertigo modesta (Say). Laggan, Alberta. No. 76,375.
5. Vertigo modesta castanea Sterki. Fish Camp, Fresno
county, Cal.
Vertigo modesta (Say). Labrador. No. 4,552.
Vertigo modesta corpulenta (Morse). Ogden Canon,
Utah.
Vertigo concinnula (Ckll.). Jemez Mountains, Ariz.
No. 73,587. :
Vertigo coloradensis arizonensis Pils. and Van. Summit
of Mt. Mingus, near Jerome, Ariz.
. Vertigo columbiana utahensis Sterki. Box Elder Cafion,
Utah.
. Vertigo columbiana Sterki. Vancouver Island. No.
68,881.
612 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
OcTOBER 2.
Mr. CHARLES ROBERTs in the Chair.
Fifteen persons present.
OcTOBER 9.
Mr. CHarues Morris in the Chair.
Eleven persons present.
OcTOBER 16.
Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair.
Seventeen persons present.
«A Biographical Notice of Charles Eastwick Smith,’’ by
Thomas Meehan, was presented for publication.
OcTOBER 23.
Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Additions to the Japanese Land Snail
Fauna, II1,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.
OcTOBER 30.
Mr. CHARLES RosBerts in the Chair.
Forty-one persons present.
Dr. Adolph W. Miller made a communication on his recent visit
to the zodlogical and botanical gardens of Paris and Germany.
(No abstract.)
Thomas S. Stewart, M.D., was elected a member.
The following were ordered to be printed:
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 613
POST-LARVAL CHANGES IN THE VERTEBRAL ARTICULATIONS
OF SPELERPES AND OTHER SALAMANDERS.
BY J. PERCY MOORE.
In defining the minor subdivisions of the Urodela, Cope and
Boulenger have given fundamental importance to the form of the
vertebral central articulations. Cope (’89, p. 33, and earlier
papers) arranges the families of Pseudosauria in two series, the one
characterized by amphiccelous, the other by opisthoccelus vertebra,
and on p. 190 he states that the peculiarity of the vertebrz chiefly
distinguishes the Desmognathidee from the Plethodontide. Bou-
lenger (782, p. 2), whose subfamilies of salamanders have nearly
the same content as Cope’s families, mentions the form of the cen-
tral articulations as the sole distinguishing feature between his
Plethodontinz and Desmognathine.
Apparently the only serious criticism of the value of this char-
acter has been made by Vaillant, who in a short note (’84)
describes the vertebree of Autodax (Anaides) lugubris as opistho-
celous. Boulenger, after an examination of the dissection made
by the French zodlogist, characterizes (’85) this statement as
erroneous. In a second note (’86) Vaillant explains the reason
for this difference of opinion and reiterates his former statement.
The vertebrz in question he describes as osteologically amphiccelous
but physiologically opisthoccelous, meaning by this that if the ac-
tual bone tissue alone be considered the centra are biconcave ; but
that the anterior cup is filled by a cartilaginous nodule, which pro-
jects freely in the form of a hemipshere whose free surface fits
into the posterior socket of the preceding vertebra.
If a full-grown larva of Spelerpes ruber be examined, the verte-
bral centra will be found to be very deeply concave. The apices of
the two cone-shaped cavities almost meet at the middle of the verte-
bra, where they communicate through a small foramen through
which the here constricted notochord passes. The cavities are
largely occupied by the notochord, which suffers a second (inter-
vertebral) constriction due to an annular thickening of the car-
40
614 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
tilaginous notochordal sheath by which contiguous vertebr are
bound together.
After the metamorphosis, when the young salamander has a
length of 90-100 mm., this cartilaginous ring increases in thick-
ness and extent so that it largely replaces and constricts the noto-
chord. The cartilage becomes firmer and may be removed in its
entirety as a fusiform nodule bearing fragments of the notochord
at its ends. If the vertebral column, either in its fresh state or
after preservation in alcohol, be beat sharply so that it parts inter-
vertebrally, this nodule will remain attached indifferently either to
the anterior or posterior contiguous vertebra.
Gradually the cartilage extends, encroaching more and more on
the notochord, and at the same time its posterior peripheral
parts begin to calcify, first in a post-equatorial zone which lies just
within the rim of the anterior cup of the succeeding vertebra. In
individuals having a length of 120 mm.’ this calcified ring is already
quite conspicuously developed and lias united with the anterior
vertebral rim. Dried skeletons of this stage show the anterior
vertebral cup with a thick, rather rough rim and a correspondingly
constricted opening, while the posterior cup remains almost exactly
of its previous form and proportions. Its opening is large, uncon-
stricted and has a smooth, thin margin which embraces the next
succeeding centrum; its inner surface is bounded everywhere by
hard, true bone lined by a thin layer of cartilage. Moreover, if
the column be forcibly broken as described above, the cartilaginous
nodule almost invariably parts from the preceding and remains
attached to the succeeding vertebra, showing its more intimate
organic union with the latter. A smooth articulation between this
cartilage and the posterior face of the preceding vertebra begins to
be evident and the contiguous centra are united by an annular
intervertebral ligament. A condition closely approximating that
just described is figured by Wiedersheim (’93, p. 61, fig. 41,C.).
With increasing age and size the calcified area continues tu en-
croach on the cartilaginous matrix. The ring becomes thicker and
its posterior margin extends toward the middle region of the cen-
trum. Asa result the anterior cavity of the bony vertebra grows
1 As there appears to be some individual variation in the rate of change,
the conditions described must be understood as belonging to individuals of
only approximately the lengths stated.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 615
smaller as it is filled up from the bottom and sides by the gradual
replacement of true cartilage by calcified cartilage. To a corre-
sponding degree the cartilaginous nodule becomes incorporated with
the succeeding vertebra and structurally separated from the pre-
ceding one. In ordinary breeding individuals, having a length of
130-150 mm., is reached the condition which Vaillant has happily
described as physiologically opisthoccelous, in which the actual
intervertebral centre of movement is between a cartilaginous ball
structurally united with the anterior end of one vertebra and a
deep cup borne on the posterior face of the other. There is no
synovial articulation formed at this stage but only a curved sur-
face of fracture which divides the intervertebral cartilage.
In still larger individuals, up to a length of 170 mm., which are
not rare, the process of calcification has extended all through the
cartilage within the anterior vertebral cup, at first leaving here
and there little lakes of unaltered cartilage, which are finally also
affected by the change. The transformation of tissue then over-
flows the boundaries of the cup, first at the rim, but gradually
extends into the centre and anterior superfices of the cartilaginous
head. At this period of development the unchanged cartilage has
been reduced to a cap which fits over a rounded calcified head of
its transformed substance and becomes constantly reduced in
thickness as the process of calcification extends. If the cartilage
be scraped away or shrunken by complete drying a larger or
smaller central depression appears in the anterior face of the ver-
tebra at the point where the notochord and its cartilaginous en-
velope longest persist.
inally, in the very largest individual which I have seen, which,
if the tail were complete, would measure upward of 180 mm.,
the vertebre are quite as opisthoccelous as even in the largest
individuals of Desmognathus. The anterior ball has become, with
the exception of a thin articular surface such as persists in all
opisthoccelous salamanders, completely calcified and as hard and
dense as the body of the vertebra. So far as microscopical exam-
ination has extended, this calcified tissue does not becume true
bone. In sections after removal of the lime salts the original
cartilage, except for the rearrangement of the cells, remains in a
nearly unaltered state. In many of the larger specimens the an-
nular intervertebral ligament ossifies, beginning at its anterior
616 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
attachment and extending caudad. By this means the rim of the
posterior cup is built up higher and the socket deepened. Between
the overlapping vertebral rims an annular synovial sac is developed.
Whether the vertebre of Spelerpes ruber are properly designated
as amphiccelous or opisthoccelous depends, therefore, on the age of
the individual under consideration, and whether attention is
directed to the bony parts only or to the cartilage as well. During
late larval life and for a time after the metamorphosis, the ver-
tebre are both osteologically? and physiologically amphiccelous.
During the prime of life they are still amphiccelous so far as the
strictly bony portions of the centra are concerned; but if, as seems
more logical, the cartilaginous structures also are considered they
cannot be characterized otherwise than as opisthoccelous. In old
age they are opisthoccelous in every sense in which that term can
be applied to the vertebree of Desmognathus. Developmental
progress in the structure of the vertebre from a primitive to a
more specialized type is continuous throughout life.
It is well known that the amphiccelous condition of the vertebrze.
of tht aigher salamanders is attained by a course of development
essentially similar to what has just been described for Spelerpes.
The examination of a large series of Desmognathus fusca and D.
nigra shows that this is true of these species. The species of
Desmognathus transform when of much smaller size relatively to the
limit of growth than those of Spelerpes. The just transformed D.
fusca is about one-half the length of S. ruber at a corresponding
period, although the breeding adults are only about twenty per
cent. inferior. Calcification of the intervertebral cartilage pro-
ceeds quite rapidly, so that individuals of 50-60 mm. are in the
same stage as Spelerpes ruber of 135-140 mm. Even before
attaining a length of 100 mm. the vertebre are as strictly opistho-
ccelous as in the largest S. ruber, and have attained that condition
by a similar series of steps. It is noticeable that the calcified
material of the ball is softer than the fully ossified portions of the
vertebre, and that small enclosures of unchanged cartilage may
persist, as well as a remnant in the centre of its free surface,
where a depression appears in the dry skeleton. The later develop-
ment consists simply in the completion of calcification.
Used in the sense of Vaillant in the papers cited, and of some system-
atists to denote the condition of actual bone and calcification.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 617
The vertebre of the two forms now under consideration do not
properly belong to two types, but differ only in the period of life
at which the steps in development are passed through and at which
the higher structural type is attained. The completely osseous
opisthoccelous condition is reached in Desmognathus fusca prior to
the period of maturity and reproduction, in Spelerpes ruber only
after that period.
It seemed desirable to ascertain whether these conditions are
general among the genera of the more primitive families of the
Pseudosauria.* As it was important to mutilate most of the
material as little as possible, but a single articulation was generally
exposed and studied on each specimen, and for the sake of uni-
formity this was always the same one, the fifth anterior to the
sacral vertebra being selected for various reasons. The following
notes show the character of typical genera:
AMBLYSTOMID.
The largest available specimens of Amblystoma opacum, |Cape May...| 67.8 | 8 | 26 | 55 | 6 | 72.4| 631] 93
>, |Barnegat....| |
‘S |Atlantic City). 73.2 | 94 1 | 58 | 12 | 77.9| 686| 93
2. Cape, May...|. 73.0). 88 | 1 62 11 | 76.5 | 69.4/ 7.1
2p |Barnegat....) 75.8 92 31 63 27 | 82.1 | 69.5 | 12.5
= |Atlantic City) 74.2 | 91 | 25 | 60 | 28 | 79.1| 69.3] 9.8
_“t_|Cape May...| 74.4 | 83 2 | 6 | 28 | 77.3| 71.4) 5.9
4s |Barnegat..../ 70.8) 94 | 3 | 53 | 21 | 78.3) 63.2 | 15.1
& |Atlantic City, 68.0| 89 | 3 | 50 | 21 | 74.3/ 61.7] 12.6
«2 |Cape May...| 68.0) 83 | 38 55 21 | 71.4 | 64.3) 7.1
. \Barnegat....| 59.8 | 7 4,5 a¥e 28 | 66.6 | 52.9 13
© |Atlantic City) 57.5|/ 75 | 8 35 28 | 63.9] 52.1] 11.8
© |Cape May...| 58.8 | 72 | 5,6 | 35 | 28 | 62.5 | 55.0] 7.5
4; |Barnegat....| 45.5 | 66 4 | 24 | 27 | 52.9) 381] 148
© |Atlantic City) 44.1| 62 | 2 | 24 | 28 | 50.5| 37.7] 128
A |Cape May...| 46.4| 63 | 10 | 296 | 27 | 50.9| 420] 89
~s (Barnegat. ...) 36.4 | 54 | 5,31/ 20 | 9,10) 43.2 | 29.5 | 13.7
S |Atlantic City, 36.4/ 56 | 4 | 12 | 14 | 429] 288] 13.1
A Cape May...| 37.8| 50 | 31 | 21 | 14 | 424| 332] 92
The date of the last killing frost in spring for Barnegat City in
1898 was April 8; for Cape May City, April 7, and for Ocean City,
April 8.
The first killing frost in autumn (1898) occurred at Barnegat
City, Cape May City and at Ocean City on the same day, October
28. The length of the season in days at the several places was as
follows:
Barnegat City, . 4. «a0 8 WL Ms el
Océan ‘Gity, 3. < n° «© 60 ee ee
Gape May City,< o< «4s cx a (ee ee
1900.]
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
Precipitation, State of Weather, Wind, 1898.
635
Precipitation, in Inches. State of Weather. Wind.
See |. eee AGAR AESSEEE
$ = Bge| #2 aah le es g |G. |S9\SAlERISE ies od
2 | gg |SeH| 32) 2 | e2 | 2 eeezes@saclesea
£2 55 8 sé S |S"|Balseicolscien =
ee fa 7) os Sh et a 8 a0 2520 ae
Barne | | | | ey |
Tid aca 5.94 | Nov. | 1.52 | Sept. | | |
Atlan- | | |
tic C’y| 38.68 |—4.13] 5.51 | Nov. | 1.81 | Sept. 127 123 139|103| N. W
Cape | | |e | ae
May. | 40.80 |+ 7.68) 4.81 | Apr. | 1.55 | Feb. | 133/145, 96/124) N. W.
Precipitation. State of Weather. Wind.
co |
E Station Total | Great- Numb'r pantie | __ |Prevail-
= eae ein = Date. | OGL oe Clear Cloudy. |20Ud Rese
| more. |
. |Barnegat.... hae ,* |
& |Atlantic City) 3.39 | 0.97 | 15,16) 13 6 | 18 | 12 |N.w.
_'> |Cape May...| 3.06 | 0.86 | 15 13 On} 10" |. 12) NEWe,
. |Barnegat.... |
‘© |Atlantic City; 1.86 | 1.40/19, 20) 8 | 15 8 5 |N.W.
_ |Cape May...! 1.55 | 0.97 | 19 | 8 | 15 6 7 |N.W.
s Barnegat..../.3.54 | 0.90 | 4,5 | 8 u 19 oF le NeEs
2 |Atlantic City] 2.56°| 0.70 | 29,30 11 fo cde ol Gee
= |Cape May...| 3.00 | 0.94; 4 | 14 Bo ik 95 | 14 NEES
., |Barnegat....| 3.64 | 1.33 | 28, 29 7 11 12 7 | N.E.
=. |Atlantic City) 2.67 | 0.75 | 28,29 13 4 16 10 |N.W.
_“S [Cape May...| 4.81 | 1.98 | 28 | 13 | 9 9 | 12 |N.w.
>, |Barnegat....| 5.63 | 1.50 | 15 ez) 11 11 9 | N.E.
@ |Atlantic City) 5.17 | 1.22 | 12,13) 16 6) 132) deh save
_= |Cape May...| 3.92 | 0.93] 16 | 17 | 10 | 6 | 15 | N.E.
© |Barnegat....
& |Atlantic City) 2.49 | 1.59 | 28,29 10 13 14 3 Saws
> |Cape May...| 2.02 | 0.60 | 20 | 11 15 9 6 |S. We:
p, |Barnegat. .- . |
‘a |Atlantic City) 2.23 | 1.18 |12,13, 8 | 11 | 14 6 | S.W.
eutape May. 3| 413.) 1.15 | 13 | 12 | 11 | | 9 | s.
e, |Barnegat....| 2.70 | 1.30 | 10,11) 5 18 | 10 3 | SOW.
= |Atlantic City) 3.99 | 1.93 |10,11| 6 | 14 | 13 4 |S.W.
memlespe Mayes.) 476/121 | 12 | 6 | 15. | 8" | 8 |+8.
4 |Barnegat....| 1.52 | 1.10 | 22,23! 4 19) | St Py NSE:
& Atlantic City) 1.81 | 1.14 | 23 Be ins 4 7 | S.W.
® |Cape May...| 3.25 | 1.24 | 26 a 18), ||. 6 Cuaes!
.; |Barnegat....| 5.25 | 1.30 | 26,27; 10 | 17 | 10 4 | N.E.
© |Atlantic City) 4.60] 1.75 | 26 | 11 | 9 | 14 8 | N.W.
© \Cape May...| 8.94 | 1.42 | 296 | 10 |.13.| 8 | 10. | Nw.
; [Barnegat....| 5.94 | 1.30 | 29,30) 11 | 11 | 11 | 8 |N.W.
© |Atlantic City) 5.51 | 1.25 | 26, 27) 13 | 9 ‘9 1D) Se ENEWe
_@ |Cape May...| 3.83 | 0.72| 29 | 12 | 9 | 8 | 18 |N.W.
5 |Barnegat....| 3.54] 1.52/ 19,20) 9 | 14 | 8 | 9 |N.W.
© |Atlantic City! 2.40 | 0.79 | 19, 20) 10 | 10 9 12 |N.W.
Dr \Gape May...| 2:53 | 0.54 | 20 | 10 | 13 | 6 | 12°] Ww.
636 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Tue PLANT ForMATIONS, THEIR COMPOSITION AND PHYSIOGNOMY.
The various areas which are definitively marked by the character
of the vegetation pass in some cases insensibly into each other, so
that they overlap or are dove-tailed like wedges, these physio-
graphical features being brought about by the sort of topography
which prevails in a given area. For example, a mile below the
town of Seaside Park the dune complex, almost entirely bare of
trees, stretches completely across the beach, which is here about
half a mile wide. In making the ecological reconnoissance at
the four points chosen for study—namely, Seaside Park on Barne-
gat Beach, South Atlantic City on Absecon Beach, Ocean City on
Peck’s Beach, and Wildwood on Five-mile Beach—the follow-
ing belts or zones of the different formations may be given in
outline, the exceptions to the typical disposition of the belts or
zones being due to the physiographic changes brought about by the
closure of inlets, the drifting of sand, and the wearing action of
the waves on the beach front and their scouring action upon the
tide marsh:
T. Sea-strand vegetation.
1. Treeless open.
A. Beach formation.
(a) Succulent zone (middle beach).
Cakile-Ammodenia society at Seaside Park,
South Atlantic City and Ocean City.
Salsola society at Ocean City and Wildwood.
Atriplex society at Wildwood.
(6) CEnothera humifusa zone (upper beach only at
Wildwood).
B. Dune formation. .
(a) Ammophila zone at Seaside Park, South Atlantic
City, Ocean City and not clearly at Wildwood.
(b) Myrica zone at Seaside Park, South Atlantic City,
Ocean City.
(ec) Hudsonia zone, comprising the greater part of the
dune complex, at Seaside Park only.
Rhus radicans—Ampelopsis society at Seaside Park
and Wildwood.
Dune-marsh society at Seaside Park and Ocean
City.
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCE3 OF PHILADELPHIA. 637
Baccharis—Rosa society, bordering the dune-
marsh society and growing upon the captured
slopes of the dunes of the dane complex (Hud-
sonia zone), at Seaside Park only.
2. Tree clad (trees and shrubs).
A, Thicket formation at Seaside Park, South Atlantic (on
high dune in middle of salt marsh), Ocean City and
most luxuriantly at Wildwood, comprising two zonal
areas, the second surrounding the following associa-
tions (Kearney), or societies:
(a) Juniper zone.
(6) Zone of mixed vegetation.
Thicket marsh society at Seaside Park and Wild-
wood.
Hudsonia society at Seaside Park and Wildwood.
Scirpus society at Seaside Park.
Cat-tail society at Seaside Park.
Marsh Shield—fern society at Seaside Park and
Wildwood.
Osmunda society at Wildwood.
Ptilimnium society at Wildwood.
Polygonum society at Wildwood.
B. Marsh-dune formation at Seaside Park and elsewhere on
the coast, where isolated rounded hills of sand arise
from the centre of the marsh and are covered with a
variety of shrubs and occasionally one or two trees,
evergreen or deciduous. At South Atlantic City
such a dune island exists in the marsh, but its length
and the complexity and size of the growth upon it
compel us to classify it under 2. A. Thicket forma-
tion proper.
If. Salt-marsh vegetation.
A. Tidal-flat formation, covered at exceptionally high
tides, along the entire coast.
B. Saline-marsh formation at South Atlantic City and
Wildwood and many other places back of the
beaches.
C. Converted saline-marsh formation (fresh), redeemed
from the effect of the tidal brackish waters of the
638 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
bays by the formation of a sandy beach and a low
dune along its bay side. This sandy beach and dune
completely closes off the marsh from salt water, ex-
cept where the so-called slues are found which
permit the ingress and egress of the tidal water to
limited areas of the marsh. Such areas of the
marsh, therefore, are covered with vegetation more
truly adaptive in character. Such a marsh is found
at Seaside Park about 700 feet wide, and from the
drier portions of it salt hay is cut periodically.
ILI. Bay-strand vegetation (absent where the saline-marsh forma-
tion exists).
A. Dune formation as at Seaside Park, where the dune sup-
ports a variety of plants. This formation one mile
below Seaside Park merges itself insensibly with the
thicket formation proper. In fact, no line of demar-
cation between these two formations can be drawn at
that point.
8. Bay-beach formation at the limit of high tide, covered
with the dead and dried leaves of eel-grass, Vallis-
neria spiralis washed up by the waves.
IV. Bay-water vegetation.
(a) The Plankton (not investigated).
(6) Ruppia zone in the shallow waters along the
eastern shore of the bays (investigated at Sea-
side Park).
(ce) Nereid zone, comprising the alge which grow on
the pilings sunk into the sand for landings and
as jetties to prevent wave action. These alge
exist in considerable abundance, especially near
the inlets and open bays communicating with
them, where the salt water of the ocean has
full effect. This zone was notinvestigated. A
number of other zones and societies might be
delimited, but the above indicate that a careful
study of them would amply repay the ecologist.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 639
I. SeA-STRAND VEGETATION.
1. TREELESS, OPEN FORMATIONS.
A. Beach Formation.
The beach formation exists at the several places investigated in
several modifications of the typical one, which exists at Seaside
Park, N. J. The lower beach is limited by the reach of the
higher tides and is marked by the constant shifting and grinding
of the particles of sand against each other by wave action. No
plants can exist under such trying conditions—the pounding action
of the waves, the grinding of the beach sand, the desiccating
effects of the sun and wind when the beach is exposed at low
tide. The middle beach, where driftwood collects, supports a con-
siderable number of herbaceous annuals, which show in a striking
way their adaptation to unpropitious surroundi::gs. They possess
in the extreme a xerophytic character of succulence, and this
permits them to exist in a porous soil of drifting sand and within
the influence of the sali spray.“* The most abundant plant of the
middle beach in all the localities studied is Cakile edentula (Bigel. )
Hook., the sea blite, with long branching tap-root and jointed,
indehiscent, fleshy fruit of two compartments. The leaves of
this plant are thick and succulent and thus well adapted to the
extreme xerophilous conditions to which beach plants are sub-
jected. Associated with this succulent is also another, Ammodenia
peploides (L.) Rupr., which grows in clumps, and’ is of a dark-
geeen color with thick, fleshy leaves. It forms the so-called
annual dunes which are piled up around its succulent stems,
remaining as small hillocks of sand, through which this plant pro-
trudes, until autumn, when upon the death of the sand-binder
the sand is again caught up by the wind and carried away. Cukile
edentula (Bigel) Hook. is also instrumental in catching the sand
and holding it in the form of embryonic dunes. These two plants
are the only ones found commonly on Barnegat Beach at Seaside
Park.
At South Atlantic City, in addition to Cakile and Ammode-
nia, which are also found there, grow Salsola kali L., Euphorbia
polygontfolia L. and Cenchrus tribuloides L. Salsola kal L. is ex-
14 For physiological details the ‘reader is referred to Kearney’s “The
Plant Covering of Ocracoke Island,’’? Contrib. U. S. National Herbarium,
Vol. V, p. 275, 1900.
640 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1900.
tremely xerophytic with succulent stem and leaves and spinous
habit. Euphorbia polygonifolia J.., a prostrate herb, possesses
latex, which is probably instrumental in reducing transpiration.
Cenchrus tribuloides L., of annual habit, depends upon its prickly
fruit for its distribution and very existence. It is abundant, asa
character plant, at South Atlantic City, along the dune faces in the
zone of succulents, and also as a component of the flora in
the zones more distantly removed from the ocean front. This is
true of this grass both at Ocean City and Wildwood, where it is
not conspicuous by its presence on the middle beach.
The most interesting distribution of plants is met at Wildwood.
Here the beach is extremely flat and very wide, trending to the
northeast, where apparently it is widest. The lower beach con-
sists of sand, packing well together, and when wet presenting a
hard, firm, floor-like surface. Just above the ordinary limit of
high tide are little hummocks of sand held in place by the stalks
of grasses and other herbaceous plants which have been washed
up by tidal action. This area of loose sand is succeeded by a line
of more elevated sand bordering a tidal depression inside it.
Upon this low ridge of sand Salsola kali L. grows in the greatest
abundance, and an inspection indicates that the tide must flow at
times between the Sa/sola patches. On the far side of the tidal
pool are found, in association with isolated clumps of the marram
grass, Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link., growths of an annual
Atriplex arenaria Nutt., a chenopodiaceous plant with reddish-
colored bushy-branched stem and fleshy leaves. Proceeding up the
beach in a straight line, a wind-swept area tenanted by marram
grass and isolated plants of Xanthiwm Canadense Mill. var. echin-
atum (Murr.) Gray, Euphorbia polygonifolia L., Salsola kali L.
(not as.a character plant), Seswvium maritimum ( Walt.) B.S. P.,
and Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britt., just in flower, trailing as a
prostrate vine over the sandy soil, are passed. The only area
which merits the name Ammophila zone occupies the portion of the
beach adjoining that just described, but the sand grass, Ammophila
arenaria (i.) Link., although abundant here, hardly can be called
a zonal plant at present, although it has commenced to build a
frontal dune, which when raised above the level of the beach (a
stage which it has not; yet reached) may separate the middle beach
from ihe upper beach sufficiently to merit the application of the
zonal name to this area of the Wildwood sea-strand. The sand
1900. } NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 641
grass growing here was found in full flower associated with Am-
modenia peploides (L.) Rupr., gathering the sand about it, and
Strophostyles helvola (L.) Britt., creeping out as a radiant plant
in all directions. As an introduced stray, the tomato plant,
Lycopersicon Lycopersicon (Iu. ) Karst., was picked up in this area,
much depauperate and beaten by the blasts of sand and wind and
hardly recognizable except by its odor and the lobed leaves with
smaller lobes interspersed in the sinuses.
The Cnothera humifusa zone, or upper beach, comprises the
hollow place in front of the low frontal dune and the seaward
face of the dune itself. Here grow in perfect harmony Gerardia
purpurea (L.), Strophostyles helvola (.) Britt. with narrower
leaflets, Solidago sempervirens L. with thick leaves, which is found
on the lee face of the sea dunes farther northward, Leptilon
canadensis (.) Britton and Gnothera humifusa Nutt.—the plant
which gives name to this interesting assemblage of species. The
latter is chosen as a character plant, because Cape May county
represents the northern limit of its distribution, which extends to
Florida. C£nothera humifusa Nutt. is essentially southern in its
range, occurring on the sea beaches of the Southern States. Its
presence is proof of the mild climate of Wildwood, which has
already been referred to. The lower face of the dune here sup-
ports Lactuca canadensis L. and life-everlasting, Anaphalis mar-
garitacea (L.) Benth. and Hook.
B. Dune Formation.
(a) Ammophila Zone.—Upon the top and lee side of the sea
dune at Seaside Park, which extends in some places uninter-
Tuptedly there for a distance of half a mile, with a uniform height of
about 15 feet, and at a uniform distance from the ocean front,
grows the best of all sand-binders, Ammophila arenaria (L.)
Link. A perennial dune such as at Seaside Park requires peren-
nial dune-formers, which must be also plants which possess the
power of growing out into the light when buried in the sand, and
of spreading radially by rootstock propagation. These require-
ments of a successful dune-former and holder marram grass pos-
sesses in the highest degree. Cowles’® gives an exhaustive account
of how this grass accomplishes this object so perfectly. Associated
181899, Cowles, ‘‘ Dune Floras of Lake Michigan,’’? Botanical Gazette, p.
180.
642 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
ina remarkable ecological way with this grass is the sand pea,
Lathyrus maritimus (l..) Bigel., which flourishes with it on the
dune summit. It has long been known that with the numerous
tubercles on their roots which store up nitrogen, leguminous plants
can thrive apace in almost pure sand. The beach pea does this on
these porous dunes and not only lives for itself, but upon its death
enriches the sandy soil with nitrogenous compounds. The clumps
of sand grass growing in immediate proximity to the leguminous
perennial herb seizes hold of the nitrogenous products with
avidity and becomes correspondingly thrifty, denser in growth and
of a darker green color than the same grass in the neighborhood,
growing outside of the benign influence of Lathyrus maritimus
(L.) Bigel. That the beach pea is not in danger of extinction,
but has a firm hold upon the dune, will be shown by a close in-
spection of the following statistics giving the result of the pollina-
tion of the flowers. Ten plants were chosen and a careful enu-
meration was made of the fruits and seeds produced.
Fruit and Seed Production Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel.
a= abortive seeds; p= pierced; e=eaten; A, B, ete. = fruit clusters.
Ee reba of Pods Totes
Plant. mente "inthe | Number of Seeds in Each Pod. ° ener
Clust’s. Clusters. | Seeds.
| }
|
I 1 1 1 1
iat 2 AL Be 4 A1=0; B1=4, B2=8 7
IIL 2 Al Bliss] A—2;B=0 2
IV an aapmapC de! | PASS aie eee pital 6 i
| | a j z:
Vv 4 Al, 2, G2. D2) 0s 0 2 ae Sia cee We 22
| 7 iis
VI 1 A4 | Al=1, A2=2,A3=2+41a,A4=4e 5
VIL 1 A5 Al=la,A2=2+42a,A3=0,A4=0,A5=0) 2
: A1=1A2—2,A3=1,A4 2410, A5=2)
VII 3 A6,B3,C8 | el a a a la at SE
“- 214| 5/5) 3] 5] 5/3) 5/8:2) 51:4 suas 4) 3) 2) ae eo
| j | | } |
« g/12\1:3l-| 5] 5] 45) 54:1 4. 5) 5 7 —| -|- -)-| -+|-|-|-|-
« 4133| 5/5] 5] 40:4| 5) 42:2] 3] 52:314 8 Re Ge EAlpal aie:
| | | H |
« 5) 22 |3:1/54:1) 5] 5/4) 4) 4) 43:2 ic 5) 5) 5) 4) 58 2| 2 ae
| Eel | | |
“ 6| 18 4/5 5} 4) 5/515) 54:1 5 5 5 42p.| 5) 215 Stale:
I | | } | | { |
Alibiseus moscheutos L. forms societies over extensive areas to
the exclusion of most other plants. This plant grows abundantly
at Seaside Park, on the west side of the railroad at Fourteenth
avenue, covering several acres, and when in full flower is a
remarkable sight worth a long journey to see. The large bell-
shaped flowers, three and four inches across, are of a bright pink
or white color, through albinism. The plants grow so thickly
that at a distance the meadows seem one mass of color, and this
predominance is due to the large nnmber of seeds produced.
656 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
STATISTICS OF FRUIT AND SEED PRODUCTION OF HIBISCUS
MOSCHEUTOS, L.”
The ripe capsules on a number of plants of this species were
counted in 1894 at Seaside Park, N. J., where it grows abun-
dantly in the salt-water marshes. The results statistically are
displayed in the subjoined table (p — pierced by larve) :
CAPSULES.
No. One. || Two. |u| Three. |4]| Four. [| Five. |g] Six | aj
ees Seeds. 8 Seeds. ig ~ Seeds. 2 Seeds é Seeds 8 Seeds 8
Pe Pa | ES eee (| SOs ol ee cl ec. Be oa
Ties init See hiGeekcae
1 71) 55 | 3) 137) 14 | 4] 117) 30 | 5) 102) 46 | 5}—}] — | 4 — iy
2 | 82) 34 | 5] 105) 11 | 5) *47) 64 | 4) 82) 36 | 5}—|) — || — al
$ | 68} 23 | 5) 40) 51 | 5| 52] 46 | 5] 51] 49 | 5] #38] 57 | 5}— | —
4 | 113/5+12 p| 5] #49) 57 | 5)—| — |-}—| — |4—]| — |4— (fi
5 |107| 15 | 5} 88| 33. | 5) 114; 12 | 5] 78) 39 s 110] 10 | 5} 110) 16 | 5
6 | *50} 70 | 5]. 61] 61 | -) 113, 12 | 5) 115 10} }—| — -| — ote
7 | 59} 53 | 5| 84) 25 | 5}105| 4 | 5] 97} 5 | 5] 87] 1 |s}—] — | -
8 us ae) 11014415) 5 do} 36°} 5) 100) “aa a | -
| |
The slues at Seaside Park, where at every high tide the brackish
waters of the bay pass into a channel leading to a lower part of
the meadow, are breeding places for mosquitoes and the haunts of
the mud turtle. Along their edges grow Baccharis halimifolia L.,
Iva frutescens LL. and Scirpus robustus Pursh., the salt-marsh
bulrush, and floating upon the surface of the water a mass of
Scirpus nanus Spreng. torn away by tidal action from the under-
mined bank.
III. Bay-strRanp VEGETATION.
A. Bay-dune Formation.
The dune along the bay at Seaside Park has, as said before,
been formed by the action of western winds in piling up the sand
along the bay front. It consists of loose sand, and upon its top
and slopes flourish a considerable number of plants found nowhere
2 Harshberger, l.c., p. 105.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 657
else on Barnegat Beach. These peculiar plants are therefore of
ecological interest. One mile below Seaside Park on the bay side,
opposite the Island Beach Life Saving Station, the bay dune and
its vegetation merges itself insensibly with the thicket formation
proper. In fact, no line of demarcation can be drawn at that
point, where the height of the dune rises four or five feet above
tide level. The bay dune supports, among other plants, Baccharis
halimifolia L., Iva frutescens L., Teucrium canadense L., Ammo-
phila arenaria (L.) Link which binds the sand, but is not a char-
acter plant, Rhus radicans L., with common prolification of the
inflorescence, Rosa humilis Marsh., an extremely spinous form,
and Convolvulus sepium L. trailing over the ground and climbing
up over the higher plants.
B. Bay-beach Formation.
This formation and its ecological] constitution was studied only
at Seaside Park. At exceptionally high tides the whole beach is
subject to tidal action, but ordinarily, high-water mark is removed
several feet from the limit of vegetation. Along Barnegat Bay
large quantities of eel-grass, Vallisneria spiralis L., is washed
ashore. At low-tide mark it is still green, but at high-tide mark
it has become dry, hay-like, and of a chocolate-brown color. The
supply is derived from the fresh-water rivers which empty into
Barnegat Bay. The dried plant is gathered by the cartload and
spread upon graded areas to prevent the action of the wind upon
the sand. The high beach, out of reach of ordinary tides, sup-
ports the following plants: Amdranthus retroflerus L., Sueda
linearis var. ramosa S. Wats., Chenopodium album L., Salsola
kali L., Atriplex hastata L., Cakile edentula( Bigel.) Hook.,
Xanthium canadense Mill., Erechtites hieracifolia (.) Raf. and
Spartina patens (Ait.) Mubl., which is extremely abundant. All
of these are xerophytes and are mostly succulents, provided in this
way against the danger of death by transpiration. The only
plant of doubtful xerophytic habit is Erechtites hieracifolia (.)
Raf. Its morphological appearance belies the possibility of its
occurrence on this beach, constantly bathed by salt water—it is
true somewhat diluted by the fresh water of the rivers, but never-
theless strongly saline.
658 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
IV. Bay-waTeR VEGETATION.
(a) The Plankton (not investigated ).
(b) Ruppia Zone.
Ruppia maritima L. grows in the salt and brackish waters of
Barnegat Bay, just beyond the bay-beach wave action. The
plant is anchored in the sandy bottom, and at low tide floats in
about twelve to eighteen inches of water. It isa graceful plant,
as it moves backward and forward by wave action. The pollen
from the two naked flowers of the spike is discharged, as geniculate,
cylindrical grains, which float to the surface, and are carried by
the water to the pistillate flowers with sessile, peltate stigmas,
which now reach the surface at the end of a coiled peduncle and
are ready to receive the pollen carried by the wind. After fertili-
zation, the fruit which begins to form is drawn below the surface of
the water by the coiling peduncle.
(c) Nereid Zone (not investigated), comprising those alge
attached to the piles of landings or jetties, especially in the neigh-
borhood of the inlets.
This survey endeavors to present the fundamental facts concern-
ing the zonal distribution of the New Jersey strand plants and
their ecological relationship. A more detailed inspection of the
entire coast would doubtless reveal other peculiarities of the sea-
beach flora, but it is believed and hoped that the déscriptive account
given above presents an outline sketch of the more important
facts relating to the sand-strand vegetatiou of New Jersey.
PuHytTo-GEOGRAPHY.
The affinities of the New Jersey coast flora may be briefly
summed up by presenting in the following list the range of some
of the character plants which have been referred to in the above
ecological description. Of the total number of species of plants
collected, 228 in number, 5 are pteridophytes, 2 conifers, 66
monocotyledons, and 155 dicotyledons, as compared with 135
plants collected by Kearney on Ocracoke Island, N. C.
1. The following plants of the New Jersey stiand flora have
been collected on Presque Isle, Lake Erie:
Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link. Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel.
* Porter, T. C., Rare Plants of Southeastern Pernsylvuania, Mch., 1900.
1900.]
Sieglingia purpurea (Walt. )
Ktze.
Cakile edentula (Bigel. ) Hook.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
659
Euphorbia polygonifolia L.
Strophostyles helvola (1. ) Britt.
Hibiseus moscheutos L.
2. The dunes of Lake Michigan” are occupied by the following
Atlantic coast plants:
Cakile edentula ( Bigel.) Hook.
Euphorbia polygonifolia L.
Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt.
Rhus copallina L.
Ammophila arenaria (L.) Link. Lespedeza capitata Michx.
Polygonum ramossissimum Michx.
Lathyrus maritimus (.) Bigel.
Monarda punctata L.
3. Species of plants found on the New Jersey coast and ranging
southward to North Carolina and Florida:
Juniperus virginiana L.
Typha latifolia L.
Spartina patens ( Ait.) Muhl.
Distichlis spicata (LL. ) Greene.
Cyperus nuttallii Eddy.
Juncus scirpoides Lam. }
Myrica cerifera L.
Atriplex hastata L.
Salicornia herbacea L.
Salsola kali L.
Sesuvium maritimum ( Walt.) B.
54 P:
Tissa marina (L.) Britton.
Meibomia paniculata (L.)
Kuntze.
Linum medium (Planch. ) Brit-
ton.
4. Species ranging northward.
Euphorbia polygonifolia L.
Rhus radicans L.
Ilex opaca Ait.
Vitis estivalis Michx.
Kosteletskya virginica.
Hibiseus moscheutos L.
(Enothera humifusa Nutt.
Timonium carolinianum (Walt. )
Britton.
Monarda puncetata L.
Gerardia maritima Raf.
Solidago sempervirens L.
Baccharis halimifolia L.
Pluchea camphorata (L.) D. C.
Iva frutescens (Li. ) Raf.
Carduus spinosissimus Walt.
The northern limit is taken
from Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora:
Spartina patens (Ait) Muhl.
(Nova Scotia).
Distichlis spicata (1. )
(Maine).
Greene
31 Cowles, J. c.
L. (Massachu-
Iva frutescens
setts ).
Solidago sempervirens L. (New
Brunswick).
660
Sesuvium maritimum (Walt. ) B.
S. P. (New York).
Euphorbia polygonifolia LL.
(Rhode Island).
Kosteletskya virginica (L.) A.
Gray. (New York).
Timonium earolinianum (Muh. )
Britton (Labrador ).
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[1900.
Aster subulatus Michx. (New
Hampshire ).
Baccharis halimifolia L. (Mas-
sachusetts ).
Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt. (New
Brunswick ).
Lechea maritima Leg. (Massa-
chusetts ).
5. Species occurring also on the sea coast of the northern hemi-
sphere in the Old World :5
Spartina stricta ( Ait.) Roth.
Atriplex hastata L.
Salicornia herbacea L.
Tissa marina (L.) Britton.
Ammophila (Psamma) arenaria
Salsola kali Li.
6. The plants which may be said to have been recently intro-
duced and to occur here, as elsewhere, as weeds are:
Holeus lanatus L. Anthemis cotula D. C.
Oenothera laciniata Hill. Carduus arvensis (.) Robs.
Daucus carota L. Lactuca canadensis L
Achillea millefolium L. Leptilon canadensis (L.) Brit-
Ambrosia artemisiefolia L. ton and others.
Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel.
7. The following plants, mentioned in the descriptive text, also
occur on the dune formations near the Lake of the Woods:
Hudsonia tomentosa Nutt.
Rhus radieans L.
Lathyrus maritimus (.) Bigel.
List oF PLANTs.
This list comprises the names of those plants known to occur on
the beaches and salt marshes of the New Jersey coast. It is made
as complete as possible, so that the plants peculiar to the region are
brought together for ready reference. The nomenclature used is
that found in Britton and Brown’s Illustrated Flora of the
Northern United States, Canada and the British Possessions, but for
purposes of comparison the names according to Gray’s Manual of
25 Kearney, U. c., p. 313.
78 MacMillan, ‘* Observations on the Distribution of Plants Along Shore at
Lake of Woods,’’ Minn. Bot. Studies Bulletin, 9, p. 949.
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 661
Botany (sixth edition, 1890) are given in parentheses. The source
of information is designated as follows: Unmarked, collections made
by the writer at Seaside Park, July 19, 20 and 21; at South
Atlantic City and Ocean City on August 21; at Wildwood,
August 31, 1900; marked by asterisk (*), plants collected by
members of the Philadelphia Botanical Club;” with a dagger (+),
plant names given in Britton’s Catalogue of New Jersey Plants. **
Ta all cases omitting the dates, the locality where the species were
found is given by way of geographically fixing the plants. A
large number of plants from Wildwood in the herbarium of
the Philadelphia Botanical Club ~ were collected July 4, 1897.
When only one name is given without accompanying synonym, it
is common to the manuals mentioned above.
OPHIOGLOSSACE 4.
**OPHIOGLOSSUM ARENARIUM E. G. Britton. Wildwood.
OSMUNDACE£.
OsMUNDA REGALIS L. Wildwood.
POLYPODIACEA.
DRYOPTERBIS MARGINALIS (L.) A. Gray (Aspidium marginale
Sw.). Seaside Park.
DRYOPTERIS THELYPTERIS (L.) A. Gray (Aspidium thelypteris
Sw.). Seaside Park, Ocean City, Wildwood.
Preris aquittina L. South Atlantic City.
CONIFER.
Pinus rierpA Mill. Seaside Park, South Atlantic City.
JUNIPERUS VIRGINIANA L. Seaside Park (6 varieties),
South Atlantic City, Wildweod.
TYPHACEA.
TYPHA LATIFOLIA L. Seaside Park.
NAJADACEA.
Rurrra maritima L. Seaside Park. +Brackish water, com-
mon.
+ZOSTERA MARINA L.
27 For names of collectors the investigator is referred to the labels on the
herbarium sheets at the Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila.
28 The marks of designation, when a species collected by the writer are also
mentioned in the two floras, are placed before the name of the locality in-
stead of before the name of the plant.
43
662 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
ALISMACEs.
*ALISMA PLANTAGO-AQUATICA L. Cape May.
GRAMINEZ.
*AGROSTIS ALBA L.. Wildwood
*ATRA PRACOX L. Anglesea.
AMMOPHILA ARENARIA (L.) Link. (Ammophila. arundinacea
Host.). Seaside Park, South Atlantic City, Ocean City, Wild-
wood, *Cape May.
ANDROPOGON vrretnicus L. Wildwood.
*ARISTIDA PURPURASCENS Poir. Anglesea.
*Bromus AsPER Murr. (Bromus asper L.). Wildwood.
CENCHRUS TRIBULOIDES L, Ocean City, *Wildwood. Sandy
soil on sea beaches.
Disticuiis spicata (L.) Greene (Distichlis maritima Raf. ).
South Atlantic City, “Atlantic City. Salt meadows, common.
*DIPLACHNE FASCICULARIS (Lain.) Beauy. (D._ fascicularis
Beauv.). Sea Isle City.
*FEstuca OVINA L. Wildwood.
**FESTUCA OVINA var. DURIUSCULA (L.) Hack. (F. ovina var.
duriuscula Koch). Holly Beach.
*Hoxtcus Lanatus L. Wildwood.
*“MUHLENBERGIA DIFFUSA Schreb. Anglesea.
*PANICULARIA FLUITANS (L.) Kuntze (Glyceria fluitans R.
Br.). Anglesea.
Panicum AMARUM Ell. Seaside Park, Wildwood.
*PANICUM BARBULATUM Michx. Wildwood.
**PANICUM COLUMBIANUM Scribner. Wildwood.
PANICUM CRUS-GALLI var. HISPIDUM (Muhl.) Torr. Seaside
Park, *Sea Isle City. {Salt or brackish marshes, common.
PANICUM PROLIFERUM Lam. Seaside Park. +Common along
borders of salt or brackish meadows.
*SPANICUM VERRUCOSUM Muhl. Anglesea.
PANICUM vIRGATUM L. Seaside Park, Wildwood.
**PantcumM viscrpuM Ell. Five-mile Beach.
+SAVASTANA ODORATA (L.) Seribn. (Hierochloé borealis R.
and §.). Borders of salt or brackish meadows. Seabright.
SIEGLINGIA PURPUREA (Walt.) Kuntze (Triodia purpurea
Hack. ). Seaside Park, *Atlantic City. +Common on sea beaches.
SPARTINA CYNOSUROIDES (L.) Willd. (Spartina cynosuroides
Willd.). Ocean City, Longport.
SPARTINA PATENS (Ait.) Muhl. (S. juncea Willd.). Seaside
Park, South Atlantic City, “Sandy Hook, “Anglesea, “Wildwood,
*Cape May. On salt marshes, common.
SPARTINA PoLysTacHyA (Michx.) Ell. (S. polystachya Willd. ).
Seaside Park. +Salt marshes, common.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 665
*SPARTINA STRICTA MARITIMA (Walt.) Scribn. (S._ stricta
var. glabra Gray). Cape May. 7+Ditches, salt marsh, common.
*Seaside Park, *Atlantic City, “Cape May.
CYPERACEA.
Carex LupuLina Muhl. Wildwood, *Five-mile Beach.
CarEX MONILIFORMIS (Tuck.) Britton (?). {Sea beaches,
common.
+CareEx Munuenserei Schk. Atlantic City.
*CAREX PSEUDO-cyPERUS L. var. AMERICANA Hochst. (Carex
comosa Boott.). Five-mile Beach.
+CAREX ALATA Torr. (Carex straminea Schk. var. alata (Torr.)
Bailey). Atlantic City, Cape May.
CAREX ALBOLUTESCENS Schwein (Carex straminea Schk. var.
fenea (Willd.) Torr.). Edges salt or brackish marshes, common.
*CAREX VIRESCENS Muhl. Wildwood.
*CYPERUS CyLINDRICUS (Ell.) Britton (Cyperus Torrey: Brit-
ton). Wildwood.
+CyprERus Grayit Torr. Sea beaches, common.
Cyperus Nutrauiia Eddy (C. Nuttallii Torr.). Seaside
Park, Ocean City, *Cape May. Salt or brackish marshes.
Cyprrus strigosus L. Wildwood.
*ELEOCHARIS OVATA (Roth.) R. and S. (EH. ovata R. Br.).
Anglesea.
FIMBRYSTYLIS. CASTANEA (Michx.) Vahl. (. spadicea var.
castanea Gray). “Anglesea, *Sea Isle City, “Cape May. Salt
or brackish marshes.
*FUIRENA SQUARROSA Michx. Cape May.
FUIRENA SQUARROSA HISPIDA (Ell.) Chapm. “*Cape May,
+Ocean Beach.
RHYNCHOSPORA GLOMERATA (L.) Vahl. (R. glomerata Vahl.).
Seaside Park.
*SCIRPUS AMERICANUS Pers. (S. pungens Vahl.). Wildwood.
Scrrpus DEBILIS Pursh. Seaside Park.
*SCIRPUS LACUSTRIS L. Anglesea.
+Scrrpus NANus Spreng. Salt or brackish meadows.
Scirpus ropustus Pursh. (S. maritimus L.). Seaside Park,
**Holly Beach, *Anglesea.
XYRIDACEZ.
*XYRIS FLEXUOSA Muhl. Anglesea.
JUNCACEA.
Juncus AcumrINATUS Michx. Wildwood, *Holly Beach.
*Juncos BuFontus L. Wildwood.
Juncus EFFusUS L. Seaside Park.
664 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900_
Juncus GERARDI Loisel. Seaside Park, South Atlantic City,
*“Holly Beach, *“Atlantie City.
*JUNCUS MARGINATUS Rostk. Wildwood.
;Juncus Rormerranus Scheele. Brackish marshes New
Jersey; reported by Pursh, but not found certainly since.
JUNCUS SCIRPOIDES Lam. South Atlantic City.
*JuNncus TENUIS Willd. Holly Beach.
LILIACEZ.
SMILAX ROTUNDIFOLIA L. Seaside Park.
**LILIUM SUPERBUM L. Cape May.
*POLYGONATUM CoMMUTATUM (R. and §.) Dietr. (P. gigan-
teum Dietr.). Five-mile Beach.
ORCHIDACEZ.
GyRosTaAcHys PR&COxX (Walt.) Kuntze (Spiranthes precox
Wats.). Seaside Park, *Anglesea.
MYRICACEA.
MyricA CERIFERA L. Seaside Park, South Atlantic City,
Ocean City, Wildwood, *Atlantie City.
FAGACEZ.
QueERcus ALBA L. X Q. minor (Marsh.) Sarg. Wildwood.
QueERcus piarrata (Marsh.) Sarg. (Q. faleata Michx.). South
Atlantic City, Wildwood.
QuERcus Minor (Marsh.) Sarg. (@Q. stellata Wang.). South
Atlantic City, Wildwood.
QueERCcUS NANA (Marsh.) Sarg. (Q. tlicifolia Wang.). Seaside
Park.
QurERCUS PHELLOS L. Seaside Park.
POLYGONACEZ.
*POLYGONUM DUMETORUM L. Anglesea.
*POLYGONUM SCANDENS L. (P. dumetorwm var. scandens Gray).
Holly Beach.
*POLYGONUM ERECTUM L. Anglesea.
POLYGONUM HYDROPIPEROIDES Michx. Seaside Park.
PoLYGONUM LAPATHIFOLIUM L. Wildwood.
+PoLyGonuM MARITIMUM L. Sandy sea beaches.
PoLYGONUM RAMOssIssIMUM Michx. *Sea Isle, +Cape May,
+ Atlantic City.
*“RUMEX BRITANNICA L. Holly Beach, Anglesea.
+RUMEX PERSICARIOIDES L. (R. maritimus L.). Salt marshes,
not rare.
*SRUMEX SALICIFOLIUS Weinm. Wildwood.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 665
CHENOPODIACEA.
ATRIPLEX ARENARIA Nutt. Wildwood, *Anglesea, “Ocean
City, *Cape May. {Sea beaches, common.
ATRIPLEX HASTATA L. (A. patulwm L. var. hastatum Gray).
Seaside Park.
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L. Seaside Park.
{CHENOPODIUM LEPTOPHYLLUM (Moq.) Nutt. (C. leptophyllum
Nutt.). Atlantic City, Sandy Hook. Adventive from west.
+CHENOPODIUM RUBRUM L. Salt meadows.
DonDIA AMERICANA (Pers.) Britton (Sueda linearis Moq.).
Seaside Park, *Ocean City, *Sea Isle City, *Cape May.
7SALICORNIA AMBIGUA Michx. Wet sands of seashore.
*Atlantic City.
SALICORNIA HERBACEA L. South Atlantic City, *Sea Isle
City.
*SaxtcorntA Breetovi Torr. (S. mucronata Bigel.). Salt
meadows.
Satsora KALI L. Seaside Park, Wildwood, *Atlantic City,
*Cape May.
AMARANTACEZ.
+ACNIDA CANNABINA L. Brackish marshes.
+AMARANTHUS PUMILUS Raf. Sandy sea beaches, frequent.
AMARANTHUS RETROFLEXUS L. Seaside Park.
AIZOACEA.
SESUVIUM MARITIMUM (Walt.) B.S.P. (S. pentandrum EIL.).
Wildwood. Sea beaches, frequent. “Ocean City.
CARYOPHYLLACEA.
AMMODENIA PEPLOIDES (L.) Rupr. (Arenaria peploides L.).
Seaside Park, *Atlantic City, “Anglesea.
MceHRINGIA LATERIFLORA (L.) Fenzl. (Arenaria lateriflora
L.). *Anglesea, “Atlantic City, +Anglesea.
*SAGINA DECUMBENS (EIll.) T. and G. Wildwood.
TissA MARINA (L.) Britton (Buda marina Dumort). South
Atlantic City, *“Cape May, *Holly Beach. +Salt or brackish
marshes, common.
*TissA RUBRA (L.) Britton (Buda rubra Dumort). Sea Isle
City, Atlantic City.
MAGNOLIACE.
MAGNOLIA VIRGINIANA L. (M. glauca L.). Wildwood.
666 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
RANUNCULACEZ.
tOXYGRAPHIS CYMBALARIA (Pursh.) Prantl. (Ranunculus
cymbalaria Pursh.). Borders of salt marsh, Atlantic City.
LAURACEA.
SASSAFRAS SASSAFRAS (L.) Karst. (S. officinale Nees). Sea-
side Park, Wildwood.
CRUCIFERZA.
CAKILE EDENTULA (Bigel.) Hook. (C. americana Nutt. ).
Seaside Park, “Cape May, *Anglesea, *Sea Isle City.
DROSERACEZ,
DrRosERA FILIFORMIS Raf. Seaside Park.
DrosERA INPERMEDIA Hayne. Seaside Park.
ROSACEZ.
Prunus MARITIMA L. Seaside Park, Wildwood, *Five-mile
Beach.
Prunus serorina Ehrh. Wildwood.
Rosa CAROLINA L. Seaside Park, Wildwood.
Rosa wumriuis Marsh. Seaside Park, *Five-mile Beach.
Rusus CANADENSIS L. Seaside Park.
LEGUMINOS 4.
CassiA CHAM«CRISTA L. South Atlantic City, Wildwood.
LatTHyrus MARITIMUs (L.) Bigel: Seaside Park.
LeEsPEDEZA CAPITATA Michx. Wildwood.
MEIBOMIA PANICULATA (L.) Kuntze (Desmodium paniculatum
D. C.). Wildwood.
STROPHOSTYLES HELVOLA (L.) Britton (S. angulosa EIL.).
Ocean City, Wildwood.
GERANIACE.
+Gerantum RosertrAnum L. In old forest, Sandy Hook.
LINACEZE.
Lixyum mepiuM (Planch.) Britton. Seaside Park.
POLYGALACE.
+PoLtyGaLa crucraTa L. Abundant along the borders of salt
marshes with upland.
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 667
1900. |
EUPHORBIACE A.
+EuUPHORBIA HUMISTRATA Engelm.
EUPHORBIA POLYGONIFOLIA L. Seaside Park, **Wildwood,
*Cape May.
ANACARDIACEA.
Ravs copaLiina L. Seaside Park, *Cape May.
Ruvus RADICANS L. (Rhus toxicodendron). Seaside Park.
AQUIFOLIACE A.
Ibex opaca Ait. Seaside Park, South Atlantic City (form
with spineless leaves), Wildwood.
ACHERACEA.
Wildwood.
BALSAMINACE A.
ACER RUBRUM L.
IMPATIENS BIFLORA Walt. (I. fulva Nutt.). Wildwood.
VITACEA.
PARTHENOCISSUS QUINQUEFOLIA (L.) Planch. (Aimpelopsis
quinquefolia Michx.). Seaside Park.
Vitis #sTIvaALis Michx. South Atlantic City, Ocean City.
Vitis LABRUSCA L. Wildwood, forming lianes ; stem over one
foot in diameter.
MALVACEA.
Hisiscus MoscHEu1os L. Seaside Park, Wildwood, *Cape
May.
KostTELETsKYA virainica (L.) A. Gray. Seaside Park.
GUTTIFERZ.
HYPERICUM CANADENSE L. Seaside Park.
Hypericum mutitoum L. Seaside Park.
TRIADENUM virGINIcUM (L.) Raf. (Elodes caimnpanulata
Pursh.). Seaside Park, *Cape May.
CISTACEA.
HupsonrIA TOMENTOSA Nutt. Seaside Park, *Five-mile Beach,
*Atlantic City.
LECHEA MARITIMA Leggett (L. minor var. maritima A. Gray).
Seaside Park. +Sands of seashore, common.
LYTHRACEA.
;LyTHRUM LINEARE L. Borders of salt marshes.
668 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1900.
MELASTOMACEZ.
*“RHEXIA MARIANA L. Cape May.
*“RHEXIA ViRGINICA L. Anglesea, Cape May.
ONAGRACEZ.
CENOTHERA HuMIFUSA Nutt. Wildwood.
*CENOIHERA LACINIATA Hill (CG. sinuata L.). Five-mile
Beach.
*KNEIFFIA PUMILA (L.) Spach. (Cinothera pumila L.).
Five-mile Beach.
HALLORAGINACEZ.
*“MYRIOPHYLLUM PINNATUM (Walt.) B.S. P. (ML scabratum
Michx.). Shaliow ditches, Wildwood.
UMBELLIFERZ.
*HRYNGIUM VIRGINIANUM Lam. Cape May.
*CAUCALIS ANTHRISCUS Hudson. Wildwood.
*“HYDROCOTYLE VERTICILLATA Thunb. Wildwood.
*KHYDROCOTYLE UMBELLATA L. Cape May.
Oxypouis ricipus (L.) Britton (Tiedemannia rigida Coult.
and Rose). Wildwood, *Anglesea. d
PTILIMNIUM CAPILLACEUM (Michx.) Hollick (Discopleura
capillacea D., C.). Seaside Park, Ocean City, Wildwood, *Five-
mile Beach.
Sium cicur#roriium Gmel. Five-mile Beach.
CORNACEZ.
Nyssa SYLVATICA Marsh. Wildwood.
ERICACEZ.
KALMIA ANGUSTIFOLIA L. Seaside Park.
Oxycoccus MACROCARPUS (Ait.) Pers. (Vaccinium maero-
earpon Ait.). Seaside Park.
Vaccinium atrococcum (A. Gray) Heller (V. corymbosum
var. atrococcum A. Gray). Seaside Park.
Vaccinium coryMBosuM L. Seaside Park.
PRIMULACE.
+GuLAUXx MARITIMA L. Deal Beach.
*TRIENTALIS AMERICANA Pursh. Anglesea.
*ANAGALLIS ARVENSIS L. Cape May.
*SAMOLUS FLORIBUNDUs H. B. K. (S. valerandi var. ameri-
canus Gray). Five-mile Beach.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 669
PLUMBAGINACEZ.
LIMONIUM CAROLINIANUM (Walt.) Britton (Statice limoniun
var. carolinianum A. Gray). Seaside Park, South Atlantic City,
*Ocean City, “Cape May.
GENTIANACEZ:.
*SABBATIA ANGULARIS (L.) Pursh. Wildwood, Cape May.
*SABBATIA CAMPANULATA (L.) Torr. (Sabbatia gracilis
Salisb.). Ocean Beach, Ocean Grove, Cape May.
SABBATIA LANCEOLATA (Walt.) T and G. Seaside Park.
SABBATIA STELLARIS Pursh. Seaside Park, South Atlantic
City, *Cape May.
ASCLEPIADACEA.
ASCLEPIAS PULCHRA Ehrh. (A. incarnata var. pulchra Pers. ).
Seaside Park, Wildwood.
CONVOLVULACEZ.
ConvoLvuLus sepium L. Seaside Park.
VERBENACEZ.
LIpPIA LANCEOLATA Michx. Wildwood.
VERBENA HASTATA L. Seaside Park.
LABIATZ.
Lycorus AMERICANUS Muhl. (Z. sinuatus Ell.). Wildwood.
Monarpa PunctTaTa L. Ocean City, *Cape May, Wildwood.
TEUCRIUM CANADENSE L. Seaside Park, *Anglesea.
SOLANACEZ.
LYCOPERSICON LYCOPERSICON (L.) Karst (Lycopersicum escu-
lentum Miller). Wildwood, in beach sand ; evidently introduced
by fruit brought as luncheon.
SCROPHULARIACE 5.
GERARDIA PURPUREA L. Seaside Park, Ocean City, Wild-
wood, *Cape May.
*GERARDIA MARITIMA Raf. Sea Isle City, Ocean City, Atlantic
City, Cape May.
GRATIOLA PILOSA Michx. Cape May.
PLANTAGINACEZ.
**PLANTAGO VIRGINICA L. Anglesea.
*“PLANTAGO MARITIMA L, Atlantic City.
670 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
RUBIACEA.
*DIODIA VIRGINIANA L. Cape May.
CAPRIFOLIACEA.
*“LONICERA SEMPERVIRENS L. Anglesea.
VIBURNUM DENTATUM L. South Atlantic City. :
CAMPANULACEZ.
LoBELiA ‘CARDINALIS L. Wildwood.
LoBELIA PUBERULA Michx. Cape May.
COMPOSIT A.
ACHILLEA MILLEFOLIUM L. Seaside Park.
AMBROSIA ARTEMISLEFOLIA L. Wildwood.
ANAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) Benth. and Hook. Wild-
wood.
*“ANTHEMIS COTULA D.C.
+ARTEMISIA STELLERIANA Bess. Sea beaches, Sandy Hook.
*“ASTER LATERIFLORUS (L.) Britton (Aster dijfusus L.) Sea
Isle City.
*“ASTER LATERIFLORUS THYRSOIDEUS A. Gray (A. diffusus
thyrsoideus Gray). Sea Isie City.
*ASTER TENUIFOLIUS L. (A. flerussus Nutt.). Cape May,
Ocean City, Atlantic City.
*ASTER sUBULATUS L. (A. linifolius Gray). Cape May,
Wildwood. ,
BACCHARIS HALIMIFOLIA L. Seaside Park, “Cape May.
BipEeNns ConNATA Muhl. Ocean City. ;
*BIDENS LEVIS (L ) B.S. P. (B. chrysanthemoides Michx. ).
Cape May.
*CARDUUS ARVENSIS (L.) Robs. (Cnieus arvensis Hoff. ).
Anglesea,
CaRDUUS sPINOosIssIMUsS Walt. (Cnicus horridulus Pursh. ).
Seaside Park. +Junction salt or brackish marshes and upland.
*“CHRYSOPSIS MARIANA Nutt. Cape May.
ERECHTITES HIERACIFOLIA (L.) Raf. Seaside Park.
**KUPATORIUM ALBUM L. Anglesea.
*EUPATORIUM C@LESTINUM L. Cape May.
EUPATORIUM HyssopIFOoLiuM L. Wildwood, “Cape May.
EUPATORIUM ROTUNDIFOLIUM L. Seaside Park, Atlantic City.
HELIANTHUS GIGANTEUS L. Wildwood.
HierActumM MARIANUM Willd. Five-mile Beach.
*STONACTIS LINARIFOLIUS (L.) Greene (Aster linariifolius L. ).
Cape May.
Iva FRuTESCENS L. Seaside Park, *Atlantie City.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 6714
Lactuca CANADENSIS L. Wildwood, *Holly Beach.
*LACTUCA FLORIDANA (L.) Gaertn. Anglesea.
*Lactuca uirsutA Muhl. Atlantic City.
*KLACINARIA SQUARROSA (L.) Hill (Liatris squarrosa Willd. ).
Anglesea.
Lrarris spicata (L.) Willd. (LZ. spicata Willd.). Bay Head.
LEPTILON CANADENSIS (L.) Britton (Erigeron canadensis L. ).
Wildwood.
PLUCHEA CAMPHORATA (L.) D. C. Seaside Park, *Atlantic
City, *Ocean City, “Cape May.
SotrpaGo FistuLosa Mill. GS. pilosa Walt.). Wildwood.
SoLipaGco oporA Ait. Wildwood.
SoLIDAGO SEMPERVIRENS L. Seaside Park, Wildwood,
*Ocean City.
*SOLIDAGO sTRICTA Ait. Anglesea.
WILLUGHBHA SCANDENS (L.) Kuntze (Mikania scandens
Willd. ). Ocean City, Wildwood.
XANTHIUM CANADENSE Mill. Seaside Park.
XANTHIUM CANADENSE yar. ECHINATUM Gray. Wildwood.
672 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA. III.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.
The Japanese fauna is proving very prolific in Clausilias, and
may yet rival the richer portions of Eastern Europe in degree of
specific differentiation. It is obvious that until much more merely
descriptive work is done, no sound generalization upon the Japanese
species is possible. I have therefore been satisfied to add to the
accumulation of facts which can tell their story only when colleec-
tions from many more localities come to our hands. Many of
the species of Clausilia seem to be of restricted geographic distribu-
tion. Thus, the fauna of southern Hondo, Shikoku and Awaji
seems to have but few Clausilize in common with the Nikko region.
The fruitful researches of Mr. Y. Hirase now enable me to add
several species to the fauna of Shikoku Island, and a remarkable
Euphedusa to the Hokkaido fauna, the first Clausilia known from
that island. Moreover, he has discovered a very remarkable modifi-
cation of the Eupheedusan type, C. mikado, in the region of Lake
Biwa.
In a former paper I described two species, C. Hirasei and C.
hyperoptyx, remarkable among Asiatic Clausiliz for their compli-
cated internal armature. It is now proposed to erect a section for
the reception of these species.
Section ZAPTYX nov.
Clausilium tongue-shaped, about twice as long as wide, with
subparallel lateral margins, the apex much thickened on the
columeilar side; posteriorly emarginate or auriculate on both sides
of the filament or on the columellar side only; straight distally,
but abruptly and strongly curved near the filament.
Shell small, the superior lamella widely separated from the
spiral lamella; a fulerum and parallel lamella developed; sutural
1900.] | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 673
plicee present; upper palatal plica independent from or united
with the well-developed lunella; no lower palatal plica.
Type C. Hirasei Pils.
Distribution: Southern Kiusiu and the Loo Choo Islands.
The general shape of the clausilium is somewhat Hemiphedu-
soid, but the abruptly bent and emarginate posterior end and
heavily thickened apex differ strikingly from those parts in the
clausilium of Hemiphzedusa.
In C. Hirasei the clausilium (Pl. X XV, figs. 33, 34) is biemar-
ginate behind. In C. hyperoptyx the columellar side only is dis-
tinctly emarginate.
Section EUPHEZDUSA Bitg.
(Group of C. shang haiensis. )
Clausilia comes 0. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 1, 2, 3.
Shell small, rimate, slenderly fusiform, rather weakly striate,
the last whorl with delicate rib-strize; olivaceous brownish. Apex
slightly obtuse. Whorls 9, strongly convex, separated by deep
sutures. Aperture not oblique, pyriform, with a distinct sinulus
above, the peristome white, expanded and subreflexed, scarcely
thickened. Superior lamella rather small, though rather higher
than in C. digonoptyx, diconnected from or barely continuous with
the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella converging strongly toward
the superior, though somewhat less so than in C. digonoptyz,
strongly spiral within. Subcolumellar lamella immersed very
deeply. Principal plica short and small, wholly lateral. Lunella
shaped as in C. aculus, but so slight as to be all but imperceptible
except at the ends, which appear as small, short, irregular, upper
and lower palatal folds. Clausilium of the typical form for
Euphedusa, short and wide, broadest distally, strongly curved,
moderately thickened at the apex, the columellar side emarginate
behind (Pl. XXV, figs. 35, 36).
Alt. 10, diam. 2.3 mm.
Kashima, Harima (Mr. Y. Hirase).
Belonging to the little group of C. aculus, digonoptyx and tau,
this form is smaller and deficient in palatal armature. C. aculus,
which probably does not occur in Japan north or east of Kiusiu,
has a less developed superior lamella. In C. digonoptyx the
lamellz converge more, the lunella is better developed, and the
674 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
striation is stronger. C. tau is a widely distributed species with
long upper palatal plica and stronger lunella, ete.
Clausilia monelasmus n. sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 4, 5, 6.
Shell rimate, slender, fusiform, strongly striate, brown. Apex
rather acute, but the nuclear whor] is somewhat swollen; spire
attenuated above. Whorls 83 to 9, quite convex, the sutures
well impressed, the last whorl narrower than the penultimate.
Aperture hardly oblique, pyriform, with rather indistinctly defined,
retracted sinulus. Peristome thickened, expanded, continuous,
white. Superior lamella wanting, represented by a slight thick-
ening of the peristome at its position; spiral lamella arising so far
within that it is not visible from the aperture, but becoming high
and continued to the ventral side, being longer within than the
other lamellze. Inferior lamella obsolete below, not emerging, but
high within, as in C. digonoptyx. Subcolumeljlar lamella deeply
immersed. Principal plica very short and small, lateral. Upper
palatal plica strong, its lower end bent downward; lunella want-
ing; lower palatal plica short, well developed. Clausilium (PI.
XXV, figs. 26, 27, 28, 29) short and broad, strongly curved,
not emarginate behind, and only slightly thickened apically.
Alt. 10.5, diam. 2.3 mm.
Kayabe, Ojima (Mr. Y. Hirase).
This is the first Clausilia to be made known from Hokkaido
(Yesso), to my knowledge. It occurred with a small Hemi-
phedusa. It is remarkable for the obsolete condition of the supe-
rior lamella, the deeply immersed spiral lamella and the wide
interruption of the lunella, the remaining ends of which appear
merely as upper and lower palatal folds. A white line may be
seen on the parietal wall, on looking into the aperture, caused by
the subcolumellar lamella showing through.
(Group of C. jos.)
Clausilia iotaptyx n.sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 7, 8, 9.
Shell rimate, turrited, the penultimate whorl widest, those above
nearly regularly tapering, then becoming almost cylindrical, the
apex obtuse; rather solid, finely striate, a little more coarsely so
on the back of the last whorl. Whorls nearly 11, but slightly
convex, the last compressed. Aperture hardly oblique, ovate-
pyriform, the peristome well expanded, slightly thickened, whitish,
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 675
a little emarginate above. Sinulus high. Superior lamella rather
small, oblique, contiguous to the spiral Jamella. Inferior lamella
deeply placed, but continued and emerging upon the peristome,
straightened within and giving off a branch toward the spiral
lamella. Subcolumellar Jamella emerging, and with the inferior
lamella, continued to the margin. Principal plica strong and
long, nearly reaching the lip, and extending inward well beyond
the lateral lunella. Palatal plicze two, short, the upper parallel
with the principal plica, the lower one oblique, a straight lunella
connecting them, inserted near the middle of each, and with the
plicse forming an I-like figure. Clausilium (Pl. XXV, fig. 40),
trapezoidal-oblong, not much curved, somewhat thickened at the
sides, and especially thick on the columellar side near the apex,
strongly emarginate posteriorly on the columellar side. It is
shaped very much like that of C. mikado.
Alt. 18, diam. 3.8, longest axis of aperture 3.6 mm.
Alt. 16.3, diam. 3.3 mm.
Ibuki, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase).
A solid, opaque species, with peculiarly thick though attenuated
spire. The clausilium seems far too thick at the end for a Hemi--
phedusa, though it is more elongate than usual in Euphedusa,
being a good deal like that of C. mikado: and as in that species
the superior and inferior lamellz are very widely separated, even
within. Viewed from the back, in a specimen broken open, the
inferior lamella is but very weakly spiral, much as in many
Hemiphzdusas, and is thickened below. The spiral and sub-
columellar lamellz both enter very deeply and equally, while in
Euphedusa the spiral lamella should extend inward beyond the
other, according to Dr. Boettger, confirmed by the species I have
examined. This point is not very reliable perhaps, for in two
specimens of C. mikado opened, one has the spiral lamella dis-
tinetly longer, the other has the inferior a little longer. I fear,
therefore, that the sectional position of this species must be left in
uncertainty. I place it in Boettger’s Formenkreis von C. jos, of
Euphedusa, but probably it belongs elsewhere.
Compared with the Hemiphedusa species, C. iotaptyx is nearest
to C. aurantiaca ; but the closing apparatus is lateral, the superior
lamella is very low inside (while in C. awrantiaea it is high), and
the spire is thick and clumsy above. The lunella and associated
676 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
palatal plicee are much as in C. auwrantiaca, but the clausilium
denies C. iotaptyx entrance in any group of Hemiphedusa.
Section TYRANNOPHEDUSA “nov.
Many-whorled, with distinct sinulus, deeply placed inferior
lamella, very remote throughout from the superior lamella, the
clausilium narrower than in Euphedusa, tapering and oblique at
the much-thickened apex. Other characters as in the C. jos group
of Euphedusa. I propose this section for the following remark-
able species:
Clausilia mikado n.sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 10, 11, 12. :
Shell rimate, the lower half swollen, upper half exceedingly
attenuated ; livid gray, becoming dull red where worn, and over-
grown with alga in most specimens seen.
Sculptured with crowded, very fine striz, on the last two whorls
becoming very much coarser, Jast whorl rather irregularly rib-
striate. Apex obtuse and globose; whorls 18, the earlier 8 or 10
not increasing in diameter, even decreasing a little; the next few
whorls gradually, slowly increasing, the last 4 whorls forming the
rather swollen lower half of the shell’s length; last whorl de-
cidedly higher than the preceding, tapering, compressed at the
sides. Sutures impressed. Aperture small, oblique, retracted
above and below, irregularly pyriform, the sinulus strongly devel-
oped, high and narrow; peristome white, expanded and thickened,
continuous, emarginate above, where it is built out far beyond the
whorl. Superior lamella marginal, vertical, well developed, con-
tinuous with the spiral lamella. Inferior lamella not visible in a
front view, deeply immersed, continuing very distant from the
superior lamella within, but giving off a low branch toward it.
Subcolumellar lamella emerging, sometimes continued to the margin
of the peristome, and more or less distinctly bounded by grooves.
Principal plica strong and long, extending nearly to the lip, and
inward to the ventral side of the whorl. Upper and lower palatal
plicee short, oblique and parallel, connected by a nearly straight,
narrow, rather weak lunella, which, however, is hardly connected
with the upper palatal, and is lateral in position. Clausilium
(Pl. XXV, figs. 37, 38, 39) strongly thickened at the sides and
end, and especially along the columellar margin near the apex (fig.
38), abruptly emarginate on the columellar side posteriorly, the
1900.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 677
apex oblique, angular at the outer-lower or palato-apical extrem-
ity, rounded at the inner-Jower or columellar-apical part.
Alt. 23, diam. 3.5, longest axis of aperture 3.5 mm.
Ibuki, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase).
Remarkable for its many-whorled, slender spire, solute aperture
and peculiar clausilium. This species is the first one of its kind
to be made known, and is one of the most remarkable of Mr.
Hirase’s discoveries.
Section STEREOPHADUSA Bttg.
Clausilia oostoma MOlidif.
C. oostoma Molldff., Journ. Asiat. Soc. Beng., LI, pt. 2, p. 4, Pl. 1,
fic. 2 (1882).
C. japonica var. suruge Pils., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, p.
447, Pl. 14, fig. 4.
In my former paper on Japanese Clausilias I did not recognize
this species in my C. japonica var. suruge. 1 am now satisfied
that my variety is identical with the form defined by von Moellen-
dortff.
Clausilia brevior var. addisoni nov.
Larger than C. brevior, alt. 16-184, diam. 44 mm., more
coarsely striated, especially on the last whorl; three palatal plice
only. This form I at first considered to be the var. tetraptyx
Mlldff., having received but one specimen from Mr. Hirase. A
large series in the collection of Mr. Addison Gulick shows it to
be distinct. It is viviparous.
Kagashima, Satsuma, in southern Kiusiu (Gulick coll. ).
Clausilia hondana n.sp. Pl. XXIV, figs. 13-18.
Shell rimate, fusiform, dark brown, sculptured with fine but
sharp striz, which are sometimes perceptibly coarser on the back
of the last whorl; apex globose, the first three whorls of about
equal diameter, second whorl higher than the third. Whorls 104
to 114, the last compressed laterally. Aperture but little oblique,
a trifle retracted above and below, pyriform or quadrangular-
pyriform, the sinulus high and well defined; peristome rather
widely reflexed, somewhat thickened, continuous, the upper margin
shortly free and slightly or not emarginate. Superior lamella
subvertical, compressed, continuous with the spiral lamella.
Inferior lamella transversely converging to the other, strongly
4a
678 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
spiral within, not emerging upon the lip. Subcolumellar lamella
emerging, nearly or quite attaining the margin. Principal plice
rather long; paiatal plicee seven or fewer, the upper two curved,
diverging forward from the principal, longer than the others
except the lower one. Clausilium strongly curved, short, broader
and thickened distally, emarginate posteriorly on the columellar
margin (Pl. XXV, figs. 42, 43, 44).
Alt. 21, diam. 4.5, longest axis of aperture 4.6 mm.
Alt. 18, diam. 4, longest axis of aperture 4 mm.
Boshiu; Suruga coast (F. Stearns).
This species stands between C. oostoma and C. brevior in size,
and has the slender apical whorls and therefore concave-sided spire
of the latter, which differs in being more obese with a different-
shaped aperture. It is probably nearest to C. nikkoensis Mlldft.,
but that species, from the description, must be even more slender
and with the inferior lamella reaching the margin of the peristome,
which is not at all the case in C. hondana. Were it not for this
differential feature I would not distinguish my shells from Dr.
von Moellendorff’s species. The clausilium is much like that of
C. brevior.
Of five specimens opened, no two quite agree in the palatal
folds, and some are so different that one could scarcely believe
them variations of one species were not all the other characters,
including the clausilium, quite identical in the series. The follow-
ing variations occurred:
(a) Palatal plicee seven, as above described (figs. 15-15).
(6) Palatal plicz three, two above, one below, the third, fourth,
fifth and sixth wanting (fig. 18).
(c) Palatal plicee four, the lower and two upper undiminished,
the third small, a foldless space below it (fig. 17).
(d) Palatal plice three, a very low but distinct, straight lunella
running from the second to the lower plica (fig. 16).
These variations seem enough to make several species of, but I
feel confident that they belong to one species. Specimens a and
b are from Boshiu, ¢ and d from Suruga.
Clausilia subjaponica nu. sp.
General appearance of C. japonica Crosse. Whorls 12 to 154,
the apex very obtuse, not tapering as in japonica, and the atienu-
ated portion of the spire is thicker. Aperture with thickened, re-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 679
flexed peristome, the superior lamella separated by a hiatus from the
spiral lamella; subcolumellar lamella emerging, running to the mar-
gin. Principal plica short, extending but slightly or not at all in-
ward beyond the upper palatal plica. Palatal plice four, the upper
quite long, the lower bow-shaped or arched, the two ends bent
downward ; the two intermediate plicze short. Clausilium narrower
than in C. japonica, the palatal. margin obliquely sloping toward
the apex, which is thickened and obtusely rounded; columellar
margin slightly excised or subemarginate near the filament, or
merely tapering there.
Length 28, diam. 6 mm.
Length 28, diam. 53 mm.
Length 23, diam. 55 mm.
Ibuki, Omi (Mr. Y. Hirase).
The shell does not differ strongly from C. japonica, certain
forms of which have the superior and spiral lamellse disconnected,
and sometimes there are four palatal plicze; but the shape of the
lower palatal plica or fold is different, it being short and oblique
in C. japonica, not arched as in this species. The shape of the
clausilium, however, is strikingly unlike in the two species, that of
C. japonica (+ nipponensis + kobensis) being constantly broader,
with pointed apical end, in specimens examined from some four-
teen localities. This will be suitably illustrated in a future com-
munication, as the space on my plates does not allow figuring at
this time.
Section HEMIPH-EDUSA Bttg.
(Group of C. validiuscula. )
Clausilia Nolani n.sp. Pl. X XV, figs. 19, 20, 21.
Shel} rimate, fusiform, attenuated above, solid, of a dark-
brown color; distinctly but finely striate. Whorls 10, moderately
convex, separated by impressed sutures, the outlines of the spire
somewhat concave above; last whorl a little compressed. A per-
ture squarish-ovate, hardly oblique; sinulus short, retracted;
peristome brownish, expanded, subreflexed and thickened, contin-
uous and free above, and slightly or not emarginate there. Supe-
rior lamella somewhat oblique, very widely separated from the spiral
lamella, attaining the margin. Inferior lamella scarcely emerg-
ing, but slightly visible from in front, bifurcate and straightened
680 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
within. Subcolumellar lamella not emerging. Principal plica
strong, visible within the aperture, where it even approaches the
lip, extending inward but slightly beyond the palatal plice.
Palatal plicee two, parallel, rather long, diverging from the prin-
cipal plica anteriorly, and nearly ventral in position. No lunella.
Alt. 15.5, diam. 3.5, longest uxis of aperture 4 mm.
Fukura, Awaji Island (Mr. Y. Hirase).
This species has much the form and color of the otherwise very
different C. aurantiaca. It differs from C. caryostoma Mlldff. in
having no punctiform plica between the two palatals, and in
having the superior lamella very widely separated from the spiral
lamella; from C. interlamellaris vy. Mart. in the wholly immersed
subcolumellar lameljla, disconnected superior and spiral Jamelle,
and in having two, not four, palatal plice. C. gracilispira Mildft.,
described from Kobe, differs in being smaller, with three palatal
plicee, and continuous superior and spiral lamelle. C. validiuseula
var. bilamellata Bttg., of Kiusiu, has three palatal plicz and is a
larger shell.
The wide hiatus between the superior lamella and the spiral
lamella is characteristic of this species, which is named in honor
of the editor of the Proceedings of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia.
Clausilia tosanan.sp. Pl. XXV, figs. 22, 23, 24, 25, 41.
Shell small, slender, fusiform, solid, distinctly attenuated and
with concave outlines above; light brown; finely, rather irregu-
larly striate. Whorls 9 to 104, the upper ones convex, last three
less so, the last whorl compressed, tapering, becoming free for a
short distance in front (like a ‘‘ Cylindrella’’). Aperture slightly
oblique, pyriform, the sinulus a little retracted; peristome con-
tinuous, expanded, somewhat reflexed, thickened and white.
Superior Jamella small and rather low, oblique, attaining the mar-
gin, continuous with the spiral lamella, though there is a depres-
sion at their junction. Inferior lamella not emerging, hardly visi-
ble in a front view, but seen to be strong when viewed obliquely ;
inside it ascends almost vertically, and is stouter below. Sub-
columellar lamella very deeply immersed. Inside the spiral and
subcolumellar Jamellee terminate on the ventral side and are of
about equal length, while the inferior lamella is slightly shorter.
Principal plica strong, visible within the aperture, ascending to a
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 681
Jateral position. Palatal plicce Jateral, the upper rather long and
curved down at its outer end, lower plica shorter but well devel-
oped, two small, short, contiguous plicee (or sometimes one plica)
midway between them. Clausilium rather long, with parallel
sides and thin rounded apex; posterior end tapering (PI. XXV,
fig. 41).
Length 12.2, diam. 2.5 mm.
Length 10.5, diam. 2.5 mm.
Ushirohawa, Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase). This
little species differs notably from the allied C. caryostoma and
C. gracilispira in the produced last whorl, the aperture standing
out somewhat like that of a Diaphora or Urocoptis, though only
shortly. The spire is more attenuated than in those species. It
is very solid and strong for so small a Clausilia. The specimens
vary a good deal in size. Types are No. 79,320 coll. Acad. Nat.
Sciences, from No. 550 of Mr. Hirase’s register.
(Group of C. aurantiaca.)
Clausilia shikokuensis n.sp. Pl. XXV. figs. 30, 31, 32.
Shell rimate, fusiform, somewhat inflated, attenuated and with
concave outlines above; solid; of a rather bright orange-brown
color; finely, rather obsoletely striated, the last whorl more
strongly and sharply so. Whorls about 104, moderately convex,
separated by impressed sutures, the last whorl compressed laterally,
shortly solute. Aperture ovate, somewhat oblique, the sinulus
rather high and retracted; peristome orange-brown, reflexed and
thickened, continuous, slightly emarginate above. Superior
lamella somewhat oblique, rather strong, continuous with the spiral
lamella. Inferior lamella scarcely emerging, inconspicuous in
the front view, but becoming strong and thickened within; viewed ;
obliquely from below it is seen to be distinctly bifurcate. Sub-
columellar lamella not emerging, invisible from in front, but seen
in an oblique view. Principal plica visible within the mouth,
extending inward a little beyond the lunella. Lunella lateral,
well curved, especially above, where it is continued backward in
and quite united with the anterior end of a short upper palatal
fold, being thus somewhat irregularly bow-shaped. Clausilium
narrow, tongue-like.
Alt. 16, diam. 3.8, longest axis of aperture 3.5 mm.
682 [1900.
Ushirohawa, proy. Tosa, Shikoku Island (Mr. Y. Hirase).
This species seems most nearly allied to C. ignobilis Sykes and
C. subaurantiaca Pils. The former species, also from Shikoku
Tsland, differs in the emerging inferior and subcolumellar lamelle;
is rather less attenuated above, judging by the figure, but is of
about the same size.’ ©. subaurantiaca is a more slender, smoother
species, in which the straighter lunella is united with the middle
of the upper palatal plica. In C. awrantiaca Bttg. the lunella
is I-shaped, and ventral in position, quite unlike the bow-like and
lateral lunella of C. shikokuensis.
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
EXPLANATION OF PLATES.
(Figs. 2, 5, 8, 10, 14, 20, 23, 24, 31 are natural size ; the others enlarged.)
PLate XXIV.
Figs.
Figs.
Figs.
Figs.
Figs. 13, 14,
Figs.
Clausilia (Euphedusa) comes n. sp.
Clausilia (Euphedusa) monelasmus nu. sp.
Clausilia (section ?) iotaptyx n. sp.
Clausilia ( Tyrannophedusa) Mikado n. sp.
Clausilia (Stereophedusa) hondana n. sp., type.
Clausilia (Stereophedusa) hondana varieties,
prov. Suruga.
Clausilia (Stereophedusa) hondana variety, Bo-
shiu.
PLATE XXYV.
2 AO, 20.21:
22,28, 24, 25.
Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) Nolani n. sp.
Clausilia ( Hemiphedusa) tosana n. sp.
Figs. 26, 28. Clausilia monelasmus. Inner view of clausilium.,
Fig. 27. Clausilia monelasmus. Columellar view of clau-
silium,
Fig. 29. Clausilia monelasmus. Outer and basal view of
clausilium.
Figs. 30, 31, 32. Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) shikokuensis n. sp.
Figs. 33, 34. Clausilia (Zaptyx) Hirasei Pils. Clausilium
in profile from palatal side, and view of inside.
1In the figure of C. ignobdilis, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,,I, p. 262, fig. 5,
the lunella is represented as connected with the plica principalis.
Such a
structure would be unique in Japanese Hemipheduse, but I think it is
probably an error of the artist, and no such connection really exists.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 683
Figs. 35. 36.
Fig. 37.
Fig. | 38.
Fig. ph 39:
Fig. 40.
Fig. 41.
Fig. | 42.
Figs. 48, 44.
Clausilia .(Euphedusa) comes. Inner views of
the clausilium.
Clausilia (Tyrannophedusa) Mikado. Inner
view of the clausilium.
Clausilia (Tyrannophedusa) Mikado. Clau-
silium from columellar side.
Clausilia (Tyrannophedusa) Mikado. Clau-
silium from outside.
Clausilia (section ?) iotaptyx. Clausilium from
inside.
Clausilia (Hemiphedusa) tosana. Clausilium
from inside.
Clausilia (Stereophedusa) hondana. Clausilium
from columellar side.
Clausilia (Stereophedusa) hondana. Clausilium
from inside.
684 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
NOVEMBER 6.
Mr. CHAaru¥Fs Morris in the Chair.
Fifteen persons present.
NovEMBER 13.
The President, SamureL G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Thirty-three persons present.
Dr. Henry SKINNER made a communication on protective
resemblances in insects. (No abstract.)
NovEMBER 20.
The President, SamuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Thirty-seven persons present.
Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
‘« A Review of the Genera and Species of American Sna*es,
North of Mexico,’’? by Arthur Erwin Brown.
‘ Osteology of the Psittaci,’? by Dr. R. W. Shufeldt.
A paper by Miss Caro.ttne A. Buren on the edible and poi-
sonous mushrooms of the neighborhood was read by Dr. A. W.
Miller. (No abstract. )
NoOvEMBER 27.
The President, SAmuEL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Sixty-nine persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Notes on a Geological Section from Iguala
to San Miguel de Totolapa, State of Guerrero, Mexico,’’ by
Charles E. Hall, was presented for publication.
The death of Otto Staudinger, a correspondent, was announced.
Pror, Oscar C. 8. Carrer made a communication on the petri-
fied forest and cave-dwellings of Arizona. (No abstract. )
T. Percival Gerson, M.D., was elected a member...
The following was ordered to be printed :
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 685
THE BIDDULPHOID FORMS OF NORTH AMERICAN DIATOMACEZ,
BY CHARLES S. BOYER, A.M.
The following article was prepared at the request of the editors
of the Systematic Botany of North America. It is intended to be a
description of all forms of the group found along the coast, ex-
cluding the West Indies, and of the fossil diatoms of California,
Virginia, Maryland and New Jersey. Some, although not new,
have not been hitherto described, while others have appeared in
volumes difficult of access or long out of print. In the examina-
tion of the bibliography the confusion appeared to be so great that
it was thought best to describe all forms from specimens in my
collection. This Jabor has been lightened by the use of the
Habirshaw Catalogue and of the admirable Sylloge Algarum of
De Toni. All ciiations given in either of these works have been,
with a few exceptions, carefully examined. It has been my pur-
pose to give the first description and figure published and to add
one or two citations to the best illustrations, especially to Schmidt’s
Atlas.
The classification adopted is, for the most part, that of Dr.
Van Heurck and Prof. H. L. Smith. No changes have been
made in the nomenclature except those demanded by the law of
priority.
My thanks are due to Mr. F. J. Keeley, for slides and photo-
graphs ; to Mr. Lewis Woolman, for numerous deposits from the
artesian wells and other localities, and, especially, to Mr. John A.
Shulze, for many vials of finely prepared material and for speci-
mens contributed from his collection.’
1 For thé history of the growth and reproduction of these forms the stu-
dent is referred to Ktitzing, Rabenhorst, Van Heurck and Pfitzer. My own
observations have been confined to biddulphia levis, a gathering of which,
sent me by Mr. T. Chalkley Palmer, from Reedy Island, Delaware river,
admirably illustrated the special cells corresponding to the ‘‘sporangium ”’
of authors. Certain of the ordinary cells had apparently assumed a new
function, expanding into spherical bodies three or four times the diameter
686 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Family DIATOMACE2,
Sub-Family CRYPTO-RAPHIDIE®.
Tribe BIDDULPHIE.
Frustules usually concatenate, more often found free. Zonal
view well developed, generally quadrangular. Valvular view
elliptical, angular or suborbicular. Surface varying from finely
granular or punctate to coarsely reticulate. Angles well devel-
oped and usually conspicuous, frequently elevated into horns or
processes.
Sub-Tribe I. Isthmie.
Frustules large, trapezoidal in zonal view, adherent to each
other by short mucous stipes, forming irregularly zigzag filaments.
Represented by but one genus.
1. Isthmia.
Characters of sub-tribe.
Sub-Tribe II. Biddulphie.
Frustules coucatenate or attached by alternate angles. Valves
with or without processes, spines or costs, but without transverse
internal septa. Surface definitely marked with reticulations,
granules or puncta.
2. Biddulphia.
Angles usually elevated into horns or processes or distinguished
by markings from the central portion.
of the normal cell and terminating the filaments. These spherical cells
contained granular masses and corresponded to the enlarged cells of Jelosira
varians. From observations made in Hunotia pectinalis for several years,
I believe that the granular masses found in many cells while in an absolutely
fresh condition are extruded by the partial separation of the connective
zones, and that there are formed later either new frustules by rejuvenescence
or by conjugation with other masses external to the filaments. The cells
from which these granular bodies emerge, after forming into one or two
larger spheres, are the fertile cells and are found in either larger or smaller
filaments, Examinations of material gathered at hourly intervals for many
successive days lead me to disbelieve in the theory of gradual diminution
of the frustules, and rather to accept the conclusion that they really increase
in size and that the flexibility of the connective zone will allow of a varia-
tion. .
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 687
Sub-Tribe IIT. Terpsinoee.
Frustules regularly concatenate. Valves distinguished by. the
presence of transverse internal septa. Surface without spines.
3. Porpeia.
Valves elevated into a rounded projection at each end. Zonal
view showing septa which are straight or curved.
4. Terpsinoe.
Surface of valve flat and indefinitely granulate. Outline more
or less undulate. Septa curved at the ends and usually resem-
bling musical notes.
5. Hydrosera.
Outline of valve elliptical or triangular, the angles separated
from the centre by short septa. A single indefinite and indistinct
septum usually found projecting from one of the sides.
6. Anaulus.
Valves elliptical or arcuate, with prominent and robust septa.
7. Huttonia.
Valves with truncate processes and transverse partial septa.
Sub-Tribe IV. Hemiaulidiee.
Valves usually distinguished by the separation of central part
from the ends or angles by costz or depressions; processes often
present, varying much in length and frequently tipped with a
curved spine. - Valves elliptical or angular, coarsely punctate.
8. Hemiaulus. ;
Valves elliptical or triangular, with or without transverse coste.
Processes prominent.
9. Ploiaria.
Valves without processes, inflated at the centre.
Sub-Tribe V. Hucampiee.
Frustules concatenate in straight or spiral lines. Surface of
valve undulating. Markings granular, generally indefinite. Con-
nective zone frequently annulate.
10. Graya. .
Valves elliptical, with undulating surface.
688 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
11, Eucampia.
Valves elliptical with undulating surface, and connected in a
spiral chain.
Sub-Tribe I. Isthmie.
I, ISTHMIA Ag. (1832).
Valves dissimilar and unequal, elliptical or ovate. In one valve
the surface is elevated at one end into a protuberance or ‘‘ beak;”’
in the other there is simply a gradual elevation toward one end.
Surface coarsely cellular, except at the ‘‘ beak,’’ where the cells
are much smaller. The wtimate structure of each cell appears to
be that of a ‘‘ delicate, perforated membrane,’’ of more or less
elliptical outline and with various arrangements of the perfora-
tions. *
In zonal view the frustules are more or less rhomboidal or trape-
zoidal, without definite relation between the width and length.
Connective zone varies greatly in width and is frequently per-
sistent, so that at the same time what appears at first to constitute
one frustule may be found to contain the two older valyes with
their connective zones and two new valves with, possibly, their
connective zones.
Analysis of Species.
Valves, costate: wilt aetbowis «2° Lina ie ee
Valves not costate :
Rhomboidal in zonal view,. . . . . «. . «2. obliquata.
Irregularly ridged as to one valve, . . «+. . 3. minina.
1. Isthmia nervosa Kitz.
Isthmia nervosa Kiitz., Bacill. (1844), 137, Pl. 19, fig. 5 ; Schmidt, Pl.
135; Pl. 145, figs. 10, 11.
Diatoma obliquatum Lyng, Hydropbyton Dan., 181, in part.
Isthmia obliquata (Lyng) Ag., Consp., 55, in part.
™ Valves traversed from the margin toward the centre by cost,
which vary in number from 10 to 50. Avy. 1. of fr. .264 mm.,
av. I. of v. .198 mm. Cells of the connective zone much larger
on the border.
“For details of structure v. Nelson and Karop’s ‘‘ Notes of Finer Strue-
ture,’’ etc., Journal of Quekett Club, Ser. 2, Vol. 2, p. 269, and Vol. 3, p.
41; also, Dr. Stokes on ‘‘ Minute Structure of Certain Diatoms’’ in Gd-
server, 1894, p. 369; and on ‘‘ The Structure of the Diatom Girdle,’’ by
Palmer and Keeley, in the current volume of the PROCEEDINGS of the
Academy, p. 465.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 689
Coast of California, where itis abundant; Leete’s Island, Conn.
(Terry); Rockaway, L. I. (Terry); Riviere du Loup (Lewis) ;
L. I. Sound (Lewis); Newport, R. I., in situ (Lewis); Boston
Harbor (Bailey); Portland, Me. (J. A. Shulze); Hudson Strait
(J. A. Shulze). Its occurrence on the Atlantic coast is extremely
rare. Fossil in the Miocene deposits of California.
2. Isthmia obliquata (J. E. Smith).
Conferva obliquata Smith, Eng. Bot. (1814), Pl. 1869.
Diatoma obliquatum Lyng, Hydrophyt. Dan., 181, in part.
Isthmia obliquata (Lyng) Ag., Consp., 55.
Isthmia enervis Ehr., Inf., 209 ; Schmidt, Pl. 136, figs. 1, 3, 6, 7.
Isthmiella enervis (Ehr.) Cleve, Diat. Arct., 10.
Valves as in nervosa, except that the coste are absent. The
cells of the ‘‘ beak’’ are not usually so small relatively as in
nervosa, While those of the connective zone are smaller and the
reticulations of the entire surface appear more angular.
Honduras (Janisch, Rabenhorst), and probably to be occa-
sionally found southward. As Ralfs remarks, nervosa appears to
be the northern and ‘‘ enervis’’ the southern species.*
3. Isthmia minima B. and H.
Isthmia minima Bailey and Harvey, Wilkes’ Expedition (1862), 176,
Pl. 9, fig. 11; Schmidt, Pl. 145, fig. 9.
Isthmiella minima (B. and H.) De Toni, 835.
Isthmia Lindigiana Grun. and Eul., Hedwigia, 6, 29; Schmidt, PI.
145, figs. 1, 2, (3.
Isthmia capensis Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 136, fig. 4, Pl. 145, fig. 4.
Frustules smaller and usually more elongated than in nervosa
and obliquata. Opposite valves showing greater inequalities, one
valve almost invariably having ridged elevations. Connective zone
with rather minute cells and usually without a border of larger
eells. Cells of valve average 14 in .01 mm. Cells of connective
zone average 3 in.01 mm. UL. of fr. .231 mm. L. of v. .013
mm. Secondary markings consist of minute puncta arranged in
longitudinal rows within the reticulations. Certain valves from
Barbados which appear similar to the present species are without
doubt distinct, having a rather coarse cellular reticulation within
the cells which thus appear beautifully stellate.
Not uncommon in Campeachy Bay, Honduras and southward.
3’ The forms usually known as nervosa and enervis are, aS 1emarked by
Wm. Smith, ‘‘ inextricably confused,’’ but the figure given by J. E. Smith
in English Botany, Plate 1869, under the name Conferva obliquata, is
undoubtedly enervis, as it does not show the coste, and, by the law of prior-
ity, the specific name of obiiguata should be retained for the forms with-
out coste.
690 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Sub-Tribe If. Biddulphie.
BIDDULPHIA Gray (1831) em. V. H. (1885).
Valves usually with processes which are globular, conical or
cylindrical, obtuse or truncate, or with spines imitating slender
processes. When processes are absent, the angles or ends of
valves, either by elevation or by variation in punctation, resemble
them.
The following analytical key to the species is artificial. While
the uncertainty as to the relations of these forms exists, it is difficult
to group them. At the same time, it will be seen that the genus
divides itself, more or less naturally, into groups represented by
such forms as Biddulphiana, Mobiliensis, Favus, turgida, Circinus,
arctica, vesiculosa, Tabellarium, trisulea, condecora, parvula and
semicircularis.
It seems unnecessary to separate the forms once included under
Denticella and Odontella. The genus Triceratium is necessarily
abandoned, the genus Amphitetras is no longer useful and the only
two groups which appear to be sufficiently distinet are Zygoceros
and Cerataulus, the former differing, however, from Biddulphia
only in the absence of true processes, while the latter is Biddul-
phoid in form, but appears to be a transition to Auliseus. I have,
therefore, followed Prof. H. L. Smith and Dr. Van Heurck in
uniting all the genera mentioned under Biddulphia. Although,
as has been remarked, an enormous number of species is thus
included, the distribution of many, hitherto considered as belong-
ing to Triceratium, under non-Biddulphoid genera will probably
result in a greater restriction than would be the case if most
angular forms are classified as T'riceratia.*
Analysis of Species.
1. Valves divided into three or more parts. Processes globular
( biddulphia proper).
Divisions of valve not elevated, . . . 1. Biddulphiana.
Divisions of valve elevated into rounded protuberances:
Cells regularly disposed and rounded, . . 2. tridens.
Cells irregularly disposed, pustuliform, . 3. pustulata.
* Various authors give ‘“‘ Bermuda” as a locality of fossil species. Refer-
ence to the islands of Bermuda is a mistake, as they are of coral formation,
and contain no fossil deposits. It should be regarded as indicating Notting-
ham, Md., and its immediate vicinity, which is situated in what is known as
‘‘Bermuda Hundred.’’
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 691
2. Valves not divided into parts. Usually furnished with spines.
Processes more or less conical and obtuse. Surface not coarsely
reticulate ( Odontella and Denticella, in part):
Spines very numerous and prominent:
Valves broadly elliptical, . . . . . 4. multicornis.
Valves narrowly elliptical, . . . . 5. Brittoniana.
Spines few but long and prominent:
Spines usually two on each valve:
Projecting from central elevation,. . 6. longicruris.
Projecting from small conical elevations near the ex-
tremities, . . emus os = 6s |) ho Mobileensts:
Spines usually six or raiehe = « »« «» 8. longispina.
Spines small, usually few, or sometimes wanting:
Valves elliptical:
With central elevation, . . .. . . .49. aurita.
Without marked elevation, . . . . 10. obtusa.
With central depression or simply convex:
Spines absent, . ~ « « 11. Roperiana.
Spines in circlet at centre, . . . . 12. Argus.
Spines one or two near opposite margins:
Surface with spurs, . 13. Edwardsii.
Surface without fine spurs, . . 14. Cookiana.
Surface divided by two transverse hyaline lines,
15. interrupta.
Spines curved, one near each process,. . 16. granulata.
Spines three to six, valve divided longitudinally,
17. seticulosa.
Valves rhomboidal or angular, surface with small spurs:
Processes hornlike, obtuse, valves 3-4-angled,
18. spinosa.
Processes small, short, . . . . . 19. Rhombus.
Valves suborbicular, . . . . . 20. suborbicularis.
Valves orbicular, . . . slags 21. Smithii.
3. Valves usually as in 2, but nih, pctade coarsely reticulate
(Lriceratium, in part):
Processes conical and obtuse :
Valves angular:
3—4-angled, |. of s. 15 mm. or less, . . 22. Favus.
3-7-angled, |. of s. usually exceeding 15 mm.,
23. grandes
692 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
3-angled, small, with more acute processes, 24. acuta.
3—4-angled, sides convex, usually with stout spines,
25. Robertsiana.
5-angled, small, sides turgid, . . 26. Campeachiana.
Valves elliptical or rhomboidal :
Without spines:
Rhomboidal with turgid sides, reticulations 2 in
Olvmims; AS OP, Oe) a ee
Rhomboidal or elliptical, reticulations 1 to 14 in
(Olmm, 2° Sos). SBE 28 ree
With two or three spines near the margin:
Surface depressed at centre, . . 29. Perwviana.
Surface not depressed, . . . . . 30. Keeleyi.
4. Valves with cylindrical, truncate processes, appearing hyaline
at the apex ( Cerataulus, in part):
Valves angular:
Reticulations coarse, hexagonal,. . . 31. consimilis.
Reticulations fine:
Processes short, truncate, . . . 32. converiuscula.
Processes large, elevated, . . . . 33. orbiculata.
Valves elliptical (or rarely angular) :
Reticulations coarse, . . . . . . 9&4. verrucosa.
Reticulations fine:
With two stout spines, surface spurred,. 35. turgida.
Without strong spines, . . . . . 36. Californica.
Surface without spurs:
Valves small, without spines, . . 937. ovalis.
Valves small, with two small spines, one near each
Bide, Eo es ore gy ae Ts BO © eee
Valves large, without spines, . . 39. Thumn.
5. Valves with processes replaced by spines (Zygoceros) :
Valves elliptical: . . . . « « « . 40. Cireinus
Valves suborbicular, . . . . . . 41. quadricornis.
6. Valves without true processes. Reticulations more or less
angular or irregular, those of the angles differing from those
of the central portion ( Triceratium):
Valves elliptical, . . . os « « , Aa. eles
Valves angular, with or without central elevations,
43. arctica.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 695
Valves triangular, with central and angular elevations,
44, Heilpriniana.
7. Valves mostly as in 6, but usually with very short, truncated
processes, which are hyaline at the ends (Amphitetras) :
Valves without web-like markings:
A-b-angled,. . - - . =. =. =. 48. vesteulosa.
Rhomboidal, . . . Se a ~ 6«. 400 deeepens
Valves with web-like nies:
Markings producing appearance of inscribed square:
Reticulations about 5in.01mm., . . 47. elegans.
Reticulations about 24in.01mm., . 48. biquadrata.
Markings not producing appearance of square:
Valves 4-5-angled, . . . . . 49. Pentacrinus.
8. Valves angular, the angles not elevated, separated from central
part by more or less definite cost ( Triceratium) :
Cost dividing angles from centre, . . . 450. Kainii.
Costz extending but short distances from sides:
Of the same length, usually curved, . 51. Tabellarium.
Indefinite in Jength and direction, . . 452. alternans.
9. Valves with round, scattered puncta. Angles elevated into
rounded processes ( Triceratium) :
Without septa,. . . Keg nS 0 ta) yaw Oo ERERIELOEE.
With partialsepta,> . . . . . . . «. 54. costulata.
10. Valves without marked elevation of surface and not divided
by costs or otherwise. Angles without processes. Spines
usually absent. Puncta generally indefinite, irregular and
unequal ( Triceratium) :
Valves flat:
Puncta in radiating, undulating rows, . 55. condecora.
Puncta rounded or subquadrate, not undulating, outline
suborbicular, . . . . . . 96. subrotundata.
Outline triangular, with more or ie ee sides
which are often sinuous, . . . . Americana.
Outline 5-6-angled,. . . . . 58. Antillarum.
Puncta interspersed with much finer puncta,
59. interpunctatum.
Puncta of one angle much smaller than those in the other
rete se et. COBO arse = a aly OOarhenemen.
694 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Puncta crowded at the oe and in parallel rows at the
margin, . i . . . 61. heteropora.
Valves with slight Senin at alte angles and often at the
centre:
Puncta much finer at the angles,. . . 62. tessellata.
Puncta nearlyequal, . . . . . . 63. Reticulum.
Puncta irregular, unequal and scattered, . 64. inelegans.
Valves as in 10, but with surface mostly hyaline, except at
the centre and angles where the puncta are minute,
65. parvula.
12. Valves semicircular or arcuate, more or less elevated at the
ends, and with mostly coarse, radiant puncta,
66. semicircularis.
13. Valves elliptical, coarsely punctate, usually traversed by hya-
line lines:
Hyaline lines prominent, . . . . . . 67. Testudo.
Hyaline lines indistinct, one at each end, . 68. Shulzet.
.
1, Biddulphia Biddulphiana (Smith).
Conferva Biddulphiana Smith, Eng. Bot. (1807), Pl. 1762, (upper figs) -
Biddulphia pulchella Gray, Arr. Brit. Plants, I, 294: Schmidt, Pl. 118,
figs. 26-32, Pl. 121, figs. 1, 2,
Diatoma Biddulphian um Ag.
Diatoma interstitiale Ag.
Diatoma liberum Ag.
Denticella Biddulphia Ehr.
Biddulphia trilocularis, quinguelocularis and septemlocularis Kitz.
B. Australis Mont.
B. elongata Menengh.
B. fasciata, unifasciata and transversa Wigand.
Valve, in general outline, elliptical. Surface convex, divided
tranversely by two or more costx. Sides undulating, the undula-
tions, which are sometimes angular, corresponding to the divisions -
of the surface. At each end a process rises which is more or less
globular, constricted at the base. The centre of the valve, usually
not so elevated as the processes, bears a few rather short spines.
Surface reticulated, the reticulations coarse, equalling .003 mm. in
diam., except. at the centre, where they are usually smaller and
arranged more or Jess concentrically around a somewhat elliptical,
panduriform or oblong space which is transverse to the major
axis of the valve. On the processes the reticulations are minute.
Between the coarse reticulations occur minute puncta.
Zonal view quadrangular, the connective zone having smaller
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 695
reticulations, about 5 in .01 mm., arranged in nearly parallel
vertical rows. L. of v. averages .115 mm.
A species variable in size, outline and the number of costz. In
a specimen from Campeachy Bay the cost are connected by
anastomosing lines,
Common along the Atlantic coast, especially southward, Fossil
in the Miocene deposits of California and New Jersey, and in
later deposits at Pensauken, N. J., and the blue clay of the
Delaware river.
2. Biddulphia tridens Ehr.
Biddulphia tridens Ehr., Abhand. Ber. Akad., 1838, 129.
Denticella tridens Ehr., Abhand. Ber. Akad. (1839), 73.
Denticella tridentata Ehr., Abhand. Ber. Akad. (1844), 79.
Denticella polymera E., Abhand. Ber. Akad. (1844), 266.
Odontella polymera Kiitz., Bacill., 137.
Zygoceros Tuomeyt Bail., Sil. Jour. (1844), Pl. 3, figs. 3, 4, 8.
Deniticella polymera (Ehr.) Bail., Sil. Jour. (1845), 342.
Denticella simplex Shadb., T. M.S (1854), Pl. 1, fig. 16.
Denticella margaritifera Shadb., T. M.S., Pl. 1, fig. 17 (1854).
Biddulphia tridentata Ehr., Mik., Pl. 18, fig. 52.
Biddulphia Tuomeyi (Bail.), Roper, T. M.S. (1859), 8; Schmidt, PI.
118; figs. 1=—7, Pl 119, figs. 1-7, 15, 17.
Biddulphia elegantula Grev., T. M.S. (1865), 50.
Valves rhombic-lanceolate, divided by septa into three or more
divisions, the centre one always largest, the undulations of the
sides corresponding to the divisions. Surface coarsely granular.
In zonal view the divisions of the valves are seen to consist of
more or less hemispherical elevations, becoming gradually smaller as:
a rule toward the ends. Processes usually rising higher than the
elevations, varying from short to slender and generally inflated at
the base. From the central elevation two or more slender, rather
short spines arise, and frequently smaller spines are seen in the
other elevations.
Variable in size, the valve, in the form of elegantula, reaching a
length of .3 mm.
The distinction between B. pulchella and B. tridens may be said!
to consist chiefly in the surface reticulation, in the elevation of the
sepiate divisions and in the outline. — In tridens, all of the septate:
divisions are usually more or less elevated, while in pulchella the
central one only is so found. The outline of tridens is rhombic,
while that of pulchella is elliptical. There are forms, especially
in the Redondo Beach (Cal. ) material, which appear to be inter-
mediate.
696 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Common along the South Atlantic coast of North America.
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of California, Virginia, New Jersey
and St. Augustine, Fla.
In a note on ‘‘ Ehrenberg’s Observtions on the Fossil Infu-
soria of Virginia and Maryland,”’ etc., in Sil. Jour. (1845), Prof.
Bailey states (p. 204) that, in a letter received, Ehrenberg says
that Zygoceros (Biddulphia) Tuomeyi equals Denticella tridentata.
Ehrenberg (Mik., Pl. 21, fig. 24) gives Biddulphia tridentata as
equaling Denticella tridens. The figure prevents it from being
considered as Biddulphia pulchella, as suggested by De Toni (Sy//.,
p. 870).
Roper remarks: ‘‘ In examining the synonymy of this species,
Ehrenberg’s name of Denticella tridens appears to have the priority
as to date, but as it occurs not infrequently with only one lobe
and occasionally with ten or twelve, as shown in the Denticella poly-
mera of Am. Jour. of Science, Vol. xlviii, tab. iv, fig. 20, clearly
only a Jarge specimen of the present form, the designation tridens
is so decidedly inapplicable that I am induced to retain that of
Tuomeyi, given by Prof. Bailey.’’ The reason for the violation of
the law of priority I do not consider sufficient, because, in the first
place, a descriptive specific name cannot, in many cases, apply to all
variations, and, in the second place, because, if all the variations
included by Roper and others are accepted as forms of one species,
it will be found that Ehrenberg’s form of tridens is so abundant in
recent and fossil deposits that it may be considered a type form.
Greville states that the form of elegantula difters from B.
Tuomeyi ‘‘ in the almost filiform horns, not inflated at the base,
aud which form a right angle with the base of the valve as in
Hemiaulus.’’ In a specimen from the artesian well at Atlantic
City I have noticed that while one process is not inflated, the
other is as much so as in many type forms of B. tridens. It
would appear that in some cases the process is extended after the
valve apparently intended to expand merely into an elevation, ard
that the inflation is occasionally accidental. As elegantula is
variable in the number of inflations or lobes, there appears to be
no way of separating it from B. tridens. I have, therefore, con-
eluded to unite all the forms.
A peculiar form, the photograph of which was kindly sent me by
Dr. Ward, of Poughkeepsie, shows the valve with three elevations
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 697
and with short slender processes extending from much-inflated
bases which appear similar fo the usual elevations. The valve is
arched longitudinally. In a form from Szakal, Hungary, the
arching of the valve is lateral. It may be considered doubtful
whether the numerous variations in B. tridens exceed those found
in many other species of Biddulphia.
8. Biddulphia pustulata Brun.
Biddulphia pustulata Brun, Diat. Esp. Nouv., 13 (1891), Pl. 13, fig.
10.
Valves rhombic-lanceoJate, divided by septa into three or more
divisions, as in B. tridens, with the central division turgid. Sur-
face ‘‘ with coarse, large, pustuliform granules, irregularly placed
or grouped,’’ which extend to the apices of the processes. Silex
robust and very thick, as in B. vittata Gr. and St. In zonal view
the appearance of valve approaches very closely B. tridens. L.
of v..09to.11 mm. (From Brun’s Diat. Esp. Nowv., in part.)
Fossil in Miocene deposit of Atlantic City, N. J. (Brun).
4. Biddulphia multicornis Grun.
Biddulphia multicornis Grun., V. H. Syn. (1881), Pl. 102, fig. 7.
Biddulphia multicornis var. Templum Brun., Schmidt’s Atlas, Pl. 173,
figs. 13, 14.
"Valve broadly elliptical-lanceolate, with rounded ends. Pro-
cesses short, obliquely truncate. Surface convex, finely reticu-
lated, the reticulations about 5 in .01 mm., with minute spurs at
intervals, as in B. turgida.
Arranged in a single row along each edge of the valve are about
twelve large, flattened spines, tumid at the base, extending to the
opposite valve, which they closely embrace. L. of v. .2 mm.
A rare and singular species. The spines, which have the
appearance of coming from the interior of the valve, are so firmly
attached to the opposite valve that they leave scars upon it when
separated.
Fossil in Miocene deposit of Redondo Beach, Cal.
As no illustration of the valve view of either type form or va-
riety has been given, I am unable to distinguish between them.
In the very few specimens sent me by Mr. John A. Shulze, the
variations appear to be chiefly in size and in relative width of
valve.
698 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1+00.
5. Biddulphia Brittoniana K. and §.
Biddulphia Brittoniana Kain and Schultze, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club (1889),
208, Pl. 102, fig. 1.
Valves elliptical-lanceolate, slightly convex. Surface traversed
by transverse rows of indistinct puncta, about 10 in .01 mm.,
extending to the ends of processes which are large, cylindrical,
truncate and curved in opposite directions. At the base of each
process one or two strong curved spines extend, meeting the surface
of the opposing valve of the next frustule and apparently acting
as braces. Around the margin and along the middle of the
valve extend rows of fine hairs which, meeting and interlacing
with those of the next valve, unite the two valves of different
frustules.
L. of v. .214 mm.
Fossil in the Miocene deposit of Atlantic City, N. J.
6. Biddulphia longicruris Grey.
Biddulphia longicruris Grev., T. M. S. (1859), 163, Pl. 6, fig. 10;
Schmidt, Pl. 118, fig. 10.
Valve elliptical-lanceolate. Surface with a rounded elevation
from which project two or more long spines. Processes long,
obtuse, slightiy inflated at the base. Surface with rows of puncta
radiating from the centre. On the connective zone the puncta are
in vertical rows.
L. of v. averages .033 mm.
Near B. aurita, from which it is chiefly distinguished by the
much longer processes.
Occasional on the Pacifie coast—‘‘ Californian guano,’’ Grey.
7, Biddulphia Mobiliensis (Bail.) Grun.
Biddulphia Mobiliensis ( Bail.) Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 101, figs. 4-6, Pl.
103, fig. A; Schmidt, Pl. 122, figs. 20, 21.
Zygoceros (Denticella?) Mobdiliensis Bail., Mic. Obs., 40 (1850).
Biddulphia Baileyi Wm. Smith, Brit. Diat., 2, 50, Pl. 45, fig. 322,
Pl. 62, fig. 322.
Zygoceros Mobiliensis (Bail.) Ralfs, Biddulphia tenuis L. W. Bail.,
Biddulphia trinacria L. W. Bail., Denticella Mobdiliensis ( Bail.)
Grun., Zygoceros occidentalis L. W. Bail., Denticelia triancria Bail.
Valve elliptical-lanceolate. Surface convex with a flat central
portion, separated from the other part of valve by a slightly ele-
vated ridge which extends in two more or less sigmoidal lines from
one process to the other. On opposite sides of this central portion,
and placed at distances variable in different specimens from each
process, is a small, conical projection from which extend one and
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 699
occasionally two long, slender spines or bristles. Processes slender,
capitate, about .023 mm. in length or about half the length of
the spines. Surface of valve ‘ delicately decussately-punctate,”’
the markings resembing those of Pleurosigma, about 15 in .01
mm. In zonal view the valve converges toward the central eleva-
tion. Frustules delicate, of a yellowish color, variable in size,
the length of valve in American specimens averaging .066 mm.
Common in the Gulf of Mexico and southward; Savannah
(Bail. ); St. Augustine, Fla. ( Bail.) ; Trichoplankton of the North
Atlantic (Cleve); Fossil at Richmond, Atlantic City artesian well
and in the Pleistocene clay from artesian well at Norfolk, Va.
8. Biddulphia longispina Grun.
Biddulphia longispina Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 102, fig. 6 (1881).
Odontotropis longispina (Grun.), De Toni.
Valve elliptical or elliptical-lanceolate, tapering as a frustum
into a narrowly elliptical-lanceolate flattened elevation surrounded
by a hyaline, unevenly notched ridge from which project robust,
hollow spines, 6 or 8 in number, about .092 mm. in length. From
each end of valve a slender, capitate process, about .046 mm. in
length, extends. Surface of valve traversed by rows of minute
granules, about 9 in .01 mm. on the elevation and 12 in .01 mm.
at the sides. The granules extend in transversely parallel rows
from a narrow median line to the edge of the crest and then
radiate toward the circumference.
L. of v. .072 mm.
The hyaline ridge in this species is not strictly a single keel, as in
Odontotropis cristata and O. earinata from the Mors deposit, but is
a double elevation enclosing an elliptical central portion*of valve.
The general structure, in this respect, resembles that of B. Mobi-
liensis ( Bail.) Grun.
Fossil at Redondo Beach and Santa Monica, Cal., and Atlantic
City, N. J.
9, Biddulphia aurita (Lyng) Bréb.
Biddulphia aurita (Lyng) ‘Bréb., Consid. Diat., 12 (1838); Wm.
Smith, Brit. Diat., 2, 49, Pl. 45, fig. 319, front, fig. 319; V. H. Syn..
Pl. 98, figs. 4-9.
Diaioma auritum Lyng, Hydrophyt. Dan., 182 (1819), Pl. 62, fig. D.
Odontella aurita (Lyng) Ag., Consp., 56.
Denticella aurita Ehr.
Denticella gracilis Ebr.
Zygoceros margaritaceum B. and H.
Valve elliptical-lanceolate. Surface with an elevation at centre,
700 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1900.
generally more or less flattened at the top, from which usually a
few short spines project. Processes obtuse, inflated at the base.
Surface covered with rounded puncta, about 6 in .01 mm., radi-
ating from an obscure centre. In zonal view the frustule is quad-
rangular, the connective zone having vertical rows of parallel
puncta about 5 in .01 mm. Length of v. .082 mm. A vyari-
able species.
Common on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts.
10. Biddulphia obtusa (Kutz.) Ralfs.
Biddulphia obtusa (Kiitz.) Ralfs, Prit. Inf., 848 (1861).
Odontella obtusa Kiitz., Bacill., 137 (1844), Pl. 18, 8, figs. 1-3, 6-8.
Valve elliptical-lanceolate. Surface without marked central
elevation, the centre appearing usually flattened or somewhat
depressed. Processes obtuse and short, somewhat inflated at the
base.
Very near B. aurita, from which it is chiefly distinguished by the
absence of central spines and by the shortness of the processes.
As B. obtusa appears to include, however, according to various
authors, about all the forms whose processes are not acute, the
name is not particularly significant.
Atlantic and Pacific coasts.
[Biddulphia subequa (Kitz.) Ralfs.)
Biddulphia subequa (Kitz.) Ralfs, Prit. Inf., 848; Schmidt, Pl. 141,
fig. 11 (not var. Baltica, V. H. Syn., Pl. 100, figs. 5, 6).
Odontella subequa Kiitz., Bacill., 137, Pl. 18, figs. 4, 5.
‘¢ Frustules oblong, very smooth, with minute lateral spines and
without any median elevation’’ (Kiitz. ).
Campeachy Bay (Schmidt).
Prof. Smith remarks that both B. obtusa and B. subequa ** are
merely forms’’ of B. aurita, and, as Ralfs says, he ‘‘ is probably
right.’’
11. Biddulphia Roperiana Grev.
Biddulphia Roperiana Grev., T. M.S. (1859), 163, Pl. 8, fig. 11-13;
Schmidt, Pl. 120, fig. 20-24.
Odontella Roperiana (Grev.) De Toni, Syl. Alg., 863.
Triceratrium (Odontella discigera var.?) Californicum Grun.? V. H.
Syn., Pl. 108, fig. 11 (?).
Valve broadly elliptical-lanceolate or triangular (?). Surface
convex, with a central depression, punctate, the puncta averaging
7 in .01 mm., radiating from the centre. Zonal view quad-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 701
rangular, the connective zone having puncta in vertical parallel
rows. L. of v. .165 mm.
Distinguished by its prominent central depression from JB.
aurita, which it very nearly approaches.
Common on the Pacific coast. Fossil in the California
deposits.
12. Biddulphia Argus Boyer.
Biddulphia Argus Boyer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. (1898), 469, Pl.
24, fig. 6. Schmidt’s Atlas, Pl. 120, fig. 27, apparently represents an
intermediate form.
Valve broadly elliptical, convex, with an elliptical depression at
centre, which is encircled by from 10 to 12 short spines. Processes
rather short and obtuse. Surface with reticulations hexagonal,
about 3 in .01 mm. at the border and 5 in .01 mm. at the centre,
from which they radiate in curved lines. L. of v. .165 mm.
Port Antonio, Jamaica.
Distinguished chiefly by the central spines and by the size of the
reticulations. It approaches B. Roperiana Grev. and B. Peru-
viana Grun.,
13. Biddulphia Edwardsii Febiger.
Biddulphia Edwardsii Febiger (MSS.).
Odontella Edwardsit (Feb.) Grun., Diat. Fr. Jos. Land, 5, Pl. 2, fig.
20° V. Ho Syn. Pl. 100, figs. 9, 10:
Valve suborbicular or orbicular-lanceolate. Surface with
puncta from 5 to7 in.01 mm., radiating from centre and with
numerous evenly distributed short spurs, by which adjacent frus-
tules are united. One or two small spines usually occur near each
side. Processes short, truncate or obtuse. The prickly surface,
under low powers, somewhat resembles that of B. turgida. Con-
nective zone with puncta in parallel lines.
L of vy. .033 mm. to .105 mm.
Pacific coast. Occasional on the Atlantic coast.
Prof. H. L. Smith (A. J. M., 4, p. 101) considers this form
to be ‘‘ a hirsute variety of b. Roperiana Grey.’’ It is probably
intermediate between Bb. Roperiana and B. primordialis Brun. In
large specimens a hyaline ring is quite distinct in the connective
zone, as mentioned by Brun in his description of the latter species
(Esp. Nowv., 13). See also under B. polyacanthos Brun, J. ¢.,
pel 2.
702 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
14. Biddulphia Cookiana K. and §.
Biddulphia Cookiana K. and §., Torr. Bull. (1889), 73, Pl. 89, fig. 4.
Odontella Cookiana (K. and 8.) De Toni.
Biddulphia tumida (E.) Roper? T. M. 8. (1859), 15, Pl. 2, figs. 18,
19;
Roper gives as the synonymy of his species Denticella tumida ?
E. and Odontella tumida Kiitz., and states that the form agrees
with Ehrenberg’s description of a valve from ‘‘ Bermuda”
[Nottingham]. Roper’s figures and description appear to show
the identity of his form with B. Cookiana K. and S., an examina-
tion of the ‘‘ Old Well’’ deposit of Richmond showing a large
number of specimens, the smaller of which illustrate the globose
character of the valves.
Valve suborbicular or elliptical-lanceolate, convex, with pro-
cesses tumid at the base and small and obtuse at the apex. Sur-
face with radiating, unequal, hexagonal reticulations, about 4 in
-O1 mm. One or two stout spines are placed on each side near the
margin. Connective zone with parallel rows of puncta about 7 in
.O1 mm.
L. of v. .105 mm.
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of the Atlantic coast.
15. Biddulphia interrupta Boyer.
Biddulphia interrupta Boyer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1898),
468, Pl. 24, fig. 2.
Valve elliptical, with small, rounded processes. Surface con-
vex, finely punctate, the puncta about 10 in .01 mm., radiating
in scattered lines from the centre, at which are three minute spines.
About one-third of the distance from centre to processes, at each
end, a hyaline band, produced by the interruption of puncta,
crosses the valve transversely extending nearly to the sides. L of
v. .112 mm. ;
Campeachy Bay. Rare.
16. Biddulphia granulata Roper.
Biddulphia granulata Roper, T. M.S. (1859), 13, Pl. 1, figs. 10, 11,
Pl. 2, fig. 12.
This form has been identified with Denticella turgida Ehr. =
Odontella turgida Kitz. = Biddulphia turgida (Ehr.) Ralfs
(not Wm. Sm.), and it appears to be equivalent, in outline at
least, to Denticella dubia Bail. <‘ It is impossible,’ as Roper re-
marks, ‘‘ to speak with certainty.’’
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 703
Valve elliptical-lanceolate. Surface convex with diagonal rows
of fine puncta about 12 in.01 mm., and with sparsely scattered
small spurs. Processes slightly inflated at the base, obtuse at the
ends, which are curved outward toward alternate sides. Near
each process and on opposite sides of the longitudinal axis is
placed a long, stout spine, bent or curved inward near the middle.
Connective zone with rows of diagonal puncta slightly smaller
than those on the valve. L. of y. .108 mm.
Vera Cruz. Fossil in the Pleistocene clay from the Norfolk
artesian well. Not common.
17. Biddulphia seticulosa Grun.
Biddulphia seticulosa Gran., V. H. Syn., Pl. 101, figs. 7, 8.
Denticella seticulosa (Grun.) De Toni.
Valve elliptical, acuminate at the ends, from which arise horn-
like, obtuse processes. Surface of valve divided longitudinally by
an indefinite, irregular Jine which does not reach the extremities
and from which proceed the rows of puncta parallel at the middle,
but radiating toward the ends. Minute spurs are scattered over
the surface in addition to longer spines, indefinite in number, but
usually three to six on each side near the margin. Puncta, about
6 in.01 mm., are arranged in vertical rows on connective zone
and also extend almost to the end of processes. :
L. of v. .198 mm. Width of v. .082 mm. L. of frustule
-O72 mm.
Fossil in the Petersburg, Va., deposit.
Van Heurck considers this as probably a form of T'riceratium
tridactylum Brightw. (== Biddulphia spinosa (Bail.)), and as
probably near B. reticulata var. 6. Roper. See remarks under
B. spinosa.
18. Biddulphia spinosa (Bail.).
Triceratium spinosum Bail., Sil. Jour. (1844), 139, Pl. 3, fig. 12;
Schmidt, Pl. 87, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5.
Triceratium tridactylum Brightw.
Triceratium armatum Roper.
Triceratium setigerum Bail.
Triceratium serratum Wallich.
Not Biddulphia spinosa Grev. = Denticella spinosa (Grev.) Grun.
Schmidt (Atias, Pl. 87) considers this form equivalent to Tri-
ceratium Pileus Ehr. (Mikrogeologie, Pl. 19, fig. 18), but Ehren-
berg’s figure certainly does not represent this form. Grunow states
that Triceratium spinosum is a triangular form of Biddulphia
704 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
granulata Roper. Specimens in my collection from Vera Cruz
and the Norfolk artesian well of Biddulphia granulata have a
finer reticulation than Biddulphia spinosa, but the two forms are
quite similar. Prof. Smith attributes Bailey’s Triceratiwm seti-
gerum to Triceratium comptum Ehr., but Bailey’s figure appears to
represent a form nearer spinosum.
Valve triangular or quadrangular, with straight or concave
sides. Angles produced into horn-like, obtuse processes. Surface
convex, reticulated, the cells hexagonal, 3 to 5 in .01 mm. at
centre, and slightly smaller toward the angles. At intervals of
three or four cells small spurs usually occur giving a prickly
appearance to the valve. Two to six or rarely more stout spines,
in length about oue-third to one-half the width of valve, and
often forked at the ends in perfect specimens, are placed at
unequal distances from the angles, two on each side, if of the
usual number. In fossil forms most if not all of the spines are
frequently broken off. In zonal view, the valve, as Bailey re-
marks, is constricted beneath the processes. The reticulations of
the connective zone are similar to those of valve. L. of side
.013-.156 mm. L. of frustule occasionally reaching .201 mm.
The dove-tailing of the lateral margins of the connecting zone
at the angles, as described by Wallich in reference to Triceratium
serratum, is well exhibited also in triangular forms in my collec-
tion from Yucatan. It is, however, merely the ‘‘ postage stamp ”’
fracture of the corners of the valve and is not always as regular
as shown by Wallich.
West coast of Florida; Campeachy Bay; Yucatan.
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of the Atlantic coast and the St.
Augustine artesian well.
19, Biddulphia Rhombus (Ehr.) Wm. Sm.
Biddulphia Rhombus (Ehr.) Wm. Sm., Brit. Diat., 2, 49, Pl. 45, fig.
320, Pl. 61, fig. 320; Schmidt, Pl. 120, figs. 11-13.
Zygoceros Rhombus Eby.
Denticella Rhombus Ebr.
Triceratium Biddulphia Heib.
Triceratium striolatum Ehr.
Triceratium membranaceum Brightw.
Valve orbicular-rhomboidal with produced ends, or triangular
with convex sides. Surface convex, with fine hexagonal reticu-
lations from 7 to 9 in .01 mm., which are irregular on an ellipti-
eal or triangular central part, but which radiate thence to the mar-
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 705
gins and continue nearly to the ends of processes. Scattered over
the surface are minute spurs. Processes small, short and obtuse.
Near the convex margins strong, short spines occur, usually three
on each side near the middle and two additional ones next each
process. L. of v. .165 mm. W. of v. .112 mm.
The triangular form (var. trigona Cleve) differs apparently only
in outline. The reticulations are not always radiate. In a speci-
men from an artesian well at Harvey Cedars, N. J., they occur in
short, decussate, intermediate rows.
Common along the Atlantic coast. Fossil in the Miocene and
later deposits of the Eastern States.
20. Biddulphia suborbicularis Grun.
Biddulphia suborbicularis Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 100, figs. 15, 16.
Biddulphia angulata A. 8., Schmidt, Pl. 141, figs. 7,.8.
Denticella? suborbicularis (Grun.) De Toni.
Odontella angulata (A. 8S.) De Toni.
Valve suborbicular, frequently with several irregular, angular.
projections. Processes frequently unequal, inflated at the base and
truncate. Surface elevated half-way between the processes and
centre, at which a depression occurs, with reticulations from 5 to
8 in .01 mm., increasing in size toward the circumference and
radiating in slightly undulating lines. Two, rarely three or four,
stout spines are placed obliquely opposite half-way between centre
and circumference. L. of v. .089 mm.
Fossil in the Nottingham deposit.
21. Biddulphia Smithii (Ralfs.) V. H.
Biddulphia Smithii (Ralfs.) V. H. Syn., 207.
Hupodiscus radiatus Wm. Sm. = Biddulphia radiatus = Eupodiscus
velatus Grev.
Cerataulus Smithii Ralfs., Schmidt, Pl. 116, figs. 5, 6.
Cerataulus (Odontella) Smithii Ralfs., V. H. Syn., Pl. 105, figs. 1, 2
Zygoceros hemitropus L. W. Bail.
Biddulphia hemitropa L. W. Bail.
Not Auliscus radiatus (Ehr.) Jan. and Rab.
Valve orbicular, convex. Surface with reticulations 5 in. .01
mm., radiating from the centre and smaller near the processes
which are tapering and truncate. A short spine is usually found
on each side near the circumference about half-way between the
processes. Connective zone narrow, with vertical rows of puncta,
12in.01 mm. Diam. of v. .059 mm.
Charleston, S. C., and southward. Common at Vera Cruz,
Honduras and Campeachy Bay.
706 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
22. Biddulphia Favus (Ehr.) V. H.
Biddulphia Favus (Ehr.) V. H. Syn., 208, Pl. 107, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Triceratium Faous Ebr., Schmidt, Pl. 82, figs. 1, 2, 3, 4.
Triceratium comptum Ebr.
Triceratium muricatum Brightw.
Triceratium megastomum Brightw.
Triceratium seitulum Brightw.
Triceratium fimbriatum Wallich.
Triceratium orientale Bail. and Harv.
Triceratium cuspidatum Janisch.
Amphitetras cuspidata L. W. Bail.
Valve three or four-angled, with straight or slightly concave or
convex sides. Angles obtuse, occasionally somewhat constricted, each
with an obtuse, horn-like process. Surface slightly convex, divided
into large hexagonal cells. Inner or lower surface of valve finely
punctate, the puncta radiating in undulating rows from the centre
and extending to processes, about 18 in .01 mm. in the common
forms. Zonal view quadrangluar, the connective zone marked
with puncta in quincunxes. FF rustules attached by alternate
angles zigzag in a chain, usually found free. L. of s. averages in
the common forms .15 mm,
Common in the triangular form along the Atlantic coast, more
especially southward, where it is associated with the smaller tri-
angular and. quadrangular forms known as Triceratium scitulum.
Rare on the Pacific coast in the quadrate form. Fossil in the
Eastern States in deposits later than the Miocene.
23. Biddulphia grandis (Br.),
Triceratium grande Br., M. J. (1855), 250, Pl. 4, fig. 8; var. pentagona
Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 86; var. septangulata Kitton, Schmidt, Pl. 85,
figs. 1, 2, Pl. 86, figs. 11,12, 13.
Triceratium ponderosum Edwards, Lens, 2, 105.
Triceratium Favus septangulatum Kitton.
Triceratium Strabo, Schmidt, Pl. 86, figs. 6, 7.
Valve as in B. Favus but larger, varying from triangular to
septangular, the sides occasionally reaching .28L mm. in length,
while the puncta of the lower surface of the valve are frequently
about 7 in .01 mm.
Colon. Fossil in the Miocene deposits of California.
24, Biddulphia acuta (Ehr.).
Triceratium acutum Ehr., V. H. Syn., Pl. 108, fig. 1.
The form known as Jriceratiwn acutum (Ehr.) is sometimes
confounded with acute forms of Triceratium punetatum Br.
Valve triangular, sides slightly convex and processes at the
1900.] = NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 707
angles somewhat acute. Surface flat, reticulated, cells hexagonal,
2 in .01 mm. at the centre, 3 in .01 mm. at the border, not
radiate. L. of s. .04 mm. to .122 mm.
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of the Eastern States.
[t is possible that B. grandis and B. acuta may be considered as
varieties of B. Favus. It is to be noted that B. Favus is recent,
not occurring in the Miocene deposits, while B. grandis occurs
fossil in California Miocene and recent in the south Atlantic.
25. Biddulphia Robertsiana (Grev.).
Triceratium Robertsianum Grev., M. M. J. (1863), 231, Pl. 9, fig.
9 (?); ib. (1886), Pl. 2, fig. 22; Schmidt, Pl. 83, figs. 2, 3, 4, 5,
6,7
Triceratium Robertsianum Grev. var. macracantha Grun., Schmidt.
Pl. 82, figs. 14, 15.
Valve triangular or quadrangular, with convex sides. Surface
convex with hexagonal reticulations averaging .008 mm. in diame-
ter, scarcely longer toward the sides. Angles very slightly pro-
duced, with elevated, obtuse processes. Inner plate of valve finely
but distinctly punctate as in B. Favus. One or more short, stout
spines are frequently found on each side near the border. W. of
v. .148 mm.
Gulf of Mexico (Griindler in Schmidt); Pacific soundings, 20°
10’ N., 158° 14’ W., 2507 fathoms. Rare.
26. Biddulphia Campeachiana (Grun.).
Triceratium Campeachianum Grun., M. M. J. (1874), 319; Schmidt,
Pl. 78, figs. 18, 19, 20.
Amphipentas Campeachiana (Grun.) De Toni.
Valve pentagonal with sides tumid at the middle, producing a
decagonal outline. Processes at the angles conical, obtuse.
Surface almost flat, reticulated, the cells hexagonal, nearly equal,
2 in .0L mm. The inner plate of valve is punctate as in B.
Favus. W. of v. .072 mm. to .125 mm.
Campeachy Bay.
27. Biddulphia dubia (Br.) Cleve.
Biddulphia dubia (Br.) Cleve. ‘‘ Vega,’’ 508.
Triceratium dubium Br., T. M.S. (1859), 180, Pl. 9, fig. 12; Schmidt,
Pl. 78, figs. 26-30.
Triceratium bullosum Witt.
Triceratium (or biddulphia) bicorne Cleve, Diat. West Ind., 17, Pl.
5, fig. 30; Schmidt, Pl. 78, figs. 24, 25.
Amphitetras bicornis (Cleve) De Toni.
Valve rhombic-lanceolate, the ends produced into obtuse pro-
708 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
cesses, While the sides are turgid and extended into rounded
projections. Abnormal forms are frequent. Surface reticulate.
the unequal, usually hexagonal cells averaging .005 mm. in
diameter. Within the cells indistinct granuJations are seen. L.
of v. .075 mm.
Atlantic coast, southward, not common; California (Cleve).
28. Biddulphia reticulata Roper.
Biddulphia reticulata Roper, T. M.S. (1859), 14, Pl. 2, figs. 13, 14,
15; Schmidt, Pl. 78, figs. 21-23, Pl. 121, figs. 11-15.
Odontella? reticulata (Roper) De Toni.
Valve elliptical-lanceolate or rhombie with turgid sides. Pro-
cesses conical and obtuse. Surface coarsely reticulate, the reticu-
lations 1 to 14 in .01 mm., the inner layer with puncta from 6 to
9in .01 mm., resembling those of B. Favus. Connective zone
with parallel rows of puncta about 5 in .01 mm. L. of vy.
.122 mm,
Honduras; Pacific coast.
29. Biddulphia Peruviana Grun.
Biddulphia (tumida Roper, var.?) Peruviana Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl.
101, figs. 2, 3.
Biddulphia tumida var.? Peruviana (Grun.) De Toni. (Appears to
differ from &. tumida (Ehr.?) Roper in the greater prominence of the
hyaline band.)
Valve orbicular-rhomboidal or elliptical-lanceolate, convex, with
depressions at the centre and toward the processes, slightly con-
stricted above the connective zone and surrounded by a narrow,
apparently hyaline, band. Processes swelling near the base and
small and obtuse at the apex. Surface with unequal, hexagonal
reticulations, from 2 to 4 in.0l mm., extending to the apices of
the processes on which they are smaller. The inner plate or floor
of cell wall is distinctly punctate. Two or three strong spines
are usually found on each side near the margin. Connective zone
with diagonal reticulations about 7 in .01 mm. L. of y.
138 mm.
Peruvian guano (Grun.); Callao, Peru. Possibly to be met
with northward.
30. Biddulphia Keeleyi Boyer.
Biddulphia Keeleyi Boyer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1898), 469,
Pl. 24, fig. 4.
Valve broadly rhombic-elliptical, rounded at the ends. Surface
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 709
slightly convex, without depression, with unequal, hexagonal
reticulations, about 2 in .01 mm.; puncta within the reticulations
about 8 in.01 mm. Three stout spines are placed on each side
near the margin. Processes inflated at the base, small at the apex
and placed, not at the ends of the valve, but obliquely opposite,
near the ends. L. of v. .148 mm.
U. 8. S. ‘ Tusearora,’’ soundings, Lat. 36° 12’ N., Long.
123° 11’ W., 1605 fathoms. Coast of California (F. J.
Keeley); Monterey Bay (J. A. Shulze). Rare.
31. Biddulphia consimilis (Grun.).
Triceratium consimile Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 108, fig. 2; Schmidt, Pl.
84, figs. 13, 14.
Valve triangular, with sides slightly convex. Angles rounded,
filled with the prominent cylindrical, short and rounded processes.
Surface nearly flat, with reticulations which average .008 mm. in
diam., varying from triangular to hexagonal, with unequal sides.
The inner plate of the valve is rather coarsely punctate, the
puncta being about 5 in .01 mm.
L. of s. .120 mm. to .198 mm.
Campeachy Bay. Fossil in Santa Monica deposit.
32. Biddulphia convexiuscula (Grun.).
Triceratium convexiusculum Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 151, figs. 5, 6.
- Valve triangular, sides convex. Angles rounded, with short,
truncate processes. Surface convex, with puncta about 7 in .01
mm., radiating from the centre. On one or both sides of each
angle is a short spine. On the connective zone the puncta are in
diagonal rows. L. of s. averages .052 mm.
The general appearance is that of a three-sided form of Biddul-
phia levis, from which it differs in the puncta of the connective
zone which are usually larger in the former.
Campeachy Bay; Honduras; stomachs of fish from coast of
South Carolina; Tampa Bay, Fla.
33. Biddulphia orbiculata (Shadb.).
Triceratium orbiculatum Shadb., T. M. 8. (1854), 14, Pl. 1, fig. 6.
Triceratium (orbiculatum Shadb. var.) elongatum Grun.
Triceratium Shadboltianum Grev., Schmidt, Pl. 80, fig. 18-20.
Triceratium gibbosum Bail and Har., Schmidt, Pl. 80, fig. 13.
Lriceratium gibbosum var. elongatum Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 80, fig. 21.
Lampriscus Kittont A. S., Schmidt, Pl. 80, fig. 11.
Biddulphia crenulata W. C. Walker.
Valve triangular, with convex sides, or orbicular. Outline
46
710 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
entire or crenulate. Processes three or more, large, considerably
elevated and truncate. Surface slightly convex, with puncta radi-
ating from the centre, about 11 in .01 mm., becoming much finer
at the apex of the processes. A short strong spine is frequently
found quite near one or more of the processes. Connective zone
occasionally much elongated and annulate, with puncta in longitu-
dinal rows. Diam. averages .092 mm.
Honduras; Colon.
Both Greville and Ralfs separate Triceratium ordiculatum Shadb.
from the form described under that name by Brightwell and named
by Greville 7. Shadboltianum on account of the absence of spines
in the former. In material from Honduras many variations occur
in forms which, I believe, belong to one species. In some valves
no spines are seen, in others one or more may be noticed, and
occasionally two spines are found near one process. Some valves
are quite orbicular and occasionally somewhat elliptical, while
others, chiefly the smaller, are more nearly triangular. It is in
the smaller, triangular valves that the great extension of the con-
nective zone is seen, as in the form named 7. gibbosum var. elon-
gatum Grun. Owing to the incomplete description by Bailey and
Harvey, who state that forms from Tahiti have ‘‘ a surface as in
T. Wilkesii,’? and to the uncertain figure, it is difficult to reach
an absolute conclusion as regards the identity of their form with
the present species. The description above given is from valves
found at Honduras, where occur also forms with three or four
processes and with crenulate margins, as in Lampriscus Kittoni,
but otherwise similar to the triangular forms.
34, Biddulphia verrucosa Boyer.
Biddulphia verrucosa Boyer, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1898), 468,
Pl. 24, fig. 5.
Valve suborbicular, convex. Processes very large, cylindrical,
truncate. Surface coarsely reticulate, the reticulations unequal,
irregular, about 2 in .01 mm. Within the reticulations are
coarse puncta about 3 in .01 mm.
L. of v. .188 mm.
Fossil at Redondo Beach. Very rare.
This form, which approaches the Cerataudus group, is distin-
guished by the encrusted or warty appearance of the surface.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. (Gel
35. Biddulphia turgida (Ehr.) Wm. Sm.
Biddulphia turgida (Ehbr.) Wm. Sm., Brit. Diat., 2, 50, Pl. 62, fig.
384.
Cerataulus turgidus Ehr. Schmidt, Pl. 116, figs. 1-3, Pl. 115, figs.
Odontella turgida Wm. Sm.(?), De Toni.
Valve elliptical, convex. Surface with undulating rows of fine
puncta about 9 in .01 mm., and with numerous minute spurs at
irregular intervals. Processes very large, cylindrical, truncate,
placed obliquely opposite near the ends, and, owing to the torsion
of the frustule, directed sideways. Between the processes two
stout spines, frequently forked at the ends in perfect specimens,
are placed, one on each side, obliquely opposite, near the border.
Around the margin a row of very short spines frequently occurs.
fof Vv. 132 mm.
In zonal view the frustule appears subglobose and twisted on its
longitudinal axis in such a way that the edges of the valves appear
undulating and the connective zone ‘‘ sigmoid.’’ Puncta on the
connective zone in diagonal rows about 11 in .01_ mm. In var.
multispina Grun. the two large spines are usually replaced by from
two to four shorter ones on each side, and numerous short, stout
spines are found on the circumference, but variations occur.
(Biddulphia turgida (Ehr.) Ralfs, Denticella turgida Ehr. and
Odontella turgida Kiitz. are not equivalent. They are, possibly,
forms of Biddulphia granulata Roper. )
Atlantic and Pacific coasts. Fossil in the deposits of California,
Atlantic City and Bridgeton, N. J.
' In the Californian deposits numerous variations occur. The
form figured in Schmidt’s At/as, Pl. 115, fig. 15, under the name
of Cerataulus Johnsonianus var. appears to me to approach nearer
to turgida than to Greville’s form. Both it and var. multispina
Grun. are not uncommon in the Redondo Beach deposit.
36. Biddulphia Californica (A. S.).
Cerataulus Californica A. 8., Schmidt, Pl. 115, figs. 2, 3, 4.
- Valve broadly ovate-elliptical or suborbicular, with very short,
truncate, hyaline processes. Surface somewhat flat, studded with
minute spurs, finely reticulated, the reticulations hexagonal, about
8in .01 mm. _ Border of valve with a row of small spurs. Two
very short spines are usually found on each side near the border.
L. of v. .198 mm.
712 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Numerous forms are found in the Redondo Beach deposit, which
merely differ in outline and in the number and prominence of the
spines which are sometimes absent.
Fossil on the Pacific coast.
37. Biddulphia ovalis (A.S.).
Cerataulus ovalis A. S., Schmidt, Pl. 115, figs. 5, 6, 7.
Valve broadly elliptical with short, truncate processes. Surface
flat, with fine, hexagonal reticulations about 8 in .01 mm., with-
out spines or spurs. L. of v. .039 mm.
Fossil at Redondo Beach, Cal., and Weymouth, N. J.
38. Biddulphia levis Ehr.
Biddulphia levis Ehr., Berl. Akad. (4843) , 122.
Cerataulus levis (Ehr.) Ralfs, Prit., 847.
Cerataulus levis (Ehr.) Schmidt, Pl. 116, figs. 13, 14, 15.
Denticella levis Ebr.
Cerataulus levis thermalis Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 116, figs. 8-11.
Isthmia polymorpha Mont., Kiitz. Bacill., 138.
Odontella polymorpha Kiitz.
Cerataulus thermalis (Menengh.) Ralfs.
Pleurosira thermalis Menengh.
Melosira thermalis Menengh.
? Gallionella ? Bail., Sil. Jour. (1842), 104, Pl. 2, fig. 8.
(B. subequa K.? and B. obtusa (K.) Grun., of some authors, have
been confounded with B. levis Ehr. )
Valve suborbicular or occasionally subtriangular, convex, with
short, truncate processes. Surface with fine puncta, averaging
13 in .01 mm., which radiate in more or less curved lines from
the centre. Two small spines are placed obliquely opposite about
half the radius from the centre. Entire surface apparently cov-
ered with very minute spur-like elevations which are usually invis-
ible under ordinary illumination. The puncta on the connective
zone are slightly smaller than those on the valve. L. of v.
.066 mm.
Generally distributed along the Atlantic and Pacific coasts.
Abundant at Port Townsend, Wash. Fossil in salt marsh deposits
of Kansas, Utah, Nebraska and Michigan. Also occurs in fresh-
water lakes.
89, Biddulphia Thumii (A. S.).
Cerataulus Thumiti A. S., Schmidt, Pl. 115, fig. 1.
Cerataulus Hungaricus Pant.? Foss. Bacill. Ung., 2, Pl. 26, fig. 3752
Valve suborbicular, with large, short, truncate processes. Sur-
face with fine puncta confused and scattered at the centre, from
which they radiate in undulating lines toward the processes and
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 713
the circumference where they average 11 in .01 mm. In large
specimens the surface slightly undulates between the processes.
L. of v. .204 mm.
Fossil at Redondo Beach, Cal. Rare.
The Californian form is not distinct, I think, from the Hunga-
rian, except that in the latter, in the few specimens I have seen,
the puncta are larger and more confused.
40. Biddulphia Circinus (Bail.) V. H.
Biddulphia Circinus (Bail.) V. H., Diat., fig. 200.
Zygoceros Circinus Bail., N. Sp., Pl., figs. 19, 20; V.H. Syn, Pl.
105, fig. 13.
* Valve elliptical, rising into the form of a truncated cone, from
the top of which, at each end, extends a long, inwardly bent
spine. A few much smaller, intermediate spines are scattered
over the surface which is slightly rugose and punctate, the puncta
more or less radiate, averaging 7 in .01 mm. _ Processes wanting.
Connective zone well developed, with fine puncta, from 9 to
13 in .01 mm., in longitudinal rows. L. of v. .083 mm.
Fossil at Richmond (Bail. ); Santa Monica (Grun.). Rare.
41. Biddulphia quadricornis (Grun.).
Zygoceros quadricornis Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 105, figs. 5-7.
“' Valve orbicular or suborbicular, having four spines which rise
from the four corners of the summit of the truncated cone.
Otherwise apparently as in B. Circinus, of which it is, probably,
a variety.
Fossil at Nottingham (Grun. ).
42. Biddulphia Balena (Ehr.) Br.
Biddulphia Balena (Ehbr.) Br., M. M. J. (1859), 181, Pl. 9, fig. 15;
Schmidt, Pl. 121, figs. 5, 6.
Zygoceros Balena Ehr., Mik., Pl. 35, A, 38, fig. 17.
Zygoceros radiatus Bail.
Triceratium formosum Br., and Triceratium formosum pentagonalis
A.§., Schmidt, Pl. 79, figs. 2, 3, 4.
Valve elliptical or angular, in zonal view quadrangular. Sur-
face flat or somewhat concave, slightly elevated at the ends or
angles, finely reticulate, the hexagonal reticulations about 5 to
8 in .01 mm., radiating from the centre in the smaller valves, but
in the larger, elliptical forms, transverse in the middle. Connec-
tive zone with parallel rows of puncta, smaller than those on the
valve, about 5in.01 mm. L. of v. in elliptical form .231 mm.
714 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF 1900.
Near Biddulphia arctica (Br. ), but with much finer reticulations-
Cleve states (Arct. Diat., 15) that these forms are not specifi-
cally distinct, as he has seen a transitional form between Zygoceros
Balena KE. and Triceratiwm arecticum Br. I have noticed a tri-
angular form in material from McCormack Bay, Greenland. The
elliptical form of the same locality shows markings closely resem-
bling those of B. arctica, each reticulation containing 3 or 4
puncta on the upper surface of valve.
Greenland (Cleve); Nova Scotia; McCormack Bay, Greenland;
fossil at San Luis Obispo, Cal. (J. D. Cox); Nottingham (Br. ).
43, Biddulphia arctica (Br.).
Triceratium arcticum Br., M. M. J. (1853), 250, Pl. 4, figs. 10, 11;
Schmidt, Pl. 79, figs. 5-13, Pl. 81, figs. 3, 4, Pl. 94, figs. 1, 2, 3.
Triceratium Wilkesit var. Bail. and Hary.
Amphitetras Wilkesti Bail. and Harv.
Trigonium arcticwm Cleve.
Valve elliptical (?) or angular. Sides straight, convex or con-
cave, with rounded angles which are scarcely elevated. Surface of
valve rather coarsely reticulate or cellular, the cells irregularly
pentagonal or hexagonal, radiating from centre and usually
slightly larger near the semi-radius, distinctly punctate near the
perimeter. Angles finely punctate, the rows of puncta slightly
converging toward the apex where they are smaller. Connective
zone with coarse puncta in longitudinal rows. Zonal view usually
quadrangular but occasionally showing the surface much elevated.
A species quite variable in size and outline.
By careful examination a fine hexagonal punctation may be seen
around the margin of the cells and upon the wpper surface of the
valve, resembling the arrangement in certain forms of Coscinodis-
cus (see text of Pl. 165 of Schmidt’s At/as).
Abundant on the Pacific coast; Campeachy Bay (Grun. ); fossil
in California and very rarely at Asbury Park, N. J.
The following are considered varieties:
B. arctica Campeachiana (Grun.) = Triceratium arcticum forma
Campeachiana Grun., triangular, with straight sides.
B. arctica Californica (Grun.) = Triceratium areticum var.
Californica Grun., with produced angles, concave sides and hya-
line centre. Occurs three- and four-sided.
B. arctica Kerguelensis (Grun.) = Triceratium arctica var.
_—- —
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 715
Kerguelensis Grun., differing from Californica in not. having the
angles produced.
B. arctica Montereyi (Br.) = Triceratium Montereyi Br., differs
from the type merely in the elevation of the surface which is quite
pronounced in certain specimens, but differs in valves of the same
frustule. In specimens in my collection frustules show one valve
with no elevation and the other with a very marked central pro-
tuberance. In another frustule both valves are much elevated at
the centre as in those described by Grove and Stout (Diat. Oamaru,
PI. 11,. fig. 25).
B. arctica quadrangularis (Grev.) = Triceratium quadrangulare
Grey., which apparently differs only in a slight constriction of the
angles from other quadrate forms.
B. arctica pentagona = Triceratium arcticum, forma pentagona,
from Redondo Beach.
B. aretica sexangulata = Triceratium arcticum sexangulatum, a
very beautiful six-sided form occurring in a sounding from the
Pacific, west of California (not T. sexangulatum Grey.) (Coll. J.
A. Shulze).
According to Van Heurck (Diat., p. 61), the form known as
Triceratium formosum Br. is equivalent to Biddulphia Balena.
The pentagonal form shows puncta within the reticulations similar
to those in the type form of B. arctica. Owing to the numerous
variations of Balena and arctica, it becomes difficult to separate
them satisfactorily.
-44, Biddulphia Heilpriniana (K.and°&.).
Triceratium Heilprinianum (K. and. 8.) Torr. Bull. (1889), 208, Pl.
93, fig. 3.
Valve triangular, sides straight or but slightly convex or concave.
Angles elevated into conical, obtuse processes toa height about
equal to one-eighth of the width of valve. Surface, with its
central portion having about the same elevation as the angles and
flattened at the top, with rounded, unequal puncta, about 4 in
-01 mm., and extending to the summit of the processes where they
are slightly smaller. L. of v. .064 to .185 mm.
Atlantie City artesian well. Rare.
716 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ 1900.
45. Biddulphia vesiculosa (Ag.).
Diatoma vesiculosum Ag., Sys., 7 (1824).
Isthmia vesiculosa Ag., Consp. ‘Crit., 55.
Amphitetras antediluviana Ehr., Berl. Akad. (1839), Kitz. Bacill.,
130; Pl19) dig.i3) (Pl; 20; figs 186!
Amphitetras crux Br.
Triceratium antediluvianum Grun.
Biddulphia antediluviana (Ebr.) V. H. Syn., 207, Pl. 109, figs. 4, 5,
Pl. 100, figs. 3, 4.
Valve quadrangular, or rarely pentagonal, with more or less
concave sides and rounded angles. Processes very short and trun-
cate, frequently unequal. Surface with coarse, rounded, quadrate
or hexagonal reticulations, smaller at the centre from which they
radiate, and averaging 3 in .01 mm., their walls often consider-
ably thickened. The secondary layer is punctate, but the puncta,
owing to the thickness of the cell walls, are difficult to see iu most
specimens. Ends of processes very minutely and indistinctly
punctate. L. of s. .059 mm. to .115 mm.
Edgarton Harbor (Bail.); L. I. Sound (Lewis); St. Mary’s
river, Ga. (Lewis); Savannah (Lewis); Provincetown, Mass. ;
Port Townsend, Wash. Fossil at Asbury Park, N. J. A pen-
tagonal form occurs fossil at Asbury Park, which is not the same
as Amphipentas alternans Ehr.
46, Biddulphia decipiens Grun.
Biddulphia decipiens Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 100, figs 4.
Amphitetras minuta Grev., M. M. J. (1861), cre ‘PL 9, fig. 11 ?.
Amphitetras (Biddulphia) ’alternans, A: Smith, Christian, in ‘‘ The
Micresvope’’ (1887), 67, fig., p. 113; Schmidt, Pl. 98, fig. 23
(without name).
The equivalence of Amphitetras minuta Grey., as doubtfully
given by Van Heurck, is too uncertain to give priority to the
name, as Greville, in both description and figure, omits any refer-
ence to processes, surface or spines. The processes are, however,
frequently quite indefinite and the spines are more often broken off.
Valve rhomboidal with the sides turgid and produced, giving,
therefore, a cruciform outline. Surface rising suddenly from
near the margin into an ellipsoidal elevation, the major diameter
of which is at right angles to the major axis of valve, with hex-
agonal reticulations, about 5 in.01 mm., at the centre, from which
they radiate toward the processes and rounded angles cf the sides
where they are about 9 in.01 mm. _ Processes inflated at the
a eee
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. TAT
base, small and obtuse. At the margin of the elevation, placed
obliquely on each side, a strong spine projects.
L. of v. .059 mm. to .072 mm.
Fossil at Nottingham and Atlantic City.
47. Biddulphia elegans (Grev.).
Amphitetras elegans Grev., T. M.S. (1866), 9, Pl. 2, fig. 24.
Triceratium elegans (Grev.) Grun., V. H. Syn., Pl. 109, fig. 1;
Schmidt, Pl. 99, figs. 10-13.
Valve quadrangular, with sides slightly concave. Angles with
short, cylindrical processes. Surface depressed at the centre,
with rounded cells, averaging 5 in .01 mm., radiating toward the
angles where they are smaller and more crowded. The absence of
reticulation half-way between the centre and processes frequently
. produces, under low powers, the appearance of an inscribed square.
L. of s. .092 mm.
Campeachy Bay (Schmidt); fossil at Monterey, Santa Monica
and Redondo Beach, Cal.
48. Biddulphia biquadrata (Jan.).
Triceratium biquadratum Jan., Schmidt, Pl. 98, figs. 4, 5, 6.
Valve quadrangular with slightly concave sides. Angles
rounded, with short, truncate processes. Surface with coarse
reticulations, about 24 in .01 mm., the walls of which correspond,
for the niost part, with the meshes of a coarser network which is
unequally but symmetrically distributed, producing, by its peculiar
arrangement, the appearance, under low powers, of an inscribed
square.
Eek is. 112 mm.
The chief distinction between this form and B. Pentacrinus is
in the greater coarseness of the reticulations in the former and the
closer correspondence of its anastomosing network and the cell
walls. It is, apparently, intermediate between B. vesiculosa and
B. Pentacrinus.
Yucatan; Gulf of California.
49. Biddulphia Pentacrinus (Ehr.).
Amphipentas Pentacrinus Ehr., Berl. Akad. (1840), 10; Mik., Pl. 19,
fig. 59; Kiitz., Bacill., 136, Pl. 29, fig. 92.
Triceratium Pentacrinus (Ehr.) Wall., Schmidt, Pl. 98, figs. 7-13, 18.
Amphipentas alternans Ebr.
Amphitetras arisata Shadb.
Amphitetras ornata Shadb.
Triceratium quadrinotatum A. 8., Schmidt, Pl. 152, fig. 31.
Valve quadrangular or pentagonal, with concave sides. Angles
718 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
obtuse with short, truncated processes. Surface nearly flat, with
hexagonal reticulations, 5 to 7 in.01 mm., radiating from the
centre. The walls of the reticulations being more robust in some
parts than in others, there is produced an appearance of a coarse
network of various design extending over the entire surface. A
minute spur-like projection is frequently found between each angle
and near the circumference in both the quadrangular and pen-
tagonal forms.
L. of-s. .092 mm.
Atlantic and Pasific coasts More abundant in Gulf of Mexico
and southward.
50, Biddulphia Kainii (Schultze).
Triceratium Kainvi Schultze, K. and §., Bull. Torr. Cl. (1889). 76, Pl.
89, fig. 5, Pl. 92, fig. 3.
Triceratium Kainii constrictum Schultze, K. and §., 1. ¢.
Triceratium multifrens Brun., Diat. foss. Jap., 63, Pl. 6, fig. 2.
Valve triangular or quadrangular, with sides varying from
straight to deeply convex. Angles more or less cuneate, obtuse,
rarely constricted, separated from the other part of valve by
strong coste which are equidistant between centre and apices.
Surface slightly convex, with puncta about 5 in .01 mm., radi-
ating from a hyaline centre, or, occasionally, scattered L of s.
-056 to .138 mm. ‘
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of the Eastern States. A quad-
rate form has been found by Mr. John A. Shulze in material from
Mays Landing artesian well, N. J.
51. Biddulphia Tabellarium (Br.).
Triceratium Tabellarium Br., M. M. J. (1856), 275, Pl. 17, fig, 15 ;
Schmidt, Pl. 77, figs. 1-9.
Triceratium Tabellarium diplostictum Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 77, figs.
Triceratium Johnsonii Ralfs., Prit., 854.
Triceratium venulosum Grev.
Triceratium brevinervium Grev.
Triceratium pallidum Grev.
Valve triangular, with somewhat acute angles and straight or
slightly convex sides having an indented or scalloped appearance
caused by the extension inwards, for a short distance, of several
cost which are usually curved at the extremities. Surface
slightly elevated at the centre and at the angles, with a few scat-
tered puncta more numerous at the angles. L. of s. .06 mm. to
.14 mm.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 719
In certain specimens indistinct lines radiate from the centre and
in conjection with two of the partial costz from each side form a
three-lobed figure. In most of the specimens each of the angles
is distinctly separated from the centre by an irregular line.
Campeachy Bay; Honduras.
52. Biddulphia alternans (Bail.) V. H.
Biddulphia alternans V. H. Syn., 208, Pl. 113, figs. 4-7.
Triceratium alternans Bail., M. Obs., 40; Sil. Jour. (1845), Pl. 4, fig.
25 ; 1b., M. Ex. S., fig. 55, 56; Schmidt, Pl. 78, figs. 9-17.
Triceratium sp.? Bail., Sil. Jour. (1845), 336.
Triceratium variabile Br.
Valve triangular or rarely quadrangular, with sides straight or,
usually, somewhat unevenly concave. Angles obtuse, slightly
elevated, separated from central portion by costate lines. Central
part hexagonal in outline, marked by several lines resembling
cost which extend indefinitely from the periphery in various
directions, usually toward the centre. Surface with puncta of
irregular shape, larger at the centre, about 5 in.01 mm., and
diminishing toward the apices of the angles on which they are
usually arranged in rows about 8 in.0l mm. Zonal view quad-
rate, angles not prolonged. Connective zone narrow. L. of s.
-05 mm.
Abnormal variations occur with unequal sides.
Common along the Atlantic coast, especially in estuaries, but
not abundant; Puget Sound; fossil in rice fields of Georgia and
California (Bail. ), and in the Miocene deposits of the Eastern
States and of California; Pleistocene clay, Harvey Cedars, N. J.
53. Biddulphia trisulca (Bail.).
Triceratium trisuleum Biil., (Ms.) in Prit., 854; Schmidt, Pl. 78, figs.
5-8, Pl. 112, figs. 17, 18.
Triceratium validum Grun., Schmidt, Pl. 94, fig. 5.
Valve triangular with concave sides and rounded angles which
are elevated into large, globose processes. Surface with rounded,
scattered puncta averaging 1 in.01 mm. Angles with indefinitely
angular reticulations about 4in.01 mm. Connective zone with
puncta similar to those on the surface of valve. In one specimen
observed, from Redondo Beach, in a continuation of an unusually
well-developed connective zone overlapping one valve, the puncta-
tion assumed the character of large hexagonal reticulations about
24in.01mm. L. of s. averages .15 mm.
720 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Triceratium tumidum Grey. from Barbadoes, is very near this
form.
Campeachy Bay. Fossil at Redondo Beach, Cal.
54, Biddulphia costulata (Grun.).
Triceratium tumidum Grev. var. costulata Grun ; Schmidt, Pl. 78, fig-
pe rete sites ale,
Valve triangular with straight or slightly concave sides and
rounded angles, elevated into large, rounded processes. Surface
as in B. trisulca, except that the puncta on the angles in the
specimens observed are about 9 in .01 mm. Partial costz, two to
four on each side, extend inwards for varying distances from the
perimeter. L. of s. 148 mm.
Fossil at Redondo Beach, Cal. Rare.
55, Biddulphia condecora (Ehr.).
Triceratium condecorum Ehr., Berl. Akad. (1844), 272; Schmidt, Pl.
76, fig. 28 (not 27). See remarks under B. Americana.
Valve triangular, or irregularly quadrilateral, with sides straight
or but slightly convex or concave, and obtuse angles. Surface
flat or slightly depressed toward the centre, having rounded puncta
arranged in rows which radiate in undulating lines from the
centre at which and on the margin they are slightly smaller,
averaging 4 in.01 mm. L. of s. in type specimens .145 mm.,
but occasionally much smaller. Distinguished from b. Americana
not only by the undulations of the rows of puncta, but also by
their more pearly character. Specimens from Nottingham vary
considerably in outline, several haying but two angles and others
having the form of a trapezium.
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of the Eastern States.
56, Biddulphia (?) subrotundata (A. S.).
Triceratium subrotundatum A. 8., Schmidt, Pl. 93, fig. 1.
Valve orbicular-triangular, with very convex sides and indefinite
angles. Surface flat, with subquadrate or hexagonal reticula-
tions, radiating from the centre, where they are about 5 in .01
mm., and increasing to about 3 in .01 mm., but suddenly dimin-
ishing at the cireumference. W. of v. .092 mm. Scearcely differ-
ing, except in outline, from Coscinodiscus.
Fossil at Nottingham. Very rare.
ih, — ~
1900. | NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 721
57. Biddulphia Americana (Ralfs).
Triceratium Americanum Ralfs, Prit., 855 ; Schmidt, Pl. 76, fig. 3 (?),
27 (see note).
Triceratium obtusum Ehr., Amer., 137 (?); Mik., Pl. 18, fig. 48 (?) (not
492),
Triceratium Amblyoceros Br.
Triceratium obscurum Grev. forma minor A. S., Schmidt, Pl. 76, fig. 5.
This is a smaller form of B. Americana. I have noticed several
intermediate variations which differ only in size and the convexity
of the sides. Greville remarks of his species from Naparima that
it resembles T. condecorum, except that ‘‘ the radiating lines of
puncta are perfectly straight ’’°
Valve triangular or occasionally irregularly quadrangular, with
straight, convex or slightly concave sides and obtuse angles. Sur-
face flat, having rounded or subquadrate reticulations, 3 or 4 in
-OL mm., which in well-developed specimens radiate from the
centre. At the margin the cells are smaller.
L. of s. averages .115 mm. Quite variable in size and outline.
Fossil in the Miocene deposits of the Eastern States.
°> Much confusion has arisen as to the distinction between Jriceratium
Americanum Ralfs and Triceratium condecorum Br., due partly to Ralfs’
description of the former as equivalent to 7. Amblyoceros Br., which in
turn has been confused with 7. Amblyoceros Ehr., and to the mistake made
by Schmidt, as suggested by Gr. and St., in numbering figs. 27 and 28 in
Pl. 76 of the Atlas, fig. 27 being 7. Americanum and fig. 28 condecorum.
As T. condecorum is described as having undulating rows of granules, and
as T. Americanum is said to resemble 7. arcticum (see Roper), except in
the angles, it may be as well to base the distinction between the two forms
upon the undulations of the rows of radiating granules and upon the
coarseness of the granules. It becomes, however, difficult to separate the
smaller forms of the two species. Some specimens from Nottingham vary
considerably in outline, some approaching 7. suwbrotundatum A. S., while
others are near 7. parallelum Grev., as has been noticed by Grove and
Sturt in forms from Oamaru.
Triceratium Americanum Ralfs is, probably, the same as 7. Amblyo-
ceros of Brightwell, but as Brightwell’s form is not 7. Amblyoceros of
Ehrenberg, which in outline, if not in its centre, is probably Actinoptychus
Amblyoceros A. S., Ralfs’ name must stand as representing form fig. 27,
Pl. 76, of the Atlas. De Toni unfortunately (p. 1396) gives Actinoptychus
Amblyoceros A. §., Atlas, Pl. 1, fig. 25, as equivalent to forms of Pl. 76,
figs. 3 and 28. A glance at fig. 25, Pl. 1, will show that it is entirely dif-
ferent from figs. 3 and 28 in Pl. 76. In fact, fig. 25, Pl. 1, isan Actinop-
tychus as given by Schmidt, while the other figures belong to Zriceratium.
Triceratium Amblyoceros E. and T. Marylandicum Br. may be abolished
as forms of TZriceratia and become iol ts nya eee R eh a 737
AOE RUUTE ED beeen aio oda bo ATA 739
angulata A.S. (Biddulphia)... 705
angulata (A. 8.) De ‘Toni
CODOMtCLUG) : tire cree o's an aieiete 705
antediluviana Ebr. (Amphite-
DR UUSN iaicet eset eevee ie etoka tee erate 716
antediluviana (Ehbr.) V. H.
(Biddulphia) .....:-2...-%- 716
antediluwianum Grun. ( Tricer-
GLUT) 5 sto ete. 0.ovnixistasttatoyeys ee 716
Antillarum (Cleve) (Biddul-
DAI eins eich ny Acetate eee ote 722
Antillarum Cleve( Triceratium) 722
Antillarum (Cleve) De Toni
(Amphipentas) ........+... 7122
arctica (Br.) (Biddulphia) .... 714
arcticum Br. (Triceratium) ... 714
arcticum Cleve (Trigonium)... 714
Argonauta Grove and Brun.
CGTaya) es utes ene ee eee 742
Argus Boyer (Biddulphia)..... 701
arisata Shadb. (Amphitetras). 717
armatum Roper (Tri iceratium). 703
poe eae ) Bréb. (Biddul-
SE ae aeRO IONS ss Pa. 699
curt (Tan) Ne ( Odontella) 699
aurita Ehr. (Denticella)...... 699
auritum Lyng. Gees ..- 699
australis Mont. (biddulphia). 694
Baileyi Wm. Sm. (Biddulphia) 698
Balena (Ebr. ) Br. (Biddulphia) 713
Balena Ebr. (Zygoceros)..... 713
bicorne Cleve ( Triceratium)... 707
bicornis (Cleve) De Toni (Am-
DRULOLN GR) in cktearsin nialnin ee inl \=ias 707
Biddulphia Gray.............. 690
Biddulphia Ehr. (Denticella).. 694
Biddulphia Heib. (Tricerati-
ATE) Be eee ee ee tee 704
Biddulphiana (Smith) (Biddul-
PHILA) ns cos ie eaters apes sien 694
BiddulphianaSmith( Conferva) 694
Biddulphianum Ag. (Diatoma) 694
bipons (Ebr.?) Grun. (Hemiau-
Tas) ice seid sate Cs Boe one tard 740
bipons Ehr. (Zygoceros)....... 740
bipons Ehr. (Biddulphia)..... 729
biquadrata (Jan.) (Biddulphia) 717
biquadratum Jan. (Tricerati-
RUNG )Nuieest ania ste ism Uatatey alee 717
[1900.
PAGE
birostrata Grun. ( Biddulphia). 736
birostratus Grun. (Anaulus)... 736
Boryana Pant. (Salacia)....... 730
Brébissonii (Kitz) V. H. (Terp-
SiNGe) x. 5,3. seier ee ee oe 733
Brébissonii Kiitz (Pleurodes-
TUM) x. Set HS.) eee ee 733
brevinervium Grev. (Tricera-
LUND) oe ne eee 718
Brightwellii West ( Triceratium) 730
Brightwellii Ralfs (Huodia)... 726
Britannica Wm. Sm. (Hucam-
PIG) sz seas. isobar 743
Brittoniana K. and §. (Biddul-
phiay.52; 2, Ah ee 698
Browneanum Grev. (Tricera-
TUM) a sig fog <6) eran She erates ye ele 724
bullosum Witt (Triceratium).. 707
Californica (A. S.) (Biddulphia) 711
Californicum Grun. (Tricera-
US OTC ee 700
Californicus A.S. (Cerataulus) 711
Californicus Grev. (Stictodiseus) 741
Californicus Ehr. (Hemiaulus). 741
Campeachiana (Grun.) (Biddul-
Dhia)é s 4c ek eee eee 712
obtusum Ehx. ( Triceratium) 720, 726
obtusum Br. (Triceratium).... 724
occidentalis Bail. (Zygoceros).. 698
orbiculata (Shadb.) (Biddul-
phia}: «2 aco: roer eee 709
orbiculatum Shadb. (Tricera-
tium)
orientale B. and H. (Tvricera-
HUM) eS aes see 706
ornata Shadb. (Amphitetras).. 717
ovalis (A. S.) (Biddulphia).... 712
ovalis A. S. (Cerataulus)..... 712
pallidum Grev. (Triceratium). 718
parallela Ehr. (Amphitetras).. 729
parallelum (Ebr.) Grev. (Tri-
COT CAUIL) oon son ieee 729
parallelum (Grev.) De Toni
(Nothoceratium?).......... 730
Parma Bail. ( Triceratium).... 728
parvula (Jan. and Rab.) (Bid-
dalphia)'....-..< 0-5 >see eee 725
pareoula Jan. and Rab. (Amphi-
LOUTAB), smiles women cae exes eee 725
Pentacrinus Ehr. (Amphipen-
HbB yi ais mo ale eee See 717
Pentacrinus (Ehr.) (Biddul-
PDIR) nas sds ee bien ae 717
Pentacrinus (Ebr.) Wall. (T77ri-
COT GHA) 52 >» is a ee ee vai
Peruviana Grun. (Biddulphia). 708
perpusilia Bail.? (Biddulphia). 728
petasiformis Pant. (Ploiaria)... 742
pileatum Grun. (Triceratium). 731
Pileolus Ebr. (Triceratium)... 727
Pileus Ebr. (Triceratium)..... 727
Pioiaria Pants. :.2 s<. cc od 6.65, cu Re AeIEE Eee 713
quadricornis Grun. (Zygoceros) 713
quadrinotatum A. 8. (Tricer-
HOU od AB ODEO OLE TOC Le 717
quinguelocularis Kitz. (Bid-
CUYPTIOT) ob ees ARCA ASE OEE 694
radiatus (Ehr.) Jan. and Rab.
((AGITECTE) 2 Aaae oa 705
Tadiatus (Wm. Sm.) Roper
CBiddullphia) eae = sce «= 705
radiatus Wm. Sm. (Hupodis-
Bes) cheated ee 705
radiatus Jan. (Auliscus)...... 705
radiatus Bail. (Zygoceros) .... 713
receptum A. S (Triceratium).. 731
Reichardtii Grun. (Huttonia).. 738
reticulata Roper (Biddulphia). 7
reticulata (Roper) De Toni
COdombeua Dek ae wss es ss - 708
Reticulum (Ehr.) (Biddulphia) 7
Reticulum Ebr. (Triceratium). 724
Rhombus (Ehr.) Wm. Sm. (Bid-
dulphia)
Rhombus Ehr. (Denticella).... 704
Rhombus Ebr. (Zygoceros).... T04
Rhombus (Ehr.) Ralfs (Tetra-
GACHID)) 22 sea oe coeeeaeee 730
Robertsiana (Grev.) (Biddul-
TLL cn po 707
Robertsianum Grev. (Tricer-
OPI ec SLE Ae 707
robustum Grev. (Triceratium). 723
Roperiana Grev. (Biddulphia). 700
Roperiana (Grev.) De Toni
CGioritellagies.~ -.o2i-. 3+ »- 700
scitulum Br. ( Triceratium).... 706
-sculpta (Shadb.) V. H. (Biddul-
phia coc cttens coogoe soem 724
sculptum Shadb. ( Triceratium) 724
secernendum cp aweite aan Se eee 730
Zodiacus Ehr. (Eucampia)..... 743.
zonatulatum Grev. (Tricera-
TUM) aris ek 25 2 - sade CS 725.
—
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 749
DECEMBER 4.
Mr. CHARLES Morris in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.
DEcEMBER 11.
The President, SamugeL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Fourteen persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ A New Weasel from Western Pennsyl-
vania,’’ by Samuel N. Rhoads, was presented for publication.
DECEMBER ,18.
Mr. CHarutes Morris in the Chair.
Twenty-nine persons present.
A paper entitled ‘‘ Crustacea from the Cretaceous Formation of
’ New Jersey,’’ by Henry A. Pilsbry, was presented for publication.
DECEMBER 27.
Christmas Day falling on Tuesday, under the revised code of
By-Laws the meeting was held on the succeeding Thursday.
The President, SAamurL G. Drxon, M.D., in the Chair.
Twenty-six persons present.
Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
“‘ Crustacea and Pycnogonida Collected during the Princeton
Arctic Expedition of 1899,’ by Dr. A. E. Ortmann.
750 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF (1900.
‘ Report on the Echinoderms Collected off the West Coast of
Greenland by the Princeton Arctic Expedition of 1899,’’ by Wal-
ter M. Rankin.
‘© A List of Fishes from St. Croix, West Indies,’’ by Henry
W. Fowler.
The following were ordered to be published:
=~T
Or
poe
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
A NEW WEASEL FROM WESTERN PENNSYLVANIA.
BY SAMUEL N. RHOADS.
One of the most unlooked-for results of recent systematic field
study of smaller mammals inhabiting the settled and populous
areas of the Eastern States is the discovery of a small weasel in the
regions contiguous to the city of Pittsburgh. Fortunately three
specimens have been secured, each representing 2 phase of pelage
characteristic of the seasonal moult. This weasel is allied to the
minute Arctic and Canadian Putorius rixosus Bangs,’ being some-
what larger than rizosus and Jess than half the size of P. cicognani,
the smallest species hitherto recorded from the Middle States. It
may be diagnosed as follows:
Putorius allegheniensis sp. nov. Allegheny Weasel.
Type, No. 6195, adult, Museum of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia. Captured by Robert Hawkins, near
Beallsville, Washington county, Pa., about the year ‘1885 or
1886.
Description of the Type.—In size and color it resembles Putorius
rixosus Bangs from the Saskatchewan, B. A., but larger, darker
and more thinly furred. Skull broader and flatter, with inter-
orbital space high, tumid and constricted posteriorly. No supra-
orbital ridges. .
Color (summer pelage).—Upper parts walnut-brown, abruptly
separated from the pure white of under parts, the line of demar-
cation running from nasal pad along border of upper lip, through
base of whiskers, just below base of ear, along median lateral line
of neck to anterior base of shoulder; thence down anterior pro-
file of foreleg to elbow, rising thence along posterior profile of leg
to and along median lateral body line to flank, thence to heel and
posterior thigh as on foreleg, rising and encircling anal region to
lower base of tail. Tail colored like back with some scattering
white hairs at tip (extreme tip apparently missing). Forefeet and
1 Proc. Biol. Soc. Washn., 1896, p. 21.
752 ' PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
lower foreleg white; hind feet white only on toes and inside bor-
der. Whiskers mixed brown and white. ‘The color areas occu-
pied respectively by brown and white are almost exactly divided
in equal parts. Compared with the type of rizosus and another
summer specimen from Moose Factory, Hudson Bay, the type of
allegheniensis is much darker and duller hued. .
Measurements (of type, a well-mounted specimen, but undoubtedly
stretched ).—Total length, 199; tail without hairs of tip, 19;
hind foot, 20. Skull: Basilar length, 29; zygomatic width,
15.3; mastoid width, 14; interorbital constriction, 6; greatest
mandibular length, 16.5.
Description of two other specimens. —No. 4279, Coll. of S. N.
Rhoads; young adult (sex undetermined), cotype, in late winter
early pelage, collected by aforesaid R. Hawkins, near Beallsville,
Washington county, Pa., about the year 1885 or 1886.
Color.—Everywhere pure white except on head, where brown
summer fur is appearing, also about 15 dark brown and blackish
hairs at tip of tail.
Measurements (specimen is a mummy, preserved without skin-
ning, having been eviscerated, poisoned and wired to a stand erect
on its haunches. On this account its tail and body measurements
are of real value after allowing an increase of five per cent. for
shrinkage of intervertebral tissue).—Total length, 145; tail ver-
tebre, 22; hind foot, 20. Skull: Basilar length, 28; zygomatic
width, 14.7; greatest mandibular length, 15.8.
No. °17, adult female, Coll. of the Carnegie Museum, collected by
William Seager, near Leetsdale, Allegheny county, Pa., April 25,
1898. This interesting specimen is in the shape of a cabinet skin,
with anterior half of skull attached to lips and without sex mark or
measurements on label. 1 have determined its sex by the series of
teats, evidently those of a female having nursed young the previous
season. The skull and teeth indicate full maturity. The pelage
is changing from winter to summer garb, this change appearing to
have but recently begun.
Color.—White, except an irregular mottled stripe of brown,
well defined on head between nose, eyes and ears, narrowing along
neck and back with wider areas at shoulders and hips and dis-
appearing on hind rump. Tail white with about 20 brown-black
? All measurements in millimeters.
ae
es er
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF FHILADELPHIA. 753
hairs at tip almost concealed by surrounding white hairs. A faint
mottling of brown is appearing on all four legs and the upper hind
feet.
Measurements (skin stretched).—Total length, 175; tail, 22;
hind foot, 20.
The two Beallsville specimens were kindly loaned to me October
27, 1899, by Mr. Jacob Nease, of Washington, Pa., in response
to a circular, widely distributed in the State, requesting informa-
tion concerning certain rare mammals. The size of these tiny
weasels, so different from anything to be expected from that region,
raised the question of their being a genuine Pennsylvania product,
and I wrote Mr. Nease for particulars. In answer, Mr. James 8.
Nease, who conducted the entire correspondence on the subject for
his father, Jacob Nease, to whom the specimens belonged, sent
me the following letter:
‘* Beallsville, Pa., 11-6-1899.
‘*Mr. Jas. S. NEASE,
‘© WASHINGTON, Pa.
«¢ Dear Sir :—In reply to your letter of 2d inst., I have con-
sulted father in regard to the weasels which he sent your father to
have stuffed. They were caught under dead-falls set for skunks,
and of ccurse were wild as any weasel. Father remembers well of
catching them and sending them up, and got one or two he did
not serd, but has not seen any since then, some ten or fifteen
years ago, if memory serves him right. They were caught when
the bounty was on hawks and owls.* Very truly,
<¢ J. W. Hawxins.”’
While there seemed to be no question as to the statements of the
gentlemen above mentioned, the publication of them was deferred
nearly a year, when I was unexpectedly confronted with the speci-
men in the collection of the Carnegie Museum. As it had been
taken along the Ohio river, only a few miles below Pittsburgh, by
a resident collector regularly employed by the Museum, it was
accepted as conclusive evidence that these weasels are indigenous
and living in those parts.
3 This bounty act was passed in May, 1885, and repealed about eighteen
months later.
754 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Regarding the affinity of allegheniensis with rixosus, it may be
stated that the nearest localities from which the latter has been
recorded are Moose Factory, Ontario and Pembina, Minnesota, the
latter being the specimen mentioned by Prof. Baird under ‘‘ Puto-
rius pusillus Dekay’’ in the Pacific R. R. Reports. It will be
seen that there is an immense stretch of territory between these
places and Pittsburgh, besides the great difference in the faunal
position of the localities. That the habitat of these weasels shall
prove to be continuous through the Appalachian system from
Ontario southward is not impossible, but that specimens from the
intermediate country have as yet escaped notice is indeed strange.
The facts now known to us as to the differences between rixosus
and its southern ally in size, cranial proportions and color are
sufficient to indicate specific values. It is singular that all the
known specimens of rixosus and allegheniensis appear to be
females, though in every case the sex has not been absolutely
determined. If any of them are males the great difference in size
between the sexes, so notorious in all other species, is not apparent
among the least weasels. Mr. Bangs, in his monograph of these
mammals, gives us a special character of rixosus: ‘‘ Tail not
tipped with black ° —but I find that his type of that species has
several distinctly blackish hairs among the brown ones at the tail
tip, so also has the specimen examined from Moose Factory. I am
indebted to the Messrs. Nease for consenting to part with the type,
on condition that it be preserved in the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, as well as for their cooperation in this in-
vestigation. Mr. Outram Bangs generously loaned me the two
specimens of rixosus mentioned above, one of them belonging to
the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy of Cambridge, Mass.
~l
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
NOTES ON CHIROPTERA.
BY JAMES A. G. REHN.
In the collection of Brazilian mammals made by Mr. H. H.
Smith on the Naturalists’ Exploring Expedition to southern Brazil
(1882-1883), and bequeathed to the Academy by the late Prof.
E. D. Cope, are some bats which are of great interest. Several
specimens of the same group from different sources were included
in the bequest, and together they form a number of interesting
subjects for close examination, the results of which seem to war-
rant publication.
Eptesicus arge (Cope).
peters arge Cope, American Naturalist, XXIII, p. 131, February,
Type No. 4899. Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Sao Joao, Brazil. Collected by H. H. Smith.
The type of this species is in a fair state of preservation, and a
comparison with the figures and descriptions of other South Ameri-
can forms, like Ailarii, dorianus and montanus, has convinced me
that it should be considered a very distinct species. The form of
the ear and the tragus, besides the extent of the antibranchial
membrane, are distinctive. The dental characters I cannot com-
_ pare satisfactorily, as few of the allied species have the teeth fig-
ured or weil described.
The placing of this in the genus Eptesicus is in accordance with
Lajos.?
Measurements :
MM.
Forearm, 42.2
Tibia, . Oe es Ree 15.5
ais ee ci. ; 15
Width of ear (flattened), . 9.5
Skull: Total length, Le
Basilar length, : 14.6
Greatest zygomatic breadth, Lit
1 Magyarorszag Denevéreinek Monographiaja (Monographia Chiropter-
orum Hungariev), pp. 206-208.
756 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Measurements : MM.
Skull : Depth of brain-case, EP. CRP AS
Depth'at first premolar, “9 2 ee
Length of palate, 6.9
Width of palate (including molars), z
Uroderma bilobatum Peters.
Uroderma bilobatum Cope, American Naturalist, X XIII, p. 130, Feb-
ruary, 1889.
Two specimens, Nos. 4883 and 4884. Sao Joao, Brazil. Col-
lected by H. H. Smith. The genera Uroderma and Dermanura
were separated from Artibews on the number of molars present.
Dobson’ states regarding this: ‘‘ The species of Artibeus have been
divided into three subgenera according to the presence or absence
of the minute last upper or lower molars; but as I find that the
presence of these small last molars, certainly of the last upper
molars, is variable even in the same species, it is evident that this
character can scarcely be considered of much importance.’? On
examining specimens of planirostris from southern Brazil, I find
that in one specimen the last upper molar is present on one side
and absent on the other, and in another both last upper molars
are missing. While the last upper molars may always be present
in young specimens of planirostris, the fact that they are sometimes
absent in the adult forces itself upon us. An examination of a
large series of bats of these three genera would probably show
that the presence or absence of the last molars is of secondary
consequence.
Peters’ founded the genus Uroderma on what he supposed was
the Phyllostoma personatum of Wagner, but later he concluded
the description of that species was too indefinite to be determined,
the description being equally applicable to specimens of either
Vampyrops lineatus or Chiroderma villosum. The name Uroderma
bilobatum was applied to the new species,‘ and accordingly the
type of the genus Uroderma is Phyllostoma personatum Peters (nec
Wagner) = Uroderma bilobatum Peters. The species Phy/lostoma
planirostre Spix was considered by Peters to be the same as Artid-
eus perspicillatus, but Dobson placed planirostris and bilodbatum in
- Catal. Chirop., p. 514.
3 Monatsber. K. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, 1865, p. 588.
* Monatsber. K. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin, 1866, p. 394.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 757
the same subgenus solely on the number of molars, while the
cranial characters of the latter seem to have never been examined.
Prof. Cope did not remove the skulls of the two specimens in
the collection and the only reference to the skull of this species I
ean find is that of Thomas,* who simply makes the following com-
parison in describing Artibeus glaucus: ‘Skull . . . . almost as
elongated as that of A. bilobatus, and sharing with that species in
the less abrupt rise of the brain-case above the level of the muzzle;
but while in A. bilobatus it is the muzzle that is raised, in A.
glaucus it is the brain-case which is depressed, so that there is no
really close resemblance between the two.”’
A study of specimens of both dbilobatwm and planirostris shows
that the latter should be removed generically from the former, and
a comparison with perspicillatus gives no good reason for separating
it from Artibeus, the simple presence or absence of the last upper
molar being of too uncertain value.
A table of the characters of the two genera (disregarding the
number of molars entirely) would be as follows:
Genus URODERMA Peters.
Type—Phyllostoma personatum Peters (nec Wagner) = Uro-
derma bilobatum Peters.
Skull elongate, weasel-like, the anterior portion little lower than
the brain-case, the height (from centre of base of second pre-
molar) being decidedly greater than the width of the postorbital
constriction. Horseshoe laterally with two rounded lobes. Species
medium-sized.
Genus ARTIBEUS Leach.
Type—. enue: Vek ate LO 30 24
Basilar length, — ee th we eee gD 24 21
Greatest zygomatic width, oe tay ce eo 19 circa 12.6
Length of palate (from anterior face
of incisors), 13.6 16 13
Breadth of palate a and teeth at first
maglar,.; »*. oh seed ogee Cem pleas 13.25 9.5
Depth of brain- “Case, 2b 11 12.1 9.1
Depth at second premolar, | es 7 ff
‘Width of posturbital constriction, . 7.2 7.5 6.1
Artibeus eva (Cope).
Dermanura eva Cope, American Naturalist, X XIII, p. 130, February,
1889.
Types—Nos. 5783 and 5784. St. Martins, West Indies. Col-
lected by Dr. R. E. Van Rijgersma. ?
specimens of ‘‘ walking sticks.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 787
H. W. Wenzeu. A large collection of New Jersey and Penn-
sylvania ants.
Pattie Laurent. A large nest of paper wasp; two larve of
* Corydalus cornutus; egg masses of Tenodera sinensis; two blown
larvee of Hemileuca maia.
W. F. Bepnatu. Nine Coleoptera from Australia.
Epwarp Ports. ‘Ten larve of Coleoptera.
Porcuasep. A collection of Bolivian Odonata.
CRUSTACEA.
H. C. Coapman, M.D. Limulus polyphemus, Atlantic City,
Nid.
Dr. J. C. Cox. Cypris, West Australia.
H. W. Fowrer. Cambarus, western Pennsylvania and New
York.
CLARENCE B. Moore. Limulus polyphemus, Florida.
H. A. Pitsspry. Crabs from Biscayne Bay, Fla.
S. N. Rooats. Cambarus pellucidus, Mammoth Cave, Ky.
OTHER INVERTEBRATES.
F. H. Brown. Eight trays of Echinoderms, etc., New Jersey.
D. J. Buttock. Cucumaria frondosa, Bar Harbor, Me.
E. D. Cope (est.). Six species of Gordius, etc., North
America.
Howarp B. Frencn. Hyalonema sp.
J. B. Hatcuer. Terebratula dorsata, Patagonia.
Anna C. ParrsHorne. Glass sponge, Japan.
D. N. McCapven. = Strongylocentrotus, New Jersey.
H. A. Pussry. Sponge, Biscayne Bay, Fla.
Tuomas SHARPLEsS. Limnodrilus sp., West Chester, Pa.
ETHNOLOGY AND ARCHZOLOGY.
Mrs. Harrison ALLEN. Human cranium.
Henry A. Pertey. Dress of Blackfoot Squaw, Ravelstoke,
B. C.
Est. oF Dr. Ropert LaAmporn. Large collection of Mexican
antiquities.
Miss Mary DaSitva. Large polished horn.
788 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
INVERTEBRATE FOssILs.
CaArRLeEs Bouies, Jr. Aturia, Wilmington, N. C.
Rev. LeanperR TROWBRIDGE CHAMBERLAIN, D.D. Seven
hundred and twenty-four trays of Eocene and Oligocene fossils,
chiefly from the Gulf States.
J. B. Harcuer. Six species of fossils from Cape Fairweather,
Patagonia.
H. von Inerine, Ph.D. Corbula, Patagonia.
C. W. Jounsoy. One hundred and forty species of Piocene
fossils from the Caloosahatchie River.
JosEPpH Witucox. Four species of Eocene and Pliocene fossils.
MINERALS.
Joan Borpen, through C. S. Welles. Rose Quartz, Silex
quarry, Dutcher county, N. Y.
G. W. Case. Series of specimens of Zine Blende, Rush, Ark.
Rapuap Esrrapa. Galenite, Joplin, Mo.
E. J. Houston. Blende and Dolomite.
Louis Paris. Stalactite, and series of Italian Marbles.
Frances E. Perrcr. Collection of Rocks and Minerals.
THropoRE D. Ranp. Serpentine (2), Beryl (2), Sphene,
Galenite.
W. T. Ryper. Garnets, Connecticut.
Srupents’ MINERALOGICAL CiuB. Limonite Geode.
Purchased for the William S. Vaux Collection, 158 specimens.
PLANTS.
Grorce M. Bertncer. Two species of Hieraceum, New
Jersey.
Srrewarpson Brown. Four hundred and twenty-five species
of Florida plants, collected in 1894-95 by George V. Nash; 250
species of Pennsylvania and New Jersey plants.
SamuEt G. Dixon, M.D. _ Five species Violets, Rose Glen, Pa.
Mrs. A. F. Exy. Gyrostachys simplex, Lancaster county, Pa.
Tuomas Mrrenan. ‘Ten species plants, mostly from cultivation.
Maria PincKknEy. Schweinitzia odorata, Ell., North Carolina.
Mrs. E. 8. Sayres. Dryopturs Braunii, New Hampshire.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 789
Usetma C. Suiru. Thirty-five species from vicinity of Lynch-
burg, Va.
Unirep Srates Nationat Museum. Forty species North
American and European plants received in exchange.
EK. G. Vanatra. Seventy species of plants collected near
Chestertown, Md.
C. F. Saunpers. One hundred and fifty species North Ameri-
ean plants.
Additions have been acquired through purchase from the income
of the Redfield Memorial Fund as follows:
JoHN R. Barrows. One hundred and eight species California
plants, the collections of Purpus and Anthony.
THEODORE BoRNMULLER. One hundred and _ ninety-seven
species Thuringian plants, collected in 1899; 255 species African
plants from the Kamarun District.
H. E. Brown. Twenty species California and Oregon plan‘s.
Witiarp N. Crure. One hundred and seventy-three species
Jamaica plants, collection of 1900.
C. G. Prinete. Two hundred and sixty species Mexican
plants, collection of 1899.
Fosstt PLANTs.
C. B. Nicnors. Large slab of Fern impressions, Sibley Mine,
near Scranton, Pa.
51
790
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
INDEX TO GENERA, ETC.,
1900.
|
(1900.
Aletris, 485, 488
| Alisma, 662
Alismaces, 662
Allocosa, 539
Alsine, 486, 488
Alycceus, 381
Amarantacez, ; 665
Amaranthus, . . 657, 665
Amblystoma, 617
Amblystomide, <.
Ambrosia, . 649, 660, 670
Ameiurus, . 802-355
Ammodenia, 639, 641, 665
Ammodramus, . 5, 33
Abama, . 549
Abottia, . 586
Abudefduf, . 503 |
Acanthis, .. 32
Acanthobdella . 70
Acanthurus, 513
Acarina, 543
Acavide, gree Arete (7!
Acer, 649, 667
Aceraceze, 667
Achatina, 5 ee tes, ee
Achatinella, 561, 562,
564-567, 570, 576
Achatinellidee, 95, 564,
567, 571, 578
Achatinide, 133, 564, 571, 572
Achillea, 653, 660, 670
Achnanthes, 473
Achnanthoidese 473
Acnida, 665
Acrosoma, 535
Actinocyclus, 476
Adiantum, 485
Adopogon, . 483
Agalena, 532
Agalenide . 5 a ee
Agapostemon, . 376, 377
Aglena, 396, 397, 404, 410
Agnatha, 568, 564, 569
Agnathomorpha, 563, 564, 569
Agrimonia, . 485, 488
Agriolimax, one on
Agrostis, 483, 485, 662
Aira, 662
Aizoacelie, 665
Albinula, 607
Ammophila, 640-643, 646,
657-660, 662
Ampelopsis, 645, 646-649, 667
Amr hiprora, - |
| Amphitetras, 690, 730
_ Amphora, 473
Anacardiace, . 667
Anagallis, 668
Anaides, 613
Anampses, 506
Anaphalis, . 641, 670
Anaulus, 687, 735-737
Ancylus, . 457
Andrena, . . . 808-875
Andropogon, . . 646, 662
_ Anguilla, s 2 incon ene a
Anguillide, . 524
Anser, ¢ 15
Antennaride, . . . 519
Antennariusy, . . . . 6519
Anthemis, . . . 660, 670
Antirrhinum, «+»
—y.
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. vo
Anyphena, . 530, 532 | Azalea, . 546
Aphyllon, . . . . . 490 | Baccharis, 643, 646, 647,
paca ee | «502 ead 656-660, 670
meee 6) |. |. 7002)| Balena,. -. -. 34
Aquifoliaceer, . . . . 667 | Balistapus,. . . 514, 528
Agachnoidiscus, . . .. 478 | Balistes,. . . - =. = 528
melee | (a 488 | Balistide, 514, 528
Archexobdella,.. . . 59 | Balsaminacee,. . . 667
Arctonetta,. . . . . 18 Baptisia, ; 483, 546
Arctostaphylos, . . . 545 Bartonia, . hon ea AOD
Arenaria, 22, 157, 158 | Basommatophora, . 562, 570
Argiope, 395-410, 535 | Bathyphantes,. . . . 533
Argyrodes, . . HOO) 593°| Bdella, . . . . « .« 843
Argyrepeira, . . . 536 | Belogona, 556-560
eating). | SC. Dal | Berendtia, . .. . - 500-550
Arionide, 564, 569, 571, 572 Biddulphia, 475, 477, 686,
Arionta, 5 gg 99 690-731
Ariophantide, . . . . 569 | Biddulphiz, 686, 690, 727
Ariseema, » . 487, +88 | Biddulphier, . . . . 686
Een 4) s . 662 | Bidens, . . 483, 486, 670
Aronia, . . . . . . 485 | Bifidaria, 133, 426-431,
deeictiiagtay ss. | 3. 670 456, 573, 577, 590-596, 606
Artibeus, ae (90-758 | Binneyia, . . . » = 102
eee. | 40! | Blennechis,.. . . . .. “GE?
Paani. cS 480 |} Blennide, . . . « 2 alt
agcow@sucer,. . ...: 669 | Blennius, . . . . . 587
Asclepias, 486-489, 652, Bothriopupa,. -.5 «. . 610
6p4.-669:'| Branta’’s¢ -. 3 JA ae Ee
Ascyrum, . L483) | Bromusi. 02, as (ets "662
Ashmunella, 107— 109, bHo—5H0 | ‘Brotulas . ..-4,) 2 pene oko
a . 5, 28, 153) Brotulide, .. . c+ . “odd
Asplenium, ; 3» BAR | (Bobo ee isso 5). yee: ie
Aster, 483- 489, 660, 670 | Budytes, 5, 33
Athoracophoride,. . . 4561 Buliminus, 562, 067, 575
Atriplex, 640, 657-660, 665 | Bulimulide, 391, 561, 564,
Attide, 530, 539 571, 572, 580
Pee 6 ss) O82 | Bulinmlus; 89-92, 391, 392
Muecehlora, .. . . . 356] Bulinus,. . . 0669, 576
Augochloropsis, . . . 356 Cakile, 639, 657, 659, 666
Aulaeodiscus, . . . . 477) Calearius, .. 5, 30, 31
Aulacopoda, 563, 564, Calidris, 5, 27, 154
569) 570; 572. 5762) @Callotaria, . . . . .: 48
Bolostounde, . . - . 000) Callyodon, . . .;. . 512
Amlostomus,. . . « - 500 | Cambarus, . . . - & 484
Auriculide, . . . . 577 | Campanula, 483, 486, 488
Autodax, 613, 618, 620 | Campanulacez, be eG
Awaous, . : Bere Waoanisreine <2) oo aks OS) ae
792 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Cantherines, 514 | Chrysopsis, 484, 670
Canthidermis, 514 | Ceomarna, oe 133
Caprifoliacez, . 669 Circinariide, 133, 564, 571
Caprolagus, . 460-462 | Cirrhites, -+ 2) 902
Capromys, 4° 423 | Cirrhitide, 502
Caracanthide, 515, 522 Cistacez, 667
Caracanthus, 515,°522| Clangula, . . ..c) .9e
Carangide, . 501 | Clausilia 443-448, 575,
Caranx, . Meme ar ae 3s 3) 1) 583, 672-682
Carduus,. 646, 659, 660, 670 Clausiliide, . 564, 571
Carex, 483-486, 489, 546, Clivicola, 4
652, 656 Clubiona, 532
Carya, 2 345, 346 Clubionide, 532
Caryophyilaceze, 665 Clupea, 519
Cassandra, . . . 0946 | Clupeide, 519
Cassia, 649, 652, 666 Cnicus, 670
Castatia, . . . 546 | Cocconeis, ; 473
Castracania, 730 | Cochlicopa, 97, 133, 5795
Caucalis, . . . . . 668 | Cochlicopide, : 564
Cenchrus, 639, 640, 649, 662 Ccelocentrum, 550-555
Centrurus, . 530, 541 Ceelotes, . 532
Cephalacanthidee, 516 | Colpocephalum, 157
Cephalacanthus, 516 | Composite, . 670
Cepphus, 7 | Comptonia, . 484
Cerataulus, atts 690, 738 | Conferva, 689
Cheetodon, 503, 512 518, Coniferz, 661
520, 527, 528 | Conoclinium, 632
Cheetodontide, . 512, 528 Contopus, . 5
Cheetopterus, 502 | Conulus, 92, 96, 140, 383, 456
Chamzenerion, 483 Convolvulacez, . » “668
Charadrius, . . . 23 | Convolvulus, 657, 669
Charopa,’ <)>... 387, 576 | Corema, . 545, 547
Cheilinus, 521 Coriarachne, 537
Cheilio, a 510 Coris, 510
Cheilodipteridee, 502 | Cornacer, 668
Chelifer, . 9043 | Cornus, . : 348
Chelone, 485, 488 | Coscinodiscus, . 475
Chen, . 15 | Costigo, . 432
Chenopodiacex, . 665 | Cracca, 484
Chenopodium, 657, 665 Crucifers, 666
Chimaphila, 485, 488 Crustulina, . = ie
Chiracanthium, 532 Crymophilus, 20, 153, 158
Chiroderma, . 756 Crypto-Raphidiez, 686
Chiromys, 419-423 Cryptotomus, 512
Chondrotus, 617 Ctenide, 539
Chondrula, . 428 Ctenus, 539
Chrysophrys, 502 | Cyclorrhy nchus, 7
a eee eee
1900. ]
Gyoeney te as ;- 536 |
Cyclostoma, . 585
ae 426- 428,
430, 431
Gye 2 ess TB
ol ee? 3
Gyperaces,- . -. =. . 663
Cyperus,. 646, 652, 659, 662
Cypripedium, . . . . 485
eres ce See. B40
Dactyliosolin, . . . . 467
Dactylopterus,. . . . 516
Danthonia, . : . . . 483
Dasyscoms, . - . . . 484
Daucus,. . Saige os) 660
Delphinapterus, oa ae
Dendroica, ee Et) So
Dendryphantes, (30 040
Deringa, : 485, 488
Dermanura,. . 756, 758
Desmognathide, . . . 620
Desmognathus, 50, 615-
Meeps 2 Se. | 527
Diatoma, 473, 688
Diatomacez, . -. . 686
Dicrostonyx, 37, 40-42
Miya. 2 ss «OSS
Dictynide, . . . 530, 534
Dietyolathys, . . . . 534
Micdiaye- 2" = =. ~~ §«©632, 669
Diomedea, . . 154, 155, 157
Wiamedia 2... Ce 14
Diospyros, . . . . . 649
Wiplacines =... =. «- «(662
Diplommatina, 382, 576, 578
Preceplenra;) =< . . - 668
Distichlis, . . 653, 659, 662
Ditremata, . . . 4561, 571
Moi 5 sw TAB
Docophorus, . . 151-155
Dolomedes, . . 530, 538, 539
Donax, wo & A8O} 482
li oe 665
Pimekthys, 2 2 . = -620
Woryrhamphus, .. : - 519
erste: 8 pk. gfe SOSE
NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
793
Drosera, 485, 488, 490,
546, 548, 647, 651, 654, 666
Droseracee, 666
Dryopteris, 548, 651, 652, 661
Dules, . . : 502, 520
Dulichium, . . . 485, 488
Dysderide, 531
Echeneidide, . . 517, 525
Echeneis, . . . 517, 528
Echidna, 495, 496, 524
Elasmognatha, 564, 569, 570
Eleocharis, . . 485, 488, 663
Eleotris,. . . . 516, 523
Elopidee, oe Vee ee
Bilops: <2 4/ce. 20 ae ee
Endodonta,. . . 93, 576
Endodontide, 147, 387,
564, 571
Engraulidide, AOL
Eniconetta,. . . . 18
Kpeira, . . . . 980, 536
| Epeiride, . . . 530, 535
Epinephelas, . 602, 527
Epiphragmophora, 99-105,
109, 389, 556, 560
Eptesicus, 795
Hqnula, <> 2 a: 502, 526
Kquulide, . . . 902, 526
Erechites, a> gla 3 7 E86
Erechtites, . . . 6957, 670
Ereunites, 26
Ericacez, 668
Erigeron, 342
Hrenachus® set 42. 43
Eriophorum, . . 485, 488
Eryngium, 668
Eubifidaria, 4 606
Eucampia, 688, 742, 743
Eucampiez , Sey oe OOT
Eudromias,. . Pig esos
Eulota, 578
Eunotia, 474
Eunotogramma, Sh cath Gant
Eupatorium, 483, 485,
488, 649, 653, 670
Euphiedusa, 672, 673, 675
94 PROCEEDINGS OF
Euphorbia, 639, 640, 643,
Euphorbiaceze,
Eupomacentrus,
Kurymetopus,
Kuthamia,
Exoceetide, .
Exoccetus,
Fagaceze,
Waleo, 3° +
Fauxulus,
Festuca, .
Fierasfer,
Fierasferide,
Filistata,
Filistatidee,
Fimbrystylis,
Fistularia,
Flammalina,
Forcipiger,
Fragilaria,
Fratercula, .
Fuirena,
Galeopithecus,
Galium,
Galtonia,
Gamasus, ;
Gasteracantha, .
Gastrodonta,
Gaucelmus, .
Gavia,
Gayenna, .
Gay lussacia, °
Gentiana,
Gentianacex,
Genyoroge, .° .
Georissa,
Geotriton
’
Geraniaceze,
Geranium,
659, 660,
508,
485, 488,
344,
118, 115,
141-147,
530,
484,
486,
485,
Gerardia, 484, 486, 641,
646,
Glabaris,
Glaudinide,.
Glaux,
654, 659,
564,
666
667
527
157
A487
500
500
664
28
596 |
662
O20
5238 |
531
531
663
500
D76
512
473
7
663
423
632 |
B45 —
D4 3
Doo
456
533
5, 6
532
D46
488
669
527
384
618 |
666
666
THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Glossiphonia, 56, 58, 60,
63-65, 69
| Glossiphonide, . 450, bs 70
| Glyphisodon, ‘ 503
Gnaphalium, 483
Gnaphosa, . 5382
Gnathobdellide, : os ee
Gobiide. ... = ‘SIG>2a
Gobius, . . -. i. © \ehipeee
Gomphonema, P 473
Gomphosuy, . . . . 910
Goniobasis,. . . 149, 458
Graminer, . . .:. © aan
Grammistes, 502
Gratiola, . — =a
Graya, '. . - . 6@iigaE
Grus, =. a 20
Guinardia, .. (aa
Guppya, 92, 96, 97, 105, 386
Guttiferz, .
_Gyrinophilus, .. 619, 620
Gyrostachys, 488, 646, 654, 664
Habrocestum, . . . . 540
Heemopis, 59
Halicheeres, 510
Halictus, 342
Hallogracinacez, 668
Haplopupa, . > ae
Happia,. . . 985, 386
Helianthemum, . 483, 487
Helianthus, . . 649, 670
Helicella, - =)
Helicide, 117, 388, 564,
571, 572
Helicina, 96, 116, 393,
394, 449, 576
Helicinide, . 116, 393, 569
Helicodiscus, yar 148
Helix, . 100, 383, 559, 575
Hemiaulidiex, -. is.
Hemiaulus, . 687, 7388-74L
Hemidactylium, . 618, 620
Hemigymnus, ay 527
Hemiphedusa,. . 675, 679
Hemipteronotus, 508
Hemiramphide, 498
| Hemiramphus, 499
1900. ]
NATURAL SCIENCES
Herpobdella, 57, 58, 65
Herpobdellide, . 59, 67
Herpyllus, : 532
Heterurethra, . 564, 570, 571
Hibiscus, 643, 651-656, |
659, 667
Hieracium, . 483, 670
Hirudinea, . 67, 68-71
Hirudo, . 59,. 69
Holeus, . ;- 3660); 662
Holocentride, 501, 520, 526
Holocentrum, 520
Holocentrus, 501, £ 508, 520, 526
Holopoda, 563, 564, 569,
570, 576
Homalattus, 540
Morons, 2). fe 28 |
Hudsonia, 644, 652, 659,
660, 667
Huttonia, 687, 737
Hyacinthus, 438 |
Hydrocenide, 576
Hydrocotyle, . 668 |
Hydrosera, . 687, 754
Hylobates, 414-418
Hylocichla, . BO! Bo: |
Hypericum, 646, 654, 667 |
Hypopitys, 485, 490
Hyporhampus, . anv AgS. |
Hypoxys, . 484, 546
Hypselostoma, 596
fetus; +. septip i DAO
Ilex, 349, 645, 648, 649,
659, 667
Immersidens, be OUG
Impatiens, 652, 667
_ . 459
Tonactis, . pes OO
Iphigenia, : 480, 481
Isthmia, . 478, 686, 688, 689
Isthmicze, ..« “686; 688
Iva, 648, 652, 656-659, 670
Janellidee, 562
Juglans, vy ee ORD
Julis, 508, 510
Juncacee, 668
. Junco, 4 |
OF PHILADELPHIA.
Juncus,
' 485, 486, 489,
548, 647, 652-654, 659, 663
Juniperus, 646, 648, 649,
652, 659, 661
| Kaliella, . 383
Kalmia, 484, 645, 647, 668
Katadysas, . 529, 532
Kneiffia, i sey 1656
Kosteletskya, 645, 654,
659, 660, 667
Kuhlia, 502; 520, 527
| Kuhlide, 502, 520, 527
Labiate, " 669
| Labride, 506, d21 a2
Labrus, 508, 508, 510, 527
Lacinaria, ie nal
Lactuca, - 660) Gf
Lagopus, APA Pao, 11S)
Lampsilis, 74-77
Darina; . . fy EEO
Larus, 5, 9, An 152, 153; 159
| econ en ; aye ode
Lathyrus, 642, 658- 660, 666
Lauderia, 467, 475
Laurace, peGOG
Lechea, 645, 660, 667
Leguminosze, : 666
Leiuranus, <7 hap AO:
Lemmus, ae 40-42
Leptamnium, . 490
Leptilon, s 641, "660, 671
Leptinaria, . 95-98
_ Leptocephalidee, 494
Leptocephalus, . sai ags
Lepus, é . 35, 460, 462
Lespedeya, at 649, 659, 666
Lestris, 153
Tengnchil, : 5085
Leucochiloides, Be O8D
Leurognathus, 620, 621
3 | Liatris, 342, 671
_ Liliaceze, 664
| Lilium, 664
Limacide, 147, 564, "569,"
571, 572, 576
Limax, ighatihi Ono
Limnea, 457, 567, 569
796 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
485, 488
Limnodorum,
Limodorum, .
Limonium, 653, 654,
Limosa, .
Linacez,
Linum,
Linyphia,
Liobunum,
Lipeurus,
Lippia, :
Lithodesmium, .
Lithyphantes,
Lobelia, .
Lonicera,
Lophiola,
Lophius,
Loris,
Lunda,
Lutianidee,
Lycondontis,
Lycopersicon , .
Lycopodium,
Lycopus,
‘484, 645,
Lycosidee,
Lygodium,
Lynx,
Lyropupa,
Lysimachia,
Lyssomanes,
Lyssomanidee,
Lythracer, .
Macoma,
Macrochlamys, .
Macropharyngodon,
Macrorhamphus, .
Magnolia, 488, 547,
‘Magnoliace: x,
Mahadeva,
Malvacex,
Marptusa,
Marrubium,
Mastogloia, .
Medionidus,
Megalopta, . . 356,
Meibomia, . . 649,
485, 488,
Lycosa; ... . 396,
546
Oe
866
659, 666
649, 669
530, 538
530, 537
548
48
452
"483, 546
530, 541
541
667
"480, 481
382
508
27
649, 665
665
535
op Qr9O
00/, of9
659, 666
[ 1900.
Melampyrum, 546
Melania, 5d76
_ Melastomacexe, . 2s 6S
_ Melosira, 466, 474, 686
_ Menopon, : 158, 159
Merganser, :. <0. 3 se
Meridion, ; . ATS
| Microbdella, 51-71
Microcystis, . O76
| Micropus, 515, 522
Mikandia, 6498
| Misumeng, .. . 2 pp
_ Meehringia, . 665
_ Molide, . 514
Monacanthide, 514
Monacanthus, 514
_Monarda, 646, 649, 659, 669
| Monoceros, . 513
Monotremata, . . . . 561
Monotropa, . 485, 490
- Mugil, 500, 524, 525
Mugilidee, 500, 524, 526
Muhlenbergia, . . 5a
Mullidee, 520
Mullus, . . ae
Murrena, 494, 496, 524
Murvenide, 494, 524
Murchisonia, . . . . 329
Myctophidee, 498
Myctophum, 498
Mygale, . » tela
Myodes, aS 40
Myrica, 643, 646, 649, 653,
659, 664
Myricacez, . 664
Myrichthys, 494
Myriophyllum, . . 668
Myriprisiis,.. ... ./S00aam
Myrmeciophila, 530
Myrmecophila, . 530
Mysmena, 533
Nabalus, . 485, 488
Neesiotus, .. . <<, ene
Nalades,, .. 4
Omphalina, 113, 115, 134-136
Onagracee, . 1a, 1608
Opeas, . ‘ 96, 5G; O01
Ophichthyid:e, : 494
Ophioglossacee, . . . 661
Ophigelossum, . . .,. 661
Ophisurus, 494
Orchidacez, 664
Gedemmuis 2s 2 .. -... 535.,
Orandella, - . =. . -° 67
Orthotomium, : 393
Orthurethra, 562, 564, 569-576
Osmunda, 652, 661
Osmundacee, es i 661
Ostodes,. ; SO70—000
Ovoides, we... O28
Mixybeles . -. ; 523
Oxycoccus, 647, 668
Oxyg raphis, ee. 666
Oxmyones, - . . . . 539
Oxyopide, _ ee re
Oxypolis, 486, 488, 652, 668
Oxypilas. 2 . . . . O58t
OF PHILADELPHIA. 797
Pachylomerus, .
Pagophilajg,: -:\/ 2h lee 3
Panicularia;. .. 2: =3 3. OER
Pencetia, 2. =» . «5389
Phalacrocorax, neo w20
Phalangida, ©. ..._ .j.=:54il
Phalaropus, | 5, 22
Phegopteris, 548
Phidippus, 639, 540)
Pinlodromus, “.° .- 20. bol
Philomycide, 147, 564,
569, 571
Philomycus, . 115,147
Phoca;. seen
Pholeidse, 92> 2a a 5 ook
Pholeus, ork. sage MAROU
Phrurolithus, 5382
Phryma, : 488
Phyllostoma, .° , ©1756, 757
Bhysas ©. 9) 45 ood
Phy tolacca, 646
Pieris, . . A485
Pinus, 632, 645, 647-649, 661
Pisaurina, pee: DS
Pisoddonophis, 494
Placobdella, 2, 2. fa<:.) “61
Placostyius; 35 +. =. 24061
Blapiolae’ (xs. 034 ve EL
Planorbis;) 3° qed he) 569
Plantaginacee,. . . . 669
Plantago, . : . 6547, 669
Elatytrochus, © -\. 24cfcl 450
| Plectana, 536
798
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
[1900.
Pteris, . 483, 649, 661
Pterois, . . \. ze
| Ptilimnium, 643, 646, 652,
654, 668
Ptychobranchus, . . . 79
Puffinus, oy
Punctum, 115, 148, 575
Pupa, 94, 427, 428, 573,
576, 577, 583-608
Pupide, 133, 564, 571,
573, 576, 583
Pupina, (2) Sa
Pupoides, 426, 428, 456,
573, 585-590, 605
Putorius, . 44, 751
| Pyramidula, 113, 115, 116,
Plethodon, 618, 620 |
Plethodontide, . 617
Pleurobema, . 80-82
Pleurocera, . 149, 457, 458
Pleuroceratide, 149
Pleurosigma,, 5. VATS
Ploiaria, . 687, 741, 742
Pluchea, . 632, 659, 671
Plumbaginaceze, 669 |
Plutoma, . 575 |
Podophthalmidze, . 539
Podophyllum, 487, 488
Peecilia, *. 3S. ES
Pogonia, . 484, 485, 489, 546 |
Polycheeta, “be
Polydactylus, . ool
Polygala, 485, 488, “490,
546, 666
Polygalacez, 666
Polygonacex, oy es
Polygonatum, 485, 664
Polygonum, 646, 652, 659, 664
Polygyra, 1138, 115-133,
449-454, 556
Polygyratia, 388, 389
Polymita, 100 |
Polynemid, 501
Polynemus, . 501
Polypodiaceze, «3 GOE
Pomacentride, . 520, 527
Pomacentrus, 503
Pontederia, . 549
Populus, . 485
Porpeia, . 731
Primulaces, 668
Privatula, 606
Proserpinacea, 8
Prostheclina, . . 530, 540
Prosthesima, 531
Protoglyptus, i. ORES aes
Prunus, 645, 649, 666
Psammobia, 480, 481
Pseudocheilinus, 521
Pseudochromide, 523
Pseudochromis, . 623
Pseudodon, 84
Pseudoscorpionida, 548
147, 148, 457
Pyrola, 485, 488
Quadrula, . . 7a
Quercus, 350, 484, 645-
649, 664
Hangifer, ...-. 979
Ranunculaces, . 666
Ranunculus, 666
Raphistoma, 329
Rathousiide, 571
Ranzania, : 7 "Bee
Realiide, 569, 576, 577
Remora, . O17
Rhabdonema, . « Mo
Rhexia, 549, 668
Rhinoseopelus, 498
Rhipidoglossa, 576
Rhizosolenia, 467
Rhodostethia, 13, 151
Rhoicosphenia, . 473
Rhus, 648, 645-647, 649,
652, 657, 659, 660, 667
Rhyncospora, 485, 488,
548, 654, —
Rhytidide, 564, 572
Rissa, . 6, 12
Romerolagus, i - 462
Rosa, 646-648, 652, 657, 666
Rosacex, 666
Rubiacex, = “ae
Rubus, «.. 485, 484, 645, 666
———————————
1900. ]
Rumex, .
Rumina, .
Runcinia, Sia
iappiag 93. «| G58,
Sabbatia, 483, 549, 643,
653, 654,
Sagina, Bae
Saitis,
Salacia, . ven
Balerias, . = is, + . SLT,
Salicornia, 653, 659, 650,
SOU TTACL Ea ne rr
Salsola, 639, 640, 657,
659, 660,
Sanguinolaria, . sue
Sanicula, 485,
Sardinella, pee:
Sassafras, 647, 649,
Saurida, . hes:
Savastana,
Saxicola,
Searichthys, cart
Scaride, . = a HON:
Scarus, 510, 512,
Schiza, . 548,
Scicena, Tee
Scicenus, .
Scirpus, . 643, 646, 651,
652, 656, 663
Sciuropterus,
Scleria,
Scolithus,
Scolodonta, .
Scomber,
Scorpzena
Scorpzenenopsis,
Scorpzenidee,
Scorpionida,
Scrophulariaceze,
Scutalus,
Scutelaria,
Sebastopistes,
Sebastopsis, .
Selenites,
Selenitidee,” .
Semele, .
Senecio, .
484, 486, 488,
165,
NATURAL SCIENCES
664
67 |
537
661
669
665
540
730
518
665
498
665
480
9, 488
| Spartina, .
OF PHILADELPHIA. 799
Sergiolus,* . 531
Sericocarpus, Jit 404
Serranide, 502, 527
Sesuvium, 640, 659, 660, 665
Sieglingia, . 646, 659, 662
Sigmurethra, . 563, 564,
569-572
Simorhynchus, . sage ri
Sisyrinchium, 483
Sium, o 4 7s (45a 1665
Smilax, . 485, 488, 549,
648, 649, 663
Solanacese, : 669
Soletellina, . 480
Solidago, 342, 483, 487,
549, 641, 643, 645, 646,
Somateria,
Somolus,
Sonorella,
a!
Sorex, ‘
Sparide, .~ .
Sparosomus, .
Spelerpes,
Spermophilus,
| Spermophora,
Spheeronycteris,
| Spheroides,’ .
| Sphyreena,
| Sphyrzenide,
| Spiropalpus,
Squatarola, .
Statice,
Staurodon,
Stauroneis,
Stenogyra,
Stenogyride,
Stenotrema, .
Stephanoda,
Stercorarius,
Stereophzedusa, .
Sterkia, .
Sterna,
Stethojulis, .
Stictodiscus,
Stolephorus,
649, 659, 671
sae 16
668
. 556-560
502
658, 657-660, 662
6138, 616-620
. Oo, 43
O81
759
J. “Ola
501, 520
501, 520
533
00 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1900.
Stolidoma, . . 98 | Theraphoside, 2 {hee
Streptaxidee, 385, 564, 571, 572 | Theridiide, . 530, 533
Strix, “ 153 | Theridium, . 093
Strobilops, Shs ety dee) Thendula, 533
Strophocheilus, 389-391, | Thomisidx, 536
394, 564 Thyrsoidea, ; 494
Strophostyles,. 640, 641, | Thysa, 457
645, 646, 649, 659, 666 Tibellus, . 537
Stylommatophora, . 562 Tiedemannia, 668
Suzeda, A ee a at Abbe | Ediigutisia, . bt Sa
Subtlina oes. aae 1 agleOG |) Pate 653, 659, 660, 665
Succinea, 94, 95, 97, 99, Tmarsus, . b37
102, 149, 570, 575, 576 | Tofiedia, .- ee
Succineide, 149, 561, 564, 571 | Torix, . . . 50, 67-69
Synedra, 477 Tornatellina, 95, 96, 98,
Synemas Nah 2.4 rh. ease 4 573, 576, 578
Syngnathide, 519 | Torquilla, . 96
Syngnathus, . . .« 919 | Tracheopulmonata, 562
Surirella, 468-471, 477 | Trachurops,. . . . . 501
Synodontide, 497 | Triadenum, 652, 654, 667
Synodus, 497 Triceratium, 478, 690, 721,
Trenioglossa, 4 os 727-739
Tagelus, . 480, 481 | Trientalis, 668
Tarsius, 4 oy tet, 428: | Deinaerm: ie 739
Taxeodonta, . . 143, 383 | Tringa, 4, 5, 24-26, 154
Taxodium, 300 | Tritoponia, . . . ~ .~ ce
Tegenaria, . . 9032 Trochocyathus, 436, 437
Tellina, 480, 481 | Trochomorpha, . 92, 576, 578
Tellinacea, . « « » 480 | Trochosa, ee
Terpsinoé, . 478, 687,.f02 | Deynpites; . <9. eee
Terpsinoé:e, ‘| Aare BG a 651, 659, 661
Testacellidee, 564, 571 Typhlotriton, . 620
Tetradon, . 528 Tyrannophiedusa, 676
Tetradrachmum, 503, 520 | Uloboride, . . . . . ddd
‘Tetragnatha, 536 | Uloborus, 539
Tetragnathide, . . 936 | Umbellifere, «Ga
Tetraodontide, . p14, 628 | Unie, . . * ~ ieee
Teucrium, 646, 657, 669 | Unionide, . . . . 3) 4
Teutana, . . . 533 | Upenoides, . i
Teuthidide, . . 613 | Upeneus, . . , 020, 526
Teuthig,/. 4 .. Sige) ener | Race, a ee 6
Thalarctos, . . . . . 44 Urocoptide, 564, 571
Thallassoma, 510 Uroderma, 756-758
Thanatidius, 539 | Utricularia,. . 548, 549
Thanatus, 537 Vaccinium, 484, 546, 645,
Thargalia, hx 9 a ee 647, 668
Thelypteris, .... .. ).,.« -653)| Wallisneria,.>... 5. (ae
_ ee eee
a
1900. ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.
Delicuidee - |. «C.:SC«OG4 Vulpes, . 2. se
Vampyrops, - - . - (06) Willughbea, . . 649,
Wan Eleurckig, . . . 473 | Xanthium, . . 640, 657,
Vasopulmonata, . 562, 564 | Xema, Be FIs.
Vejovis,. . . . 930, 541 | Xyridacez, 2s, Wap Weta
Wermena,e > >.” 654, 669 | Xyris, . . . 485, 483,
Memenuseoea ys. = ~. 669 | Xysticus,s ..: 2°. .
Vernonia, . . 341, 342, 486 | Zanclide,
Veronicellide, . . 571 | Zanclus, .
Vertigo, 97, 98, 133, 583, | Zaptyx,
sao ous, | Zonites;*.. 2 24s ae
Vertigopsis, . . . . 607 | Zonitide, 134, 564, 569,
Wertitizeaere =. 4... -. 610 571,
Vespertilio,. . . . . 757 | Zonitoides, 113, 115, 140,
Vesperus, . 759 141, 384,
Walwenany, 485, 488, 649, 670 | Zonotrichia, .
Viola, 483, HO. 4504 486, 489 | Zora, . . « . 529,
Wiaces > > = : =:. - 667 | Zoropside Fay 2
Vitis,. . 649, 651, 659, 667 | Zostera,
Vitrea, 93, 115, 138-140, Zygoballus, <4.) 4 ey
149, 150, 384, 456 | Zygoceros,-. . . 690,
Vitrinizonites,. 1138, 115, 187
802
PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF
GENERAL INDEX.
1900.
Additions to Museum, 780.
Ashhurst, John, Jr., M.D., an-
nouncement of death of, 441.
Baker, Frank C. A review of
the Phys of Northeastern
Tllinois, 379, 412.
Banks, Nathan. Arachnida
from Alabama, 378, 529.
Biological and Microscopical
Section, report of, 771.
Botanical Section, report of,
773.
Boyer, Charles S. The Bid-
dulphoid forms of North |
American Diatomace, 339,
685. Report of the Bio-
logical and Microscopical Sec-
tion, 771.
Brown, Arthur Erwin.
view of the genera and species
of American Snakes north of
Mexico, 684.
Brown, Stewardson. Report
of the Conservator of the
Botanical Section, 774.
Burgin, Caroline A. Edible
and poisonous mushrooms,
684.
Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D., ap-
pointment on Committee on
Publication, 380.
Camac, William, M.D., an-
nouncement of death of, 380.
Carter, Oscar C. S. Petrified
forest and caye-dwellings of
Arizona, 684.
Chapman, Henry C., M.D.
Respiratory quotient and loss
in volume of expired air, 379
Observations on the anatomy
of Hylobates leuciscus and
Chiromys madagascariensis,
412, 414. Report of Cura-
tors, 767.
Cockerell, T. D. A. Descrip-
tions of new bees collected by
Mr. H. H. Smith in Brazil,
I, 87, 356.
Cockerell, T. D. A., and Wil-
matte Porter. A new cray-
fish from New Mexico, 425,
437.
| Committees, Standing, 1.
| Conchological Section, report of,
A re- |
reek
Corresponding Secretary, re-
port of, 763.
Coues, Elliott, announcement
of death of, 2.
Council for 1901, 779.
Curator of William S. Vaux
Collections, report of, 770.
Curators, report of, 767.
Dall, William H. Additions
to the insular land-shell
fauna of the Pacific coast,
especially of the Galapagos
and Cocos Islands (Plate
VIII), 87, 88.
Elections during 1900, 779.
England, James B., announce-
ment of death of, 87.:
(1900.
1900. ]
Entomological Section, report
of, 772.
Fowler, Henry W. Notes on
Ameiurus prosthistius, 339,
352. Contributions to the
ichthyology of the tropical
Pacific (Plates XVIII, XIX,
XX), 491, 493.
Goldsmith, Edward.
lapsing crater, 424. ‘
Hamilton, S. MHarbert. Re-
marks on water analysis, 378.
Harshberger, John W., Ph.D.
History of botany in Phila-
delphia, 339. An ecological
study of the New Jersey
strand flora, 492, 623.
Harvey, F. L., announcement
of death of, 339.
Hayden Geological Memorial
Fund, modification of trust,
340.
Holman, D. Shepherd.
waves, 380.
Index to Genera, 790.
Keeley, Frank J. Motion of
diatoms, 339.
Keller, Ida A. Notes on Hya-
cinth roots (Plate XIII),
424, 438.
Kellogg, Vernon L., and Shin-
kai I. Kuwana. Mallophaga
from Alaskan birds (Plate
Ni) .).2; 251.
Krauth, Charles P., announce-
ment of death of, 2.
Librarian, report of, 764.
Lyman, Benjamin Smith, The
Raubsville Cave, 464.
MacElwee, Alexander. Flora
of Willow Grove and the
Edgehill Ridge, 412, 402.
Sound-
Mackellar, Thomas, announce- |
ment of death of, 2.
Meehan, ‘Thomas.
tions to the life history of
NATURAL SCIENCES
A col- |
| Ortmann,
Contribu- |
Palmer, T. C., and F. J. Kee-
plants, No. XIV, 339, 341. |
OF PHILADELPHIA. 808
Appointment to prepare bio-
graphical notice of Charles E.
Smith, 412, 612. Report of
Botanical Section, 773.
Miller, Adolph W. Zodlogi-
cal and botanical gardens of
Paris and Germany, 612.
Milne-Edwards, Alphonse, an-
nouncement of death of, 380.
Mineralogical and Geological
Section, report of, 776.
Mivart, St. George, announce-
ment of death of, 378.
Montgomery, Thomas H. Re-
cent studies of the Gordi-
aces, 2.
Moore, Clarence B. Certain
antiquities of the Florida
West Coast, 441, 442.
Moore, J. Percy. A descrip-
tion of Microbdella bian-
nulata with especial regard
to the constitution of the
Leech somite (Plate VI), 2,
50. Notes on some _ post-
Jarval changes in the verte-
bral articulation of Spelerpes
and other Salamanders, 491,
613.
Morris, Charles. Subterranean
waters, 340, 412.
Museum, additions to, 780.
Nolan, Edward J., M.D. Re-
port of Recording Secretary,
760. Report of Librarian,
764.
Officers, Councillors and Mem
bers of the Committee on Ac-
counts for 1901, 778.
Ornithological - Section,
ols Tle:
report
A. E. Crustacea
and Pynecogonida collected
during the Princeton Arctic
Expedition of 1899, 749.
the
ley. The structure of
804
Diatom girdle (Plates XV,
XVI), 425, 465.
Pilsbry, Henry A. Notes on
the anatomy of the Helicid
genus Ashmunella, 87, 107.
Mollusea of the Great Smoky
Mourtains, 87, 110. Notes
on some Southern Mexican
shells, 339. New South
American land snails (Plates
XI-XIT), 340,385. Notice of
new Japanese land snails, 331.
Note on Australian Pupidee,
425, 426. Note on Polyre-
sian and East Indian Pupide,
431. Additions to the Japan-
ese land-snail fauna, No. IT
(Plate XIV), 441, 448.
Notes on certain Mollusca
from Southwestern Arkansas,
441, 449. On the zodlogi-
cal position of Partula and
Achatinella (Plate XVII),
442, 561. Lower California
species of Ccelocentrum and
Berendtia, 464, 550. Sono-
rella, a new genus of Helices
(Plate XXI), 491, 556.
The genesis of Mid-Pacific
faunas (Plates XXII,
XXIII), 491, 568. Addi-
tions to the Japanese land-
snail fauna, III (Plates
XXIV, XXV), 612, 672.
Crustacea from
ceous formation of New Jer-
sey, 749. Report of Con-
lard dl
chological Section, 772.
Pilsbry, Henry A., and Edward
G. Vanatta. ‘
\ =
{eae
~ 4 :
NS j
Seed
we =
04
ey
Veet
Nea |
e
P an: h
2
b= f 5
=e
+
x 6
PILSBRY DEL.
PILSBRY. SONORELLA.
PROC. ACA. NAT. SCI. PHILA, 1900. PLATE XXII.
(Vanatta del.)
PILS AR Y and VANAT TEA, REVISION OF PUPS
PROG, ACAD, NAT. SCI PHILA. 19300. PLATE XXIII.
Ss
(Uanatta del.) 9 11
PILSHRY and VANATTA. REVISION OF PUPA
PROC, ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1900. PLATE XXIV.
(Mee ¢-)
eye
prethy Fa lee
13 14 15
PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.
PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1900. PLATE XXV.
PILSBRY. JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.
’
‘i
a
=
~ 7
:
ge
me
~~,
ao
, aioe
-
; &
1
_ -
aad
yo
»
ie ct aay?
wire
»
‘
‘ae ee
aid
QH Aeademy of Natural Sciences
1 of Philadelphia
A2 Proceedings
¥. 52
Biological
& Medical
Serale
PLEASE DO NOT REMOVE
CARDS OR SLIPS FROM THIS POCKET
UNIVERSITY OF TORONTO LIBRARY
STORAGE
essen
OI LORE E
Sy